QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549


Amendment No. 1
to
FORM 10-K/A

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

o ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR

ý

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from January 1, 2004 to July 3, 2004

Commission file number 0-30684


Bookham, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  20-1303994
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2584 Junction Avenue
San Jose, California

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

95134
(Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 408-919-1500
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of class)

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  ý     No  o


        The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $188,782,586 based on the closing price of the registrant's Common Stock on September 10, 2004 as reported by the NASDAQ National Market ($7.55 per share). As of October 1, 2004, there were 33,516,768 shares of Common Stock outstanding.




TRANSITION REPORT ON FORM 10-K
PERIOD ENDED JULY 3, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.

 

Business

 

4
Item 2.   Properties   14
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   14
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   16

PART II
Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   17
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   18
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   19
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   55
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   55
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   55
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   55
Item 9B.   Other Information   55

PART III
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   56
Item 11.   Executive Compensation   59
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   64
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   66
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   69

PART IV
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K   70

2



EXPLANATORY NOTE

        This Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K/A is being filed for the purposes of (i) revising the disclosure on page 10 in the business section and page F-35 in the financial statements concerning the breakdown of our revenues by geographic region, (ii) revising the table on page 10 in the business section with respect to the breakdown of our long-lived assets by geographic region, (iii) revising the disclosure on page 43 concerning the amount of our revenues generated in the United States and in countries outside the United States, (iv) revising the disclosure in the table on pages 64 and 65 entitled Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management concerning the holdings of Nortel Networks Corporation, (v) revising the disclosure on page F-37 to change the number of shares of Bookham Inc. common stock that we may be obligated to issue to Cierra Photonics, Inc. from 42,000 to 420,000, and (vi) filing the lease for our facility in San Jose, California as an exhibit to the Form 10-K/A.

        In connection with these amendments, we are including the certifications required by (i) 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and (ii) Rule 13a-14(a)/15(a)-14(a) promulgated pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as exhibits 32.1, 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4, respectively. Item 15 of Part IV and the Exhibit Index are included in this Amendment No. 1 to Form 10K/A to reflect such certifications and the filing of the additional exhibit.

3



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This report and the documents incorporated in it by reference contain forward-looking statements about our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. You can identify these statements by words such as "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "seek," "estimate," "may," "will" and "continue" or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully. They discuss our future expectations, contain projections of our future results of operations or our financial condition or state other forward-looking information, and may involve known and unknown risks over which we have no control. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements or update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, except as required by law. The factors discussed in the sections captioned "Business," "Certain Factors that May Affect Future Results," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this report and the documents incorporated in it by reference identify important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements.


PART I

Item 1.     Business

        Bookham is a Delaware corporation and was incorporated on June 29, 2004. On September 10, 2004, pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under UK law, Bookham became the publicly traded parent company of the Bookham Technology plc group of companies, including Bookham Technology plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales whose stock was previously traded on the London Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "BKHM." Pursuant to the scheme of arrangement, all outstanding ordinary shares of Bookham Technology plc were exchanged for shares of our common stock on a ten for one basis. All references in this document to the number of shares, per share amounts and market prices have been restated to reflect the closing of the scheme of arrangement. In connection with the scheme of arrangement, Bookham changed its corporate domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States. Bookham assumed Bookham Technology plc's Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and financial reporting history effective September 10, 2004. As a result, management deems Bookham Technology plc's consolidated business activities prior to September 10, 2004 to represent Bookham's consolidated business activities as if Bookham and Bookham Technology plc had historically been the same entity. References to "the Company" refer to Bookham, Inc. without its subsidiaries. References to "we," "our," "us" or "Bookham" mean the Company and its subsidiaries and refers to Bookham's consolidated business activities since September 10, 2004 and Bookham Technology plc's consolidated business activities prior to September 10, 2004. In contemplation of the scheme arrangement, Bookham Technology plc changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to the Sunday closest to June 30. Bookham's fiscal year end is also the Sunday closest to June 30. Accordingly, our financial statements have been prepared for the six months ended July 3, 2004, and now will be prepared for fifty-two/fifty-three week cycles going forward. In view of this change, this Form 10-K is a transition report and includes financial information for the six-month transition period ended July 3, 2004 and for the twelve- month periods ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. In addition, we changed our functional currency from pounds sterling to the U.S. dollar effective September 10, 2004. The change in functional currency is a result of the change in the principal economic environment in which we operate. In addition, our common stock is only traded on the Nasdaq National Market, where previously, our ordinary shares had been traded on the London Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq National Market. Our annual reports on Form 20-F for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contained Bookham Technology plc's consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United

4



Kingdom and were denominated in pounds sterling. Our consolidated balance sheets as of July 3, 2004, June 29, 2003, December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 and June 29, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contained in this transition report on Form 10-K have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

        On March 8, 2004, we completed our merger with New Focus, Inc. The acquisition of New Focus added new product lines that service markets such as research and semiconductor capital equipment, as well as a direct sales force and group distributors. For the year ended December 28, 2003, New Focus reported revenues of $27.1 million for a gross margin of 22.7%. The acquisition of New Focus also contributed additional cash resources of approximately $105.0 million to fund our operations and a facility in Shenhzen, China which we intend to use as a comparatively low cost manufacturing site.

        On June 10, 2004, we acquired the entire issued share capital of Onetta, Inc., based in Sunnyvale, California for 2,764,030 shares of common stock valued at $24.7 million. Onetta provides optical amplifier modules and subsystems for communications networks.

        On July 21, 2004, we announced that we had sold JCA Technology, Inc. to Endwave Corporation for a consideration of $6.0 million. JCA Technology, Inc., which was based in San Jose, California and acquired as part of the New Focus transaction, primarily supplies a comprehensive line of radio frequency (RF) amplifiers for defense applications.

Industry Background

        In the 1990s, telecommunications network vendors and data communication vendors increasingly incorporated optical systems into communications infrastructures, taking advantage of the ability of fiber optic systems to support dramatically greater bandwidths than traditional copper networks. Widespread adoption of fiber optic systems has significantly improved the ability of these networks to transmit and manage the high volume of voice, video and data traffic generated in recent years by the growth of the Internet and other innovative communications technologies. The build-out of fiber optic networks required optical components that combine, generate, detect, manipulate and process light signals as they are transmitted.

        By the late 1990s, excess spending on optical telecommunications systems and the resulting demand for optical components had insulated existing component suppliers from normal business practices, resulting in production inefficiencies and inflated profit margins, as well as attracting new entrants into the market. Since 2001, however, as a result of declining market conditions, network carriers have drastically reduced their investments in the infrastructure and technology required to grow and support their networks. This resulting reduction in demand for optical systems has subjected optical component suppliers to more traditional business disciplines, such as appropriate capacity utilization, manufacturing economies of scale and prudent operating cost structures. In response, optical component suppliers have been required to reduce manufacturing and operating cost overheads dramatically in order to sustain their businesses during a period of reduced demand and to ensure they achieve cost efficiencies required to meet their customers' pricing demands.

        In addition, most large optical systems vendors have historically used components developed and produced by their own organizations to fulfill their needs for optical components. However, as the market for optical systems declined, optical systems vendors were exposed to many of the same inefficiency challenges facing independent optical component companies. These challenges, as well as the prioritization on optical systems design manufacturing, resulted in the divestiture or closure of many captive optical component businesses. As a result, during the last two years, optical systems vendors have been seeking component suppliers with a depth of technology expertise and breadth of product portfolio that no longer exists within their own organizations and the manufacturing capabilities that they have sold, outsourced or eliminated.

5



        These trends have created significant pressure on optical component suppliers to consolidate so they can meet system vendor demands for complete solutions by developing and manufacturing the key components for optical networks on a rapid and efficient basis. In addition, market trends have created significant pressure on component suppliers to consolidate in order to achieve the critical mass that permits them to capture a larger revenue base, achieve enhanced economies of scale and maintain more comprehensive relationships with key customers. As a result, there has been significant consolidation in the marketplace, including our acquisition of the optical components businesses of Nortel Networks Corporation and Marconi Optical Components Limited and the acquisition by Avanex, Inc., of the optical components business of Alcatel, Inc. We believe that the trend towards consolidation will continue, providing companies positioned as consolidators with the opportunity to capture increased market share, key customers and improved profits through increased capacity utilization.

        The market for optical components continues to evolve. Telecommunications network vendors are requiring optical component suppliers to take advantage of developments in product integration and miniaturization to provide solutions incorporating multiple optical components on a single subsystem or module, thereby reducing the need for component assembly and additional testing by the vendor. Historically, the market for telecommunications products has been characterized by high performance, high cost and significant product customization, while the market for data communications products has been characterized by high volume, low cost and standardization. This distinction is increasingly blurred as technologies evolve that cost-effectively address both sets of applications at attractive price points, creating an opportunity to leverage technologies that meet the broader demands of the combined markets. In addition, the optical technology originally developed for the communications industry, such as high-power lasers, is also increasingly being deployed in industrial, automotive, aerospace and military applications. Exploitation of these opportunities offers optical component suppliers the opportunity to achieve improved margins and leverage embedded research and development expertise in new applications that are less dependent on the cycles of the telecommunications industry.

        In 2003, it was estimated that the market for optical components for use in optical communications applications was approximately $2.0 billion, of which we estimate approximately $1.2 billion was for telecommunications networks and approximately $800 million was for data communication networks. We also believe a significant opportunity exists for the innovative technology solutions developed for these optical communications applications to be applied in a variety of other non-telecommunications markets, including military and industrial applications.

        To succeed in such a challenging and evolving market, we believe that an optical component supplier must be able to:

    Offer a broad product portfolio of components;

    Maintain strong relationships with the world's leading optical systems vendors;

    Develop and maintain technologies that can be leveraged into new markets;

    Have integrated, cost efficient manufacturing facilities with conservatively managed manufacturing and operating overhead; and

    Be positioned as an industry consolidator with a proven track record.

Bookham's Solution

        We have responded to the demands of the optical components market by maintaining our focus on research and development, consolidating manufacturing facilities and reducing overhead, and pursuing an acquisition and consolidation strategy that has allowed us to achieve greater economies of scale and a broader product portfolio.

6



    We believe that we offer one of the most comprehensive end-to-end portfolios of optical component solutions to the telecommunications market. We believe that as a result of our broad product portfolio, we are a significant and important supplier to leading optical systems vendors.

    We have employed a focused acquisition and consolidation strategy. Our senior management team has demonstrated its capacity to acquire and integrate industry participants. We acquired the optical components businesses of Marconi Optical Components Limited and Nortel Networks Corporation in 2002. Additionally, we acquired Ignis Optics, Inc. and the business of Cierra Photonics, Inc. in 2003 and New Focus and Onetta in 2004. These acquisitions significantly increased our product portfolio and manufacturing expertise, while providing established relationships with leading optical systems vendors.

    As part of the process of integrating acquired businesses and companies, we have in the past year taken significant steps to rationalize production capacity, adjust headcount and restructure resources to reduce manufacturing and operating overhead. During 2003, we consolidated nine manufacturing facilities into three. In 2004, we announced a restructuring plan which includes moving the majority of our assembly and test operations from our site in Paignton, U.K. to our facility in Shenzhen, China.

    To further diversify our product portfolio, we are pursuing laser, semiconductor and other technologies for non-communications applications.

        As a result of these actions, we believe Bookham is well positioned to meet the demands of the optical components market and expand into new markets.

Bookham's Strategy

        Our goal is to maintain and enhance our position through the following steps:

    Continue to leverage broad product portfolio and technology expertise to gain share in the telecommunications market. We believe that our broad product portfolio, including the family of products acquired in the Nortel Networks Corporation transaction, can be sold to a broad range of optical vendors in the telecommunications market, including existing customers such as Nortel Networks Limited, Marconi Communications and Huawei, as well as new customers. We also intend to continue to leverage our technology expertise to expand our broad product portfolio to include integrated subsystems and other solutions that optical systems vendors need in order to upgrade or enhance network efficiency.

    Continue to focus on rigorous cost containment. We intend to continue to identify and implement cost-savings programs throughout the company, including programs to align our manufacturing resources appropriately and transition our manufacturing activities to competitive cost locations, such as our new Shenzhen, China facility. We continue to focus on managing our variable costs through yield improvements, labor productivity gains, component substitutions and aggressive supply chain management.

    Expand in the data communications and other markets. We intend to leverage our technology base and acquisition strategy to increase our presence in a variety of new markets, including data communications, military, industrial research, semiconductor capital equipment and biotechnology applications.

    Enhance global presence. We sell our components in Europe, North America and Asia, and we maintain facilities in each of those markets. We intend to continue to enhance our presence in each of these regions, with a particular focus on our sales and marketing presence in North America and our manufacturing capability in China.

    Broaden sales, marketing and customer support capabilities. We intend to develop our sales and marketing infrastructure and customer support functions to ensure that our customer

7


      relationships continue after products are deployed, to retain existing customers and to identify areas for further technical improvement and development.

    Implement strategic acquisition opportunities. We believe it is essential that we continue to acquire and integrate businesses with new or complementary technologies and markets in order to maintain the critical mass sufficient to sustain a leadership position in our market, enhance economies of scale and achieve profitability. While we are in current discussions with a variety of companies, we do not have any agreements or understandings to effect any specific transaction.

Bookham Product Offerings

        We design, manufacture and market optical components that generate, detect, route, amplify and manipulate light signals with primary application in communications networks. We have significant expertise in technology such as III-V optoelectronic semiconductors utilizing indium phosphide and gallium arsenide substrates, thin film filters and micro optic assembly and packaging technology. In addition to these technology platforms, we also have electronics design, firmware and software capabilities to produce transceivers, transponders, intelligent optical amplifiers and other added value subsystems.

        We believe that our acquisitions from Nortel Networks Corporation and Marconi Optical Components Limited, as well as our acquisitions of the business of Cierra Photonics, Ignis Optics, New Focus and Onetta, represent important steps that have significantly enhanced our product portfolio. We believe our enhanced product portfolio will enable us to provide optical systems suppliers with subsystems and modules using our component set. This ability to offer a more comprehensive array of products addresses our customers' goals of reducing the number of suppliers from whom they purchase. In addition, we feel that we are now positioned to offer products previously produced and deployed by Nortel Networks Corporation to other leading system manufacturers who, in the past, may not have been willing to purchase components from Nortel Networks Corporation, as one of their competitors.

        Our products provide functionality for the various elements within the optical networking system from transmitting to receiving light signals, and include products that generate, amplify, detect and combine light signals. Our product offerings that are principally aimed at the telecommunications marketplace include:

    Transmitters. Our transmitter product lines include products with fixed and tunable wavelength designed for both long-haul and metro applications, and ranging from 2.5Gb/s to 10Gb/s. This product line includes lasers that are either directly or externally modulated depending on the application.

    Transceivers. Our transceiver portfolio includes SFP products at 2.5Gb/s and XFP products operating at 10Gb/s.

    Tunable lasers and transmitter modules. Our tunable laser products include both thermal and electronically tunable devices that are produced co-packaged with a modulator to optimize performance and reduce the size of the product. We also have innovative technology to deliver wide band electronic tunability.

    Receivers. Our portfolio of discrete receivers for metro, long and ultra long-haul applications from 2.5Gb/s to 10Gb/s includes avalanche photodiode, or APD, preamp receivers, as well as photodiode, or PIN, preamp receivers, PIN and APD modules and products that feature integrated attenuators.

    Amplifiers. Erbium doped fiber amplifiers, or EDFAs, are used to boost the brightness of optical signals and offer compact amplification for ultra long-haul, long-haul and metro networks. We offer a semi-custom product portfolio of multiwavelength amplifiers from gain blocks to full card

8


      level or subsystem solutions for use in wide bandwidth WDM optical transmission systems. We also offer lower cost narrow band mini-amplifiers.

    Pump laser chips. Our 980nm pump laser diodes are designed for use as high-power, reliable pump sources for erbium doped fiber amplifiers. Uncooled modules are designed for low-cost, reliable amplification for metro, cross-connect or other single/multi channel amplification applications.

    Transponder modules. A transponder module provides both transmitter and receiver functions. A transponder includes electrical circuitry to control the laser diode and modulation function of the transmitter as well as the receiver electronics. These modules include a serializer that accepts simultaneous inputs of data at a rate that facilitates interfacing with a wide range of electronic circuits. These parallel data streams are electronically aggregated to form a stream of data that travels at a much higher rate.

    Thin Film Filters. Our thin film filter, TFF, products are used for multiplexing and demultiplexing optical signals within dense wavelength division multiplexing transmission systems. In addition to this, TFF products are used to attenuate and control light within our amplifier product range.

    TOA/ROA. Transmitter optical assemblies, or TOAs, and receiver optical assemblies, or ROAs, are card-level transmitter and receiver assemblies that are customized for the Nortel Networks Limited 10Gb/s transport systems. These products integrate several individual optical components onto one circuit board that contains components sourced both internally and from third parties.

        The optical technology originally developed for the telecommunications industry is also increasingly being deployed for other applications, including industrial and military applications including pump lasers, which are used to pump solid state lasers and are replacing lamp pumping in more and more applications.

        Through the New Focus acquisition, we also develop photonics and microwave solutions for diversified markets such as research, semiconductor capital equipment and the military. We sell two primary families of products in the area of photonics and microwave solutions: advanced photonic tools and tunable lasers for test and measurement applications.

    Photonic tools: are instruments and tools principally used for generating, measuring, moving, manipulating, modulating and detecting optical signals. These products include:

    Electro-optical components: including laser sources, modulators, photodetectors and photoreceivers used for general-purpose light and fluorescence detection, light modulation and component test and characterization.

    Precision opto-mechanical components: optical mounts, fiber aligners and translation stages designed to provide high stability, high resolution and precision adjustment capability for use in both manufacturing and laboratory environments.

    Motion control devices: motorized optical mounts, stages and actuators are designed to provide high resolution positioning and precise alignment when used with the precision opto-mechanical products.

    Tunable lasers: include swept-wavelength and step-and-measure lasers based on an external cavity diode laser design. They are used in semiconductor capital equipment and test and measurement applications.

Customers, Sales and Marketing

        We principally sell our optical component products to optical systems vendors as well as to customers in the data communications, military, space, industrial and manufacturing industries.

9



Customers for our photonics and microwave product portfolio include academic and governmental research institutions that engage in advanced research and development activities.

        We operate in two business segments: optics and research and defense. Optics relates to the design, development, manufacture, marketing and sale of optical solutions for telecommunications and industrial applications. Research and defense relates to the design, manufacture, marketing and sale of photonics and microwave solutions. The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic region and by segment for the periods indicated.

    Revenues by Geographic Region

 
  Six months
ended
July 3,
2004

  Year ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
Revenues:                        
United States   $ 20,446,000   $ 13,502,000   $ 4,683,000   $ 2,884,000
United Kingdom     4,023,000     25,454,000     31,910,000     19,165,000
North America other than United States     35,529,000     78,207,000     11,235,000     1,574,000
Europe other than United Kingdom     8,797,000     13,230,000     3,560,000     539,000
Asia     10,875,000     14,986,000     479,000     7,170,000
Rest of the World     93,000     818,000     38,000     234,000
   
 
 
 
Consolidated total revenues   $ 79,763,000   $ 146,197,000   $ 51,905,000   $ 31,566,000
   
 
 
 

    Revenues by Segment

 
   
  Year ended
 
  Six months
ended
July 3, 2004

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

Optics   $ 69,315,000   $ 146,197,000   $ 51,905,000   $ 31,566,000
Research and Defense     10,448,000            
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 79,763,000   $ 146,197,000   $ 51,905,000   $ 31,566,000
   
 
 
 

        For additional information on the Optics and Research and Defense segments, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere herein.

        Two of our customers, Nortel Networks Limited and Marconi Communications accounted for 46% and 9% respectively of our revenue for the six month period ended July 3, 2004, 59% and 13% in 2003, 32% and 38% in 2002 and 41% and 15% in 2001.

        The following table sets forth our long-lived assets by geographic region for the periods indicated.

 
  July 3,
2004

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

United States   $ 50,584,000   $ 15,128,000   $ 101,000
United Kingdom     163,840,000     91,352,000     89,367,000
North America other than the United States     1,354,000     1,447,000     11,315,000
Europe other than United Kingdom     7,389,000     7,864,000     8,523,000
Asia     13,004,000     2,000     2,000
   
 
 
Total long-lived assets   $ 236,171,000   $ 115,793,000   $ 109,308,000
   
 
 

        We believe it is essential to maintain a comprehensive and capable direct sales and marketing organization. Towards that end, as of July 3, 2004, we had established a direct sales and marketing force of 105 people for all of our products spanning the United Kingdom, China, France, Germany, Switzerland, Canada, Italy and the United States. In addition to our direct sales and marketing force,

10



we also sell and market our products through international sales representatives and resellers that extends our commercial reach to smaller geographic locations and customers that are not currently adequately covered by our sales offices. Our products targeted at research and defense applications are sold through catalogs.

        Our products typically have a long sales cycle. The period of time between our initial contact with a customer to the receipt of an actual purchase order is frequently six months to a year or more. In addition, many customers perform, and require us to perform, extensive process and product evaluation and testing of components before entering into purchase arrangements.

        In certain instances, support services for our products include customer service and technical support. Customer service representatives assist customers with orders, warranty returns and other administrative functions. Technical support engineers provide customers with answers to technical and product-related questions. Technical support engineers also provide application support to customers who have incorporated our products into custom applications.

        We are subject to risks related to operating in foreign countries. These risks include: currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues; greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods; difficulty in enforcing or adequately protecting our intellectual property; foreign taxes; political, legal and economic instability in foreign markets; and foreign regulations. Any of these risks, or any other risks related to our foreign operations, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Intellectual Property

        We believe that our proprietary technology provides us with an important competitive advantage, and we intend to continue to protect our technology, as appropriate, including design, process and assembly aspects. We believe that our intellectual property portfolio is a valuable strategic asset that we can use in conjunction with the technologies of the companies with whom we collaborate to develop sophisticated solutions and applications for use in optical networking. Our portfolio is supplemented by our extensive expertise and significant application and process engineering know-how developed by our personnel, including personnel who joined us from Nortel Networks Corporation, Marconi Optical Components Limited, Cierra Photonics, Ignis Optics, New Focus and Onetta. We believe that the future success of our business will depend on our ability to translate our intellectual property portfolio and the technological expertise and innovation of our personnel into new and enhanced products.

        As of September 10, 2004, we held 285 U.S. patents and 161 non-U.S. patents, and we had approximately 355 patent applications pending in various countries. We maintain an active program to identify technology appropriate for patent protection. We require employees and consultants to execute non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements upon commencement of employment or consulting arrangements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individuals during their work for us and require that all proprietary information disclosed will remain confidential. While such agreements may be binding, we may not be able to enforce them in all jurisdictions.

        Although we continue to take steps to identify and protect our patentable technology and to obtain and protect proprietary rights to such technology, we cannot be certain the steps we have taken will prevent misappropriation of our technology. We may, as appropriate, take legal action in the future to enforce our patents and trademarks and otherwise to protect our intellectual property rights, including our trade secrets. In the future, situations may arise in which we may decide to grant additional licenses.

Research and Development

        Since the inception of Bookham Technology plc in 1988, we have focused historically on research and development activities. We spent $54.4 million during 2001, $50.3 million during 2002, $50.4 million

11



during 2003 and $26.9 million during the first six months of 2004 on research and development. We invested heavily in research and development in 2001 in connection with increasing our product development efforts in anticipation of an increase in demand. In response to the decline in the market and our decision to discontinue further development of our ASOC platform, we decreased these expenses in 2002. However, in 2003 principally due to the acquisition of Ignis Optics and Cierra Photonic, but also due to investment in the area of subsystems, we increased our expense for research and development. In addition, principally due to our acquisition of New Focus and Onetta, during the first six months of 2004, we increased our expense for research and development. We believe that continued focus on the development of our technology is critical to our future competitive success and our goal is to expand and develop our line of telecommunications products, particularly in the area of subsystems, to expand and develop our line of non-telecommunications products and technologies for use in a variety of different applications, enhance our manufacturing processes to reduce production costs, provide increased device performance and reduce product time to market. As of July 3, 2004, our research and development organization comprised 379 people.

        Our research and development facilities in Abingdon, Caswell and Paignton, U.K., Santa Rosa and San Jose, California, and Ottawa, Canada, include computer-aided design stations, modern laboratories and automated test equipment. Our research and development organization has optical and electronic integration expertise that facilitates meeting customer-specific requirements as they arise. We also sponsor advanced research in a number of universities in the United Kingdom, Europe and North America.

Manufacturing

        We own a wafer fab facility in Caswell, U.K., a manufacturing assembly and test facility in Paignton, U.K, a manufacturing and test facility in Shenzhen, China and a manufacturing facility in San Jose, California. We also lease a wafer fab facility in Zurich, Switzerland, and a thin-film filter manufacturing facility in Santa Rosa, California. We previously had manufacturing facilities in Abingdon, Harlow and Swindon, U.K.; Columbia, Maryland; Poughkeepsie, New York; and Ottawa, Canada, all of which are now closed. During 2003, we consolidated our Ottawa manufacturing equipment and activities into our existing Caswell facility and consolidated our optical amplifier manufacturing, assembly and test operations and chip-on-carrier operations into our Paignton site. Our aggregate potential manufacturing floor space in our currently existing facilities is approximately 850,000 square feet. As a result of the economic downturn, we estimate that in 2003 we substantially underutilized our existing manufacturing capacity. In 2004, we announced a restructuring plan which included moving a majority of our assembly and test operations from Paignton to Shenzhen in order to take advantage of the comparatively low manufacturing costs in China.

        Our manufacturing capabilities include fabrication processing for indium phosphide, gallium arsenide and thin film filters. Such capabilities include clean room facilities for each of the technology processes along with assembly and test capability and reliability/quality testing. Our manufacturing facilities house sophisticated semiconductor processing equipment, such as epitaxy reactors, metal deposition systems, photolithography, etching, analytical measurement and control equipment. Our assembly and test facilities include specialized automated assembly equipment, temperature and humidity control and reliability and testing facilities.

12


Competition

        The market for our products is highly competitive. We believe we compete favorably with respect to the following factors:

    product quality, performance and price;

    confidence in future product evolution;

    confidence that the company will remain viable for the foreseeable future;

    manufacturing capabilities; and

    customer service and support.

        With respect to our telecommunications products, we also compete favorably on the basis of our historical customer relationships and the breadth of our product line.

        Although we believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so.

        We encounter substantial competition in most of our markets, although no one competitor competes with us across all product lines or markets.

        We believe that our principal competitors in telecommunications are the major suppliers of optical components and modules, including both vendors selling to third parties and components companies owned by large telecommunication equipment manufacturers. Specifically, we believe that we compete against two main categories of competitors:

    broad-based merchant suppliers of components, principally JDS Uniphase, Avanex and Triquint, Inc.; and

    the vertically integrated equipment manufacturers, such as Fujitsu.

        In addition, market leaders in industries such as semiconductor and data communications, who may have significantly more resources than we do, may in the future enter our market with competing products.

        In the area of photonics and microwave solutions, we compete with a number of companies including Melles Griot, Inc., Newport Corporation, Thermo Oriel (a unit of the Thermo Photonics Division of Thermo Electron Corporation), Thorlabs Inc., Miteq, Inc. and Aeroflex, Inc.

Employees

        As of July 3, 2004, we employed 2,024 persons, including 379 in research and development, 1,404 in manufacturing, 105 in sales and marketing, and 136 in finance and administration. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Available Information

        Our Internet address is www.bookham.com. We are the successor to Bookham Technology plc for various purposes under the Exchange Act and, through the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K filed pursuant to Rule 12g-3 under the Exchange Act, has assumed Bookham Technology plc's Commission file number (000-30684). Bookham began filing reports under the Exchange Act with the filing of that Current Report on Form 8-K. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be posted on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing with or furnishing to the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Annual Reports on Form 20-F and Reports on Form 6-K filed by Bookham

13



Technology plc prior to the completion of the Scheme of Arrangement are available on our website. All such postings on our website can be accessed free of charge.


Item 2.     Properties

        We lease our principal executive offices in San Jose, California of approximately 52,000 square feet which also includes manufacturing, research and development and office space. We lease our corporate headquarters of approximately 20,000 square feet in Abingdon, U.K., under a lease that will expire in 2007. We also lease our wafer fab facility in Zurich, Switzerland, which is approximately 124,000 square feet. We own the 183,000 square foot facility in Caswell, U.K., which includes wafer fab, assembly and test capabilities, manufacturing support functions and research and development capabilities and office space. We own our facility in Paignton, U.K., which is approximately 240,000 square feet comprising manufacturing space incorporating clean rooms, assembly and test capabilities and supporting laboratories, office and storage space. We also own our facility in Shenzhen, China, which is approximately 247,000 square feet comprising manufacturing space, including clean rooms, assembly and test capabilities, packaging, storage and office space.


Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, in management's opinion, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

        On June 26, 2001, a putative securities class action captioned Lanter v. New Focus, Inc. et al., Civil Action No. 01-CV-5822, was filed against New Focus and several of its officers and directors, or the Individual Defendants, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Also named as defendants were Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Chase Securities, Inc., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, Inc. and CIBC World Markets Corp., or the Underwriter Defendants, the underwriters in New Focus's initial public offering. Three subsequent lawsuits were filed containing substantially similar allegations. These complaints have been consolidated. On April 19, 2002, plaintiffs filed an Amended Class Action Complaint, described below, naming as defendants the Individual Defendants and the Underwriter Defendants.

        On November 7, 2001, a Class Action Complaint was filed against Bookham Technology plc and others in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an Amended Class Action Complaint. The Amended Complaint names as defendants Bookham Technology plc, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and FleetBoston Robertson Stephens, Inc., two of the underwriters of Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering in April 2000, and Andrew G. Rickman, Stephen J. Cockrell and David Simpson, each of whom was an officer and/or director at the time of the initial public offering.

        The Amended Complaints assert claims under certain provisions of the securities laws of the United States. They allege, among other things, that the prospectuses for Bookham Technology plc's and New Focus's initial public offerings were materially false and misleading in describing the compensation to be earned by the underwriters in connection with the offerings, and in not disclosing certain alleged arrangements among the underwriters and initial purchasers of ordinary shares, in the case of Bookham Technology plc, or common stock, in the case of New Focus, from the underwriters. The Amended Complaints seek unspecified damages (or in the alternative rescission for those class members who no longer hold ordinary shares, in the case of Bookham Technology plc or common stock, in the case of New Focus), costs, attorneys' fees, experts' fees, interest and other expenses. In October 2002, the individual defendants were dismissed, without prejudice, from the action. In July 2002, all defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the Amended Complaint. The motion was denied as to Bookham Technology plc and New Focus in February 2003. Special committees of the board of

14



directors authorized the companies to negotiate a settlement of the pending claims substantially consistent with a memorandum of understanding negotiated among class plaintiffs, all issuer defendants and their insurers. A stipulation of settlement for the claims against the issuer defendants, including Bookham, has been submitted to the court for preliminary approval. Under the stipulation of settlement, the plaintiffs will dismiss and release all claims against participating defendants in exchange for a contingent payment guaranty by the insurance companies collectively responsible for insuring the issuers in all the related cases, and the assignment or surrender to the plaintiffs of certain claims the issuer defendants may have against the underwriters. Under the guaranty, the insurers will be required to pay the amount, if any, by which $1.0 billion exceeds the aggregate amount ultimately collected by the plaintiffs from the underwriter defendants in all the cases. There is no guarantee that the settlement will become effective, as it is subject to a number of conditions, including court approval. We believe that both Bookham and New Focus have meritorious defenses and indemnification rights to the claims made in the Amended Complaint and we therefore believe that such claims will not have a material effect on our financial position.

        On February 13, 2002, Howard Yue, the former sole shareholder of Globe Y Technology, Inc., a company acquired by New Focus in February 2001, filed a lawsuit against New Focus and several of its officers and directors in Santa Clara County Superior Court. The lawsuit is captioned Howard Yue v. New Focus, Inc. et al, Case No. CV808031, and asserts claims stemming from New Focus's acquisition of Globe Y. The plaintiff has amended his complaint several times following the Court's dismissal of his earlier complaints. Currently, the plaintiff's third amended complaint alleges eight causes of action against New Focus: violation of §25400 and §25500 of the California Corporations Code; violation of §§1709-1710 of the California Civil Code; violation of §17200 and §17500 of the California Business & Professions Code; fraud and deceit by concealment; fraud and deceit by active concealment; fraud and deceit based upon non-disclosure of material facts; negligent misrepresentation; and breach of contract and the duty of good faith and fair dealing. The complaint seeks unspecified economic, punitive, and exemplary damages, prejudgment interest, costs, and equitable and general relief.

        On October 6, 2003, New Focus filed a cross-complaint against Mr. Yue seeking damages arising from Mr. Yue's misrepresentations to New Focus in the acquisition of Globe Y by New Focus. Discovery is ongoing in both the lawsuit by Mr. Yue and New Focus's cross-complaint. New Focus has certain counterclaims against Mr. Yue as well as the following defenses against Mr. Yue's claims: the doctrines of estoppel, waiver and consent; plaintiff's coming to the action with unclean hands; plaintiff's breach of contract; plaintiff's failure to fulfill any contractual conditions precedent; plaintiff's failure to mitigate damages, if any; plaintiff's negligence; the lack of an existence of a fiduciary or confidential relationship with the plaintiff; the causing of plaintiff's damages, if any, by intervening events; and plaintiff's fraudulent conduct. New Focus intends to conduct a vigorous defense of this lawsuit.

        On or about January 30, 2004, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia against Bookham Technology plc, certain individuals affiliated with Bookham Technology plc, Goldman Sachs, Goldman Sachs International, Robertson Stephens, Robertson Stephens International, Julius Baer & Company Ltd., Dexia PrivatBank Switzerland, Swiss Partners Investment Network Ltd., or Spin, and certain individuals affiliated with Spin. The complaint is captioned Defries v. Bookham Technology PLC, et al., Case No. 1:04-CV-00054. The suit purports to allege that defendants violated the federal securities laws in connection with Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering conducted on or about April 11, 2000, Bookham Technology plc's follow-on public offering conducted on or about September 19, 2000, and the trading of Bookham Technology plc's shares in the aftermarket from the date of the initial public offering through December 6, 2000. The complaint purports to allege violations of Sections 3(a)(8), 5, 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. It purports to incorporate allegations made by plaintiffs in the IPO laddering litigation described above. The suit purports to seek damages in the sum of at least $25 million, fees and costs. On May 20, 2004, the plaintiff filed a motion seeking

15



to extend the deadline for service of the complaint until September 17, 2004. The court granted plaintiff's motion on May 21, 2004. The complaint has not been served, and we have not responded to the complaint. We are unable to predict the outcome of this suit and its ultimate effect, if any, on our financial condition; however, our defense against this suit may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.


Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        On June 2, 2004, Bookham Technology plc held its 2004 annual general meeting of shareholders. At the meeting, the votes cast for each matter presented to Bookham Technology's shareholders were as follows:

 
  For
  Against
  Withheld
Approval of annual accounts   183,298,977   173,238  
Approval of remuneration report   159,833,508   22,967,842   670,865
Election of Robert Rickman as director   179,619,146   3,516,273   336,796
Election of Peter Bordui as director   180,574,911   2,810,779   86,525
Election of Winston Fu as director   180,935,698   2,536,517  
Appointment of Ernst and Young as auditors   163,465,889   502,981   19,503,345
Allotment of shares under Section 80 of Companies Act   182,271,050   864,369   336,796
Allotment of shares free of preemptive rights   182,254,088   1,218,127  
Authority to make market purchases of shares   183,186,839   285,376  

        On August 16, 2004, Bookham Technology held an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders in connection with the scheme of arrangement. At the meeting, the votes cast for each matter presented to Bookham Technology's shareholders were as follows:

 
  For
  Against
That the scheme of arrangement dated 8 July 2004 be approved   210,910,003   20,628,251
That:   207,648,527   23,889,727
(i)   (a)   the reduction of share capital in the Company be approved in accordance with the scheme;
    (b)   the directors and the Company be empowered to allot equity securities for cash, subject to the limitations set out in the Notice convening the Extraordinary General Meeting;
(ii)   the articles of association of the Company be amended by the insertion of a new article 3A as referred to in the Notice convening the Extraordinary General Meeting.

That:

 

207,641,366

 

23,896,888
(i)   the directors of the Company be authorized to allot new ordinary shares pursuant to Section 80 of the Companies Act 1985;
(ii)   (a)   the authorised share capital be increased as set out in the Notice convening the Extraordinary General Meeting;
    (b)   new ordinary shares be allotted and issued credited as fully paid to Bookham, Inc. and/or its nominee.

        On August 16, 2004, Bookham Technology held a shareholder court meeting in connection with the scheme of arrangement. At the meeting, the votes cast for each matter presented to Bookham Technology's shareholders were as follows:

 
  For
  Against
That the scheme of arrangement be approved   218,251,793   23,480,494

16



PART II


Item 5.     Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    Market Information and Holders

        Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "BKHM" on September 10, 2004. Prior to that date there was no established public trading market for our common stock. Prior to the closing of the scheme of arrangement on September 10, 2004, pursuant to which Bookham Technology plc became our wholly-owned subsidiary, Bookham Technology plc's ordinary shares were quoted on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority under the symbol "BHM" and its ADSs were quoted on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "BKHM" beginning on April 11, 2000. Each ADS represented one ordinary share. In the scheme of arrangement, every ten ordinary shares of Bookham Technology plc were exchanged for one share of our common stock. The closing price of our common stock on September 10, 2004 was $7.55.

        The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices of Bookham Technology plc's ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods indicated (the sales prices have not been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio in the scheme of arrangement):

 
  Per ordinary share
  Per ADS
 
  High
£

  Low
£

  High
($)

  Low
($)

Quarter Ended                
March 31, 2002   1.80   0.96   2.57   1.36
June 30, 2002   1.14   0.68   1.55   0.95
September 30, 2002   0.83   0.43   1.35   0.65
December 31, 2002   0.95   0.40   1.55   0.64
March 31, 2003   0.87   0.65   1.37   1.01
June 29, 2003   0.95   0.66   2.00   1.02
September 30, 2003   1.40   0.70   2.57   1.16
December 31, 2003   1.78   1.07   2.99   1.98
March 31, 2004   1.94   1.03   3.55   2.01
July 3, 2004   1.28   0.45   2.40   0.77

        As of September 10, 2004, there were approximately 12,880 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include stockholders who hold their shares in "street name" or through broker or nominee accounts.

    Dividends

        We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock or ordinary shares. We intend to retain our earnings for use in our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        On June 29, 2004, in connection with our incorporation, we issued an aggregate of 100 shares of our common stock to Stephen Abely and Giorgio Anania in consideration for services they provided in connection with establishing the Company. The shares were offered and issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

17


        On September 10, 2004, we issued an aggregate of 33,516,768 shares of our common stock in exchange for the entire issued share capital of Bookham Technology plc in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act.


Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

        The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere herein. In June 2004, Bookham Technology plc approved a change in its fiscal year end from December 31 to the Sunday closest to June 30. Bookham also has a fiscal year end which ends on the Sunday closest to June 30. Accordingly, our financial statements have been prepared for the six months ended July 3, 2004, and now will be prepared for fifty-two/fifty-three week cycles going forward. Accordingly, data for 2004 presented in this report relates to the period from January 1, 2004 to July 3, 2004, otherwise known as the transition period. In connection with the scheme of arrangement, Bookham changed its corporate domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States. In addition, we changed our functional currency from pounds sterling to the U.S. dollar effective September 10, 2004. The change in functional currency is the result of the change in the principal environment in which we operate. In addition, our common stock is only traded on the Nasdaq National Market, where previously, our ordinary shares had been traded on the London Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq National Market. Our annual reports on Form 20-F for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contained Bookham Technology plc's consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and were denominated in pounds sterling. Our consolidated balance sheets as of July 3, 2004, June 29, 2003, December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 and June 29, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contained in this transition report on Form 10-K have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. As a result, the periods shown have been translated from pounds sterling into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates set forth in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 
  Six months ended
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  (in thousands except for per share data)

 
Net revenues   $ 79,763   $ 67,762   $ 146,197   $ 51,905   $ 31,566   $ 39,715   $ 5,743  
Operating loss   $ (72,130 ) $ (70,794 ) $ (134,155 ) $ (171,631 ) $ (179,932 ) $ (56,596 ) $ (10,464 )
Net loss   $ (67,371 ) $ (68,040 ) $ (125,747 ) $ (164,938 ) $ (164,370 ) $ (42,268 ) $ (26,014 )
Basic and diluted loss per share of common stock   $ (2.48 ) $ (3.32 ) $ (6.03 ) $ (10.92 ) $ (12.79 ) $ (3.64 ) $ (2.85 )
Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares of common stock     27,199     20,495     20,845     15,100     12,853     11,623     9,115  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 
   
  December 31,
 
  July 3,
2004

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
Total assets   $ 468,025   $ 269,498   $ 351,616   $ 342,936   $ 497,279   $ 41,143
Total stockholders' equity     330,590     164,395     248,608     316,424     457,575     27,279
Long-term obligations     64,507     68,255     55,832         1,346     3,651
Common stock     1,772     1,100     1,034     651     636     525

18



Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data" appearing in Item 6 of this report and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing under Item 8 of this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, as described under "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" above Item 1 of this report.

Overview

        Effective September 10, 2004, we changed our corporate domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States and our functional currency from pounds sterling to U.S. dollars. In addition, in connection with the change in domicile, we changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to the Sunday closest to June 30. Accordingly, our financial statements have been prepared for the six months ended July 3, 2004, and now will be prepared for fifty-two/fifty-three week cycles going forward. As a result, our accompanying consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. dollars as opposed to pounds sterling, which was the currency we previously used to present our financial statements. The financial data for prior years have been translated from pounds sterling to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as of the associated period end. Our consolidated financial statements reported in U.S. dollars depict the same trends as would have been presented if we had continued to present financial statements in pounds sterling, however, because we used a fixed exchange rate to translate our pound sterling denominated financial statements into U.S. dollar denominated financial statements, our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to July 3, 2004 may not be comparable to the financial statements of other companies that report in U.S. dollars.

        In view of the change in our fiscal year, this MD&A compares the consolidated financial statements as of and for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 (the transition period) with the consolidated financial statements as of and for the six month period ended June 29, 2003. We are also including a discussion and analysis of our financial statements for fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001.

        Throughout the MD&A, data for all periods except as of and for the six month period ended June 29, 2003, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which appear in this report. All data as of and for the six month period ended June 29, 2003, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not presented herein. Summary financial information for this period can be found in Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements.

        Our business has changed significantly in response to the dramatic decline in the market for optical components. Prior to 2002, our business was entirely driven by our proprietary ASOC platform, which we introduced commercially in 1997, and which enabled us to use silicon to build integrated fiber-optic devices. During 2001 and 2002, we recognized that the marketplace was moving away from integrated fibre-optic components and was favoring traditional technologies that require less development, involve less risk and use established products such as transmitters, lasers and receivers as separate building blocks for the terminals of communications networks. In 2002, in order to capitalize on this trend, we discontinued the development of our ASOC platform and we acquired the optical components businesses of Marconi Optical Components Limited and Nortel Networks Corporation, and we concentrated our efforts on manufacturing and marketing our optical amplifier transmitters, lasers and receivers products, that can be bought as individual components and integrated in accordance with customer requirements.

        The acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Networks Corporation particularly redefined our company. It delivered a significant set of complementary products to add to our portfolio, along with a comprehensive set of technical skills, facilities and management experience. In connection with the acquisition, we entered into a supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited

19



which contains a minimum quarterly purchase commitment, which expired on March 31, 2004, resulting in revenues for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 decreasing 10% to $36.5 million from $40.4 million for the comparative six month period in 2003. Our 2003 revenue was significantly and positively affected by revenue generated from sales to Nortel Networks Limited under the supply agreement. Revenue increased to $146.2 million in 2003 from $51.9 million in 2002, an increase of 182%. Revenues generated from products acquired in the transaction with Nortel Networks accounted for $85.5 million of revenues in 2003 and $16.3 million of revenues in 2002.

        In 2003, the markets for optical components continued to evolve. Telecommunications network vendors are requiring optical component suppliers to take advantage of developments in product integration and miniaturization to provide solutions incorporating multiple optical components on a single subsystem module, thereby reducing the need for component assembly and additional testing by the vendor. Historically, the market for telecommunications products has been characterized by high performance, high cost and significant product customization, while the market for data communications products has been characterized by high volume, low cost and standardization. The distinction increasingly blurred as technologies evolve that cost-effectively address both sets of applications at attractive price points, creating an opportunity to leverage technologies that meet broader demands of the combined markets. In view of this trend, in 2003, we continued the process of expanding our technology base and market offerings through the acquisition of the business of Cierra Photonics and the acquisition of Ignis Optics. In March 2004 and June 2004, we completed our acquisition of New Focus and Onetta, respectively.

        One of our challenges in the present economic environment is to expand our revenue base beyond the supply agreements entered into with Marconi Communications and Nortel Networks Limited as part of the acquisitions. One way we intend to achieve this goal is by offering products previously produced and deployed by Nortel Networks to other leading system manufacturers who, in the past, may not have been willing to purchase components from Nortel Networks Corporation, as one of their competitors. Over the last year, we expanded our revenue to customers other than Nortel Networks Limited and Marconi Communications from $8.8 million, or 26% of revenues, in the first quarter of 2004 to $19.3 million, or 50% of revenues, in the second quarter of 2004. We also intend to take advantage of the continuing consolidation in the market to gain customers whose previous suppliers have either exited the business or combined with a competitor.

        On March 8, 2004, we completed our acquisition of New Focus. The acquisition of New Focus added new product lines that will service markets such as research, semiconductor capital equipment and the military, as well as a direct sales force and group distributors. For the year ended December 28, 2003, New Focus reported revenues of $27.1 million for a gross margin of 22.7%. The acquisition of New Focus also contributed additional cash resources of approximately $105.0 million to fund our operations and a facility in Shenhzen, China, which we intend to use as a lower cost manufacturing site.

        In response to ongoing deterioration in conditions in the optical components market, we undertook a series of actions to reduce our overhead costs and restructure the business in line with expected revenues. This included the closure of facilities, reductions in our workforce and the discontinuance of the development of our ASOC platform and complete closure of the related manufacturing operations related to ASOC platform. We have retained the intellectual property associated with the ASOC platform and have disposed of the equipment and facilities related to the product line. As a result of these actions in 2001, 2002 and 2003 we took net charges for restructuring costs of $90.4 million, $55.1 million and $27.9 million, respectively. In 2004, we announced a further restructuring plan, which includes moving the majority of our assembly and test operations to the site in Shenzhen, China we acquired as part of the New Focus acquisition from our site in Paignton, U.K. We anticipate taking additional restructuring charges in fiscal year 2005 as we reduce our workforce, particularly in Paignton, U.K. and relocate our assembly and test manufacturing to Shenzhen.

20



        In recent periods, the value of the U.S. dollar has declined significantly in comparison with the pound sterling. Historically, a substantial amount of our revenues have been denominated in U.S. dollars and the majority of our costs have been incurred in pounds sterling and, despite our change in domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States, we expect a substantial majority of our revenues to be denominated in U.S. dollars and a significant portion of our costs to continue to be denominated in pounds sterling. This situation has, and can be expected to continue to, put pressure on our margins and cash flow as reported in our consolidated financial statements. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between these two currencies and, to a lesser extent, other currencies in which we pay our expenses, could affect our operating results. To help mitigate this exposure we are, among other things, moving the majority of our assembly and test manufacturing to our facility in Shenzhen, China, where costs are not incurred in pounds sterling, and taking steps to hedge our currency positions as appropriate. However, the continued weakness of the U.S. dollar versus the pound sterling will make it more difficult for us to achieve improvements in our margins in the short term.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

        The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgements that affect our reported assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and other financial information. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions. In addition, our reported financial condition and results of operations could vary due to a change in the application of a particular accounting standard.

        We regard an accounting estimate or assumption underlying our financial statements as a "critical accounting estimate" where:

    the nature of the estimate or assumption is material due to the level of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and

    the impact of such estimates and assumptions on our financial condition or operating performance is material.

        Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. Not all of these significant policies, however, fit the definition of "critical accounting estimates." We have discussed our accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and we believe that the policies described below involve critical accounting estimates.

    Revenue Recognition and Sales Returns

        Revenue represents the amounts, excluding sales taxes, derived from the provision of goods and services to third-party customers during the period. Our revenue recognition policy follows SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 104, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements". Specifically, we recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title has transferred, collectibility is reasonably assured, fees are fixed or determinable and there are no uncertainties with respect to customer acceptance. For certain sales, we are required to determine, in particular, whether the delivery has occurred, whether items will be returned and whether we will be paid under normal commercial terms. For certain shipments, we specify delivery terms and assess each shipment against those terms, and only recognize revenue when we are certain that the delivery terms have been met. For shipments to new customers and evaluation units, including initial shipments of new products, where the customer has the right of return through the end of the evaluation period, we recognize revenue on these shipments at the end of an evaluation period, if not returned, and when collection is reasonably assured. We record a provision for estimated sales returns in the same period as the related revenues are recorded which is netted against revenue. These

21


estimates are based on historical sales returns, other known factors and our return policy. Before accepting a new customer, we review publicly available information and credit rating databases to provide ourselves with reasonable assurance that the new customer will pay all outstanding amounts in accordance with our standard terms. For existing customers, we monitor historic payment patterns to assess whether we can expect payment in accordance with the terms of each shipment.

        We recognize royalty revenue when it is earned and collectibility is reasonably assured. As such, all royalty revenue has been recorded at the time of cash receipt.

    Accounting for Acquisitions and Goodwill

        We account for acquisitions using the purchase accounting method in accordance with SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or sooner whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. Circumstances which could trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in the business climate, unanticipated competition, loss of key personnel and the possible sale of the whole, or part of the reporting unit. Under this method the total consideration paid, excluding the contingent consideration that has not been earned, is allocated over the fair value of the net assets acquired, including in-process research and development, or IPR&D, with any excess allocated to goodwill. IPR&D is charged to the income statement at the date of the acquisition. Goodwill is defined as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value allocated to the net assets. Our judgments as to fair value of the assets will, therefore, affect the amount of goodwill that we record. We estimate the useful life of tangible assets acquired in any acquisition, such as plant and equipment, by considering comparable lives of similar assets, past history, the intended use of the assets and their condition. Acquired intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Acquired intangible assets primarily include core and current technology, patents, supply agreements, capitalized licenses and customer contracts. We are currently amortizing our acquired intangible assets with definite lives over periods ranging from three to six years. In estimating the useful life of the acquired assets, we consider the industry environment and unique factors relating to each product relative to our business strategy and the likelihood of technological obsolescence.

    Impairment of Goodwill and Intangibles

        We review identifiable intangibles, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in the market price of the assets, significant adverse changes to the business climate or legal factors, current period cash flow or operating losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset and a current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sole or disposed of significantly below carrying value before the end of its estimated useful life.

        SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or sooner whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. We completed our annual impairment test during the quarter ended July 3, 2004 and found no impairment.

        In our assessment of impairment of both long-lived assets and goodwill, recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of their carrying amounts to future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. This is highly dependent upon our assessment of compound revenue growth rates. If identifiable intangibles, or goodwill are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair market value.

22


        SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with definite lives be amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset's carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144 "Accounting for Impairment for Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be disposed of." The Company is currently amortizing its acquired intangible assets with definite lives over periods ranging from 3 to 16 years. The Company believes no events or changes in circumstances have occurred that would require an impairment test for these assets during the six month period ended July 3, 2004.

    Accounting for Acquired In-Process Research and Development

        In 2004, in connection with the acquisition of New Focus, we recorded a charge of $5.9 million for IPR&D. In 2003, in connection with the acquisition of Ignis Optics, we recorded a charge of $1.9 million for IPR&D. In 2002, in connection with the acquisition of the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited and Nortel Networks we recorded charges of $5.9 million and $7.3 million, respectively for IPR&D. There were no charges for IPR&D related to the Cierra Photonics and Onetta acquisitions. During 2003, following the required review of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of the optical components business of Nortel Networks Corporation, a credit of $1.7 million was made related to the IPR&D expensed as part of an overall reallocation of the purchase price. Management is primarily responsible for estimating the fair values of IPR&D, although in all cases we seek the assistance of third-party appraisers.

        As of the dates of each IPR&D valuation, the projects assessed had not yet demonstrated technological or commercial feasibility, and the technology did not have an alternative future use. Therefore, the fair values were expensed at the relevant date of acquisition. Expenses related to development projects which, when using the technology contribution approach, are deemed to have positive net present value, are capitalized and amortized over the expected useful lives.

        The allocations of the consideration of each acquisition represented the estimated fair values based on discounted cash flows relating to incomplete research and development projects. The calculations aimed to estimate the values required to develop each project into a commercially viable product, taking into account the anticipated future revenues and the remaining costs of completion. Consideration was given to the outstanding direct expenses, any contribution of other assets, charges resulting from United Kingdom corporation tax, the degrees of completion and the relative risks attributable to each project. All operating cash flows were discounted at appropriate rates.

        The revenue estimates assumed that the development and marketing of the projects would be successful, and that their commercialization would correlate to management's forecasts as of the date of the analysis. Sales were forecasted to decline over each product's expected economic life as new versions were introduced either by us or competitors.

        In identifying the programs to be valued, we distinguish between two main areas of research and development. Pure research of a given technology application is referred to as Technology Research, or TR. New product introduction, or NPI, follows from this stage, and is the development of a known technology from initial identification of an application with a market opportunity, through design and testing, to implementation and delivery of products to a customer.

    Acquisition of the Optical Components Business of Marconi Optical Components Limited

        In connection with the acquisition of the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited, $5.9 million of the $29.9 million total consideration was allocated to IPR&D projects.

        The remaining projects under development at the acquisition date were expected to result in a portfolio addressing tunability, bandwidth, integration, amplification, and managed optical networks.

23



The expected dates of release of these projects ranged from seven to seventeen months from the date of acquisition. We acquired three main programs in the NPI stage of development. All estimated costs to complete were to be funded from our current cash reserves. The current status of each category is given below:

    Fast tuning, wide coverage, tunable lasers:   We suspended development of these products post-acquisition in favor of alternative technologies. We have continued technology work to eliminate many of the fundamental limitations of the chip. We have launched a development program of a laser and module with product availability expected in the second half of 2005.

    10G Transmitters:   We rephased this program as a result of wafer fab and assembly and test facility transfers. We have completed an integrated narrow band tunable transmitter and began shipping this product to the customer in 2003. We discontinued the wide band transmitter in 2003.

    40G Transmitters and Receivers:   Following the acquisition, we suspended the program as the market conditions for acceptance of this product had changed, and there was overlap with products being developed/marketed by the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation. While we continue to believe that this market will develop in the future, we do not plan to continue with this program.

    Acquisition of the Optical Components Business of Nortel Networks

        Of the total $119.0 million consideration for the optical components business of Nortel Networks Corporation, the initial allocation to acquired IPR&D was $7.3 million. This initial allocation was subsequently adjusted following the required review of the purchase price allocation during the second half of 2003, resulting in a reduction of the allocated IPR&D by $1.7 million, which was recognized as a credit in 2003.

        The projects remaining under development at the acquisition date were expected to result in a portfolio addressing tunability, bandwidth, integration, amplification, and managed optical networks. These projects were split into two distinct categories: NPI and TR. The TR projects, which met the criteria for recognition as IPR&D, were assessed as requiring between one and one and a half years before attaining NPI status. All estimated costs to complete were to be funded from current cash reserves in Bookham. The current status of each category is given below.

NPI

    Amplifiers:   The MiNi and Barolo platform products were successfully released in 2003 and continue to be shipped to customers.

    Pumps:   The next generation of pumps incorporating the G07 higher power chip were successfully launched in 2003.

    Transmitters/Receivers:   The majority of the transmitters and receivers in the NPI stage at acquisition have now been released to the market and are being shipped to customers. These include the 10G 8x50 GaAs laser, the 100mW UHP laser, the Compact MZ laser, MSA receiver, a 10G uncooled DFB directly modulated laser and hot pluggable transponder modules. A couple of programs, mainly comprising or modules including tunable lasers have been rephased due to slower market demand for the new technology.

24


Technology Research

    Amplifiers:   Activity on these projects has slowed significantly due to weakening market demand and pricing pressure. Since the date of acquisition, substantially all of the technology work-in-progress has been completed or absorbed into products.

    Pumps: Since the date of acquisition, substantially all of the technology work-in-progress has been completed or absorbed into products.

    Transmitter/Receivers:   Since the date of acquisition, substantially all of the technology work-in-progress has been completed or absorbed into products.

    Acquisition of Ignis Optics

        In connection with the acquisition of Ignis Optics, $1.9 million of the $18.0 million total consideration was allocated to IPR&D projects. The NPI projects under development at the acquisition date are expected to result in small form factor pluggable optical transceivers or component elements to these products and address quality and reliability requirements. The first samples of these products are now being shipped and we expect to commence volume commercial shipments of the products during the second half of 2004. There were no TR programs at the time of acquisition

    Acquisition of New Focus

        In connection with the acquisition of New Focus, $5.9 million of the $211.0 million total consideration was allocated to IPR&D projects.

        The NPI projects at the acquisition date, as set forth below, are expected to result in the development of products to support the New Focus OEM and Catalog business.

    Catalog Products: Programs are focused on increasing the wavelength spectrum over which modulator products can operate and the development of detectors to operate at higher frequency with lower noise over a broader wavelength. Commercial availability is anticipated in late 2004 with shipments in early 2005.

    OEM Products: Two of the major programs have already been completed in 2004, namely the development of a super luminous diode light source for use in subsystems and a laser development for use high precision/high stability labs. The final program for development of a small form factor laser for use in fiber sensing applications continues but has been slowed down due to lower than expected market opportunities emerging.

        There were no TR programs at the time of acquisition.

Inventory Valuation

        In general, our inventory is valued at the cost to acquire or manufacture our products, less reserves for inventory we believe could prove to be unsaleable. The manufacturing cost includes the cost of the components purchased to produce our products, and related labor and overhead. We review our inventory on a monthly basis to determine if it is saleable. Products may be unsaleable because they are technically obsolete due to substitute products, specification changes or excess inventory relative to customer forecasts. We currently reserve for inventory using methods that take those factors into account. In addition, if we find that the cost of inventory is greater than the selling price we will write the inventory down to the selling price, less the cost to complete and sell the product.

        During 2002, in connection with the acquisition of the optical components business of Nortel Networks Corporation, we recorded the fair value of the inventory that was acquired. In accordance with SFAS No. 141 "Business Combinations", an adjustment was made in the 2003 accounts for

25



amendments to those provisional values. During 2003, a larger amount of inventory was sold than was expected at the time the deal with Nortel Networks was completed in 2003. As a consequence, we increased the value of the inventory by $20.2 million, reduced intangible assets by $9.1 million and decreased other net assets by $11.1 million as part of the allocation fair value of the remaining assets.

Results of Operations

Revenues

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net revenue   $ 79.8   $ 67.8   18 % $ 146.2   $ 51.9   182 % $ 51.9   $ 31.6   64 %

    Six months ended July 3, 2004 versus six months ended June 29, 2003

        The increase in revenues for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 over the six month period ended June 29, 2003 principally resulted from the acquisition of New Focus in March of 2004 and higher revenues from products sold to customers other than Nortel Networks Limited and Marconi Communications, offset by lower revenues from Nortel Networks Limited. During the six month period ended July 3, 2004, revenues from the New Focus business were $10.4 million, including $2.4 million from JCA Technology, Inc., a subsidiary of New Focus. On July 21, 2004, we sold JCA Technology to Endwave Corporation and therefore we will not receive revenues from the business of JCA Technology in future periods. As part of the acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Networks Corporation, we entered into a three-year, non-exclusive supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks Corporation, that required Nortel Networks Limited to purchase over the six quarter period from November 8, 2002 to March 31, 2004 (the "minimum commitment period") a minimum of $120 million of products and services from us. In the six month period ended June 29, 2003, we sold $40.4 million of products and services, representing 60% of our revenues for the period, to Nortel Networks Limited, compared with $36.5 million and 46% of our revenues for the six month period ended July 3, 2004. In the quarter ended July 3, 2004, after expiration of the minimum commitment period, we sold $16.8 million of products and services to Nortel Networks Limited. Our revenues over the minimum commitment period of the supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited may not be indicative of future revenue. Given current market conditions, Nortel Networks Limited may not continue to purchase products in the same quantity after the expiration of the minimum commitment period, and we cannot predict with certainty their levels of purchases going forward. We cannot assure you that Nortel Networks Limited will continue to purchase products from us in future periods. As part of the acquisition of the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited, we entered into a supply agreement, which provided for Marconi Communications to purchase $48.3 million of products and services from us. This agreement expired in June 2004. Revenues from Marconi Communications declined from $9.0 million for the six month period ending June 29, 2003 to $7.4 million for the six month period ended July 3, 2004, representing 13% and 9% of sales respectively for the first six months of 2003 and 2004, respectively, however, in 2004 this decline was offset by revenues from other customers increased as we expanded our customer base through the sale of new products and products we acquired as part of the acquisition of the Nortel Networks Corporation optical components business. As a result of the expiration, we expect the revenues that we receive from Marconi Communications to decline in the future, however we expect revenues from sources other than Nortel Networks Corporation and Marconi Communications to increase.

26


    Year ended December 31, 2003 versus year ended December 31, 2002

        The increase in revenue in the period from 2002 to 2003 primarily resulted from sales of our products to Nortel Networks Limited. Revenues from Nortel Networks Limited increased 426% from $16.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2002 to $85.5 million for the period ended December 31, 2003, representing 32% and 59% of our revenues in 2002 and 2003, respectively. A further factor causing revenues to increase in 2003 over 2002 was growth in the sale of products produced by the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation to customers other than Nortel Networks Limited and Marconi Communications. Sales to customers other than Nortel Networks Limited and Marconi Communications increased 167% from $15.9 million in 2002 to $42.4 million in 2003. In February 2002, we purchased Marconi Optical Components Limited's optical components business and entered into a supply agreement with Marconi Communications. Our supply agreement with Marconi Communications, which expired in June 2004, provided for Marconi Communications to purchase $48.3 million of products and services from us. Due to the expiration of the supply agreement, we cannot provide assurances regarding the level at which Marconi Communications will purchase our products in the future. Substantially all of our revenues are generated from the sale of our optical component products.

    Year ended December 31, 2002 versus year ended December 31, 2001

        The increase in revenues in the period from 2001 to 2002 primarily resulted from sales of our products to Nortel Networks Limited. Revenues from Nortel Networks Limited increased 29% from $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, representing 41% and 32% of revenues in 2001 and 2002, respectively. The sale of products to Marconi Communications increased 328% from $4.6 million in 2001 to $19.8 million in 2002 and represented 15% and 38% of revenues in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Substantially all of our revenues were generated from the sale of our optical component products.

Cost of Sales

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Cost of Sales   $ 84.4   $ 80.9   4 % $ 156.0   $ 79.1   97 % $ 79.1   $ 43.5   82 %

        Our cost of sales consists of the costs associated with manufacturing our products, and includes the purchase of raw materials, labor and related overhead and the costs associated with under-utilized production facilities and resources. Charges for inventory obsolescence, the cost of product returns and warranty costs are also included in cost of sales. Costs and expenses of the manufacturing resources, which relate to the development of new products are included in research and development.

    Six months ended July 3, 2004 versus six months ended June 29, 2003

        As a result of a restructuring plan, which commenced in 2002, following the acquisition of the optical components business of Nortel Networks Corporation, fixed overhead were substantially lower for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 compared with June 29, 2003. Cost of sales increased between the six month period ended July 3, 2004 compared with the six month period ended June 29, 2003, primarily due to increased revenues.

27


    Year ended December 31, 2003 versus year ended December 31, 2002

        The increase in our cost of sales from 2002 to 2003 was due to the higher direct product costs related to higher revenues and, to a lesser degree, the higher fixed manufacturing overhead costs of the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation and the business acquired from Marconi Optical Components Limited. These increases were partially offset by the reduction in manufacturing overheads resulting from first the reductions in, and then the closure of, manufacturing of our ASOC product line and other manufacturing overhead reductions implemented throughout 2003.

    Year ended December 31, 2002 versus year ended December 31, 2001

        The increase in our cost of sales from 2001 to 2002 was due to the costs of the acquisitions from Marconi Optical Components Limited and Nortel Networks Corporation and, to a lesser degree, the higher direct product costs related to higher revenues.

Gross Margin

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Gross Margin Loss   $ (4.7 ) $ (13.2 ) 65 % $ (9.8 ) $ (27.2 ) (64 )% $ (27.2 ) $ (11.9 ) (128 )%
Gross Margin Rate Loss     (6 )%   (19 )%       (7 )%   (52 )%       (52 )%   (38 )%    

        Gross margin loss consists of revenues less cost of sales. Gross margin rate is the resulting gross margin loss as a percentage of revenue.

    Six months ended July 3, 2004 versus six months ended June 29, 2003

        The improved gross margin and gross margin rate improvement between the six month period ended July 3, 2004 compared with June 29, 2003 was principally the result of the lower fixed overhead costs in 2004 and to a lesser degree the higher revenue.

    Year ended December 31, 2003 versus year ended December 31, 2002

        The reduced gross margin loss and improved negative gross margin rate in 2003 over 2002 was the result of higher revenues which were partially offset by the higher fixed manufacturing overhead costs.

    Year ended December 31, 2002 versus year ended December 31, 2001

        The impact of a high fixed cost base from the acquisitions from Marconi Optical Components Limited and Nortel Networks Corporation was the primary factor for the higher gross margin loss and negative gross margin rate in 2002 over 2001.

Research and Development Expenses

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
R&D Expenses   $ 26.9   $ 26.5   (2 )% $ 50.4   $ 50.3   0 % $ 50.3   $ 54.4   (8 )%
% of Net Revenue     34 %   39 %       34 %   97 %       97 %   172 %    

        Despite an increase in research and development spending due to the acquisitions of the optical components business of Nortel Networks Corporation and the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited, research and development costs decreased as a percentage of net revenue in each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003, and between the six

28



month period ended July 3, 2004 compared to the six month period ended June 29, 2003, principally as a result of our continued cost cutting measures. In 2003, the discontinuance of our research and development of the ASOC product line was the principal factor that resulted in our lower spending. Our research and development spending as a proportion of revenues has generally been much larger than that of comparable sized companies in our industry and often similar, in terms of total spending, to that of much larger companies. We have reduced our workforce on several occasions over the past several years and as part of those reductions, which principally resulted from the restructuring of our business, we have reduced the size of our research and development staff. This has reduced personnel costs, and resulted in a contraction in the number of projects being worked on, and in turn resulted in reductions in associated spending on supplies and services. In 2003, in response to opportunities we saw developing in the market, we began development of subsystems and modules in addition to discrete components for our telecom customers. These subsystem and module solutions integrate optical components and related electronics and software to provide more complete solutions to our customers. In addition, we have committed resources to developing non-telecommunications and data communications products, which use the technologies we have deployed in our telecommunications and data communications products, particularly our semiconductor technologies. Despite these new initiatives, we expect modest decreases in our research and development expense through 2004 as we discontinue certain projects as part of our latest restructuring plan, reducing staff and related spending on supplies and services.

Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Amortization   $ 5.7   $ 4.7   21 % $ 8.5   $ 5.4   57 % $ 5.4   $ 2.8   93 %

        Amortization of purchased intangibles assets has increased throughout the periods as a result of the acquisition of several companies.

    Six months ended July 3, 2004 versus six months ended June 29, 2003

        The increase between the two six month periods relates to the intangibles purchased as part of the New Focus, Ignis and Cierra acquisitions.

    Year ended December 31, 2003 versus year ended December 31, 2002

        The primary reason for the increase between 2002 and 2003 was a full year of amortization relating to the intangibles purchased as part of the acquisition of the acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Networks Corporation.

    Year ended December 31, 2002 versus year ended December 31, 2001

        The increase between 2002 and 2001 relates principally to intangibles acquired as part of the acquisition of the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
SG&A Expenses   $ 29.6   $ 18.8   57 % $ 33.8   $ 20.3   67 % $ 20.3   $ 19.2   6 %
% of Net Revenue     37 %   28 %       23 %   39 %       39 %   61 %    

29


        The increase in expenditures throughout the periods reflects the additional selling, general and administrative staffing and costs related to the businesses acquired during the periods. Specifically, the increase between the six month period ended July 3, 2004 compared with the six month period ended June 24, 2003 results from the inclusion of New Focus since the acquisition on March 8, 2004 and to a lesser extent the inclusion of Cierra Photonics, combined with higher legal and professional fees relating to various corporate development activities. In 2003, the operations of the optical components business acquired from Nortel Networks Corporation were included for the entire year, versus only two months for 2002, partially offset by restructuring actions undertaken in 2003, including workforce reductions. The increase in expenditures in 2002 reflects the inclusion of the operations of the business acquired from Nortel Networks Corporation in the fourth quarter of 2002. The increase in spending between all periods was partially offset by the continuing process of cost reduction efforts throughout 2001, 2002 and 2003.

        In the future, we expect to incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses as we implement the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in particular, Section 404, which requires management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, our internal controls. In addition, we expect to incur one-time costs of approximately $2.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 to change our domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States and to effect the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market.

Restructuring

 
  Period ended
  Year ended
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29
2003

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

Lease cancellation and commitments   $ (1.95 ) $ (0.22 ) $ 6.70   $ 7.69      
Termination payments to employees and related costs     1.29     6.59     20.89     3.75   $ 4.59
Write-off on disposal of assets and related costs           1.26     3.80     43.65     77.09
   
 
 
 
 
    $ (0.66 ) $ 7.63   $ 31.39   $ 55.09   $ 81.68
   
 
 
 
 

    Six months ended July 3, 2004

        In the six month period ended July 3, 2004, we incurred a net restructuring credit in the amount of $0.7 million, including the initial charges for our restructuring plan announced in 2004 to reduce overheads by 25%. The 2004 restructuring plan includes the transfer of the majority of our assembly and test operations to our new Shenzhen, China facility, mainly from our Paignton, U.K. facility. We anticipate the plan will take another 12 to 18 months to complete and generate annual savings in excess of $40 million at completion. Total restructuring charges for this program are projected to be in the range of $18 million to $22 million. These restructuring costs of $1.3 million were offset by credits of $2.0 million from the completion of the closure of the Ottawa, Canada facility at costs less than previously anticipated.

    Year ended December 31, 2003

        We undertook several restructuring programs in 2003. The most significant was the closure of our wafer fab facility in Ottawa, Canada with the transfer of associated wafer manufacturing to our facility in Caswell, U.K. We completed the closure of the Ottawa facility in August 2003. We also closed a few smaller manufacturing-related sites in Milton, U.K., Harlow, U.K. and Poughkeepsie, New York and consolidated certain production processes into new locations. By June 29, 2003, net restructuring charges incurred amounted to $7.6 million.

30


        Each exit program identified the associated employees and product lines that would be terminated, including the fixed assets that would be impaired. We conducted a complete program of employee consultation prior to each closure, and undertook measures to ensure that key personnel were retained in order to successfully complete the projects.

        We planned inventory build-outs and communicated with customers that would be affected by the discontinuation of certain product lines and research projects.

        We achieved annualized cost savings in connection with these exit programs in excess of $25.0 million, with the savings primarily affecting the manufacturing and research and development lines in our income statement.

        In addition, following our decision in 2003 to discontinue the development of, and the final decommissioning of, the ASOC product line, we generated in excess of $20.0 million in ongoing annualized savings.

    Year ended December 31, 2002

        In 2002, we incurred restructuring charges of $55.1 million in connection with our decision to discontinue further development of our ASOC product line, consisting of $37.7 million for the impairment of equipment used in our ASOC product line, $4.5 million for inventory and $1.5 million for purchase commitments. Also included in net charges in 2002 was $7.7 million related to the closure of our sites in Columbia, Maryland and Swindon, U.K., which had been manufacturing ASOC products.

        We implemented three significant exit programs during 2002, all of which related to our decision to discontinue further development of our ASOC product line. During 2002, management performed reviews of the market conditions for ASOC products, and each time concluded that the market for these products was in decline. As a result of these reviews, management decided to close the manufacturing sites in Maryland and Swindon sites, and subsequently to close the production facility and a significant portion of the research and development facility in Abingdon, U.K.

        The closure of the Maryland site was completed in December 2002. All production at the Swindon facility was terminated and the premises were vacated during the summer of 2002. We retained the land associated with the Swindon site but are currently seeking buyers for that land. Prior to closure of the Maryland and Swindon sites, a small portion of the assets was transferred to other Bookham sites. The remaining assets from the Swindon and Maryland sites were auctioned to third parties for an aggregate consideration of approximately $6.9 million in 2003 and $0.3 million in 2002 and unsaleable items were scrapped.

        In 2002, we incurred charges related to inventory write-downs on excess inventory of $5.0 million, which includes write-downs of $1.8 million related to the downsizing of our ASOC product line.

        When calculating write-downs, consideration was given to internal six-month marketing and sales forecasts, as well as, in the case of raw materials, sales and operations planning, in order to produce estimates of the final quantity of finished goods that would be produced. The total amount of forecast finished goods was compared to the sales forecasts, and the difference was written-down. Raw materials were written-down to the extent not required by management's sales and operations plan. We consider inventory levels at customers but do not formally obtain confirmation of these levels. No inventory is held by distributors. We have limited ability to reduce orders with suppliers. Previous experience has indicated that the usual negotiation process results in our having either to take the full order or to pay a termination penalty in lieu of receiving the products.

        We have not, and currently have no plans to, dispose of the items of inventory which were written-down or written-off in 2002 either as a customer sale or as scrap. Future sale of these items would be likely only if there were a timely and significant improvement in the status of our markets

31



and customers. As a result, it is currently not expected that this inventory will have any impact on future revenue or profit margins.

    Year ended December 31, 2001

        In 2001, we incurred net charges in the amount of $81.7 million. Of these charges, $77.1 million reflected our decision to discontinue and sell the operations and product line we acquired from Measurement Microsystems A-Z Inc. which we acquired on February 25, 2001. In addition, we recognized $4.6 million of charges to restructure our business due to deterioration in the market, management's prediction of future demand for our products and the resulting excess manufacturing capacity.

Net Interest and Other Income/Expense

 
  Period Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
  Year Ended
   
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  Percentage
Change

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

  Percentage
Change

 
 
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net Interest and Other Income/Expense   $ 0.3   $ 0.9   (63 )% $ 6.4   $ 8.2   (23 )% $ 8.2   $ 15.8   (48 )%

        The decline in our net interest and other income from 2002 to 2003 and between the six month periods of 2004 and 2003 resulted from the interest expense on the notes we issued to Nortel Networks U.K. Limited in connection with our acquisition of the optical components business of Nortel Networks, combined with lower cash balances, offset by the favorable translation impact of the Nortel Networks U.K. Limited notes being denominated in U.S. dollars instead of pounds sterling, which was our functional currency until September 10, 2004. Interest income net of interest expenses declined from 2001 to 2002 as a result of lower cash balances and lower interest rates on our UK cash balances.

Income Tax Credit

        We have incurred substantial losses to date and expect to incur additional losses in the future. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the benefits of the net loss carry-forward, a full valuation allowance has been placed against the otherwise recognizable deferred tax assets of $216.6 million at July 3, 2004. No income tax benefit has been recorded in any of the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 or the six month period ended July 3, 2004. As our business develops globally, we may incur local tax charges which we are unable to offset. In 2003, we recognized a credit of $3.7 million related to a payment received in 2002 from the U.K. Inland Revenue as compensation for certain research and development expenditures.

32



Liquidity, Capital Resources and Contractual Obligations

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Operating activities

 
  Period ended
  Year ended
 
($ millions)

  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

  December 31,
2003

  December 31,
2002

  December 31,
2001

 
 
   
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
 
Net loss from operations   $ (67.4 ) $ (68.0 ) $ (125.8 ) $ (165.0 ) $ (164.4 )

Non-cash accounting charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Impairment, depreciation and amortization   $ 13.5     10.3   $ 21.3   $ 57.7   $ 86.0  
Acquired IPR&D   $ 5.9       $ 0.2   $ 13.2   $ 9.3  
Tax credit recognized for research and development activities           $ (3.7 )        
Stock based compensation and expenses related to warrants issues   $ 0.1           $ 0.4   $ 0.7  
Gains on sale of property and equipment   $ (5.2 )     $ (3.1 ) $ (0.0 ) $ (0.0 )
Unrealized foreign exchange adjustments on loans and hedges   $ (1.1 )     $ (5.8 )        
Total non-cash accounting charges   $ 13.2     10.3   $ 8.9   $ 71.3   $ 96.0  
Decrease in working capital   $ 4.0     14.4   $ 18.9   $ 9.0   $ 20.5  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (50.2 ) $ (43.3 ) $ (98.0 ) $ (84.7 ) $ (47.9 )

    Six months ended July 3, 2004

        Net cash used in operating activities for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 was $50.2 million, primarily resulting from the loss from operations of $67.4 million, offset by non-cash accounting charges of $13.2 million and a $4.0 million decrease in working capital. The decrease in working capital was the result of a reduction in inventory, primarily through the sale of inventory which are acquired in connection with our purchase of the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation.

    Year ended December 31, 2003

        Net cash used in operating activities in 2003 was $98.0 million, primarily resulting from the loss from operations of $125.8 million, offset by non-cash accounting charges of $8.9 million and an $18.9 million decrease in working capital. The decrease in working capital was the result of a reduction in inventory, primarily through the sale of inventory purchased as part of the acquisition of the optical components business acquired of Nortel Network Corporation.

    Year ended December 31, 2002

        Net cash used in operating activities in 2002 was $84.7 million, primarily resulting from the loss from operations of $165.0 million, offset by non-cash accounting charges of $71.3 million and a $9.0 million decrease in working capital. The working capital decrease was primarily the result of the acquisition from Nortel Networks Corporation, which resulted in an increase in the levels of accounts payable and a decrease in the levels of acquired inventory, partially offset by an increase in the level of accounts receivable.

33


    Year ended December 31, 2001

        Net cash used in operating activities in 2001 was $47.9 million, primarily resulting from the loss from operations of $164.4 million offset in part by non-cash accounting charges of $96.0 million and a $20.5 million decrease in working capital. The working capital decrease was the result of lower accounts receivable of $11.8 million and lower inventory of $6.3 million primarily relating to revenue declining throughout 2001.

Return on investments

        Return on investments represents net interest, which is the difference between interest received on our cash and interest paid on our debts declined over the three and one-half year period as our cash balances have been reduced. Return on investments were $15.7 million in 2001, $8.0 million in 2002, $6.3 million in 2003 and $0.2 million for the six month period ended July 3, 2004. Interest paid on debts, excluding the notes issued to Nortel Networks U.K. Limited, has been minimal during the three-year period as debts have been minimal.

Investing activities

        Capital expenditure for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 was $6.7 million, principally in connection with upgrading the Shenzhen, China site and purchasing equipment for various new product introductions. In 2003, capital expenditure was $19.2 million. The principal spending in 2003 was in connection with upgrading the Caswell, U.K. wafer fab site to a capability required to produce products transferred from Ottawa, Canada. Capital spending in 2002 was $15.2 million, principally relating to implementation of an integrated enterprise resource planning and factory management solution, based at our Abingdon, U.K. and Caswell, U.K. sites, that permits our systems to interface with the systems we acquired with the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation. In 2001, we had $57.5 million in capital expenditures, primarily in connection with expanding our production capacity and capability in our ASOC product line. We also acquired manufacturing facilities in Swindon, U.K. and Columbia, Maryland, which subsequently closed in 2002 due to the decrease in demand for optical components.

Acquisitions

        On June 10, 2004, Bookham acquired the entire issued share capital of Onetta for 2,764,030 shares of our common stock valued at $24.7 million. As part of the agreement, the Onetta stockholders agreed to discharge liabilities of $6.1 million. In connection with the acquisition, no value was allocated to IPR&D projects.

        On March 8, 2004, we acquired New Focus by a merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary with and into New Focus, with New Focus surviving as our wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the merger agreement, on March 8, 2004, each New Focus stockholder received a cash distribution from New Focus in the amount of $2.19 per share of New Focus common stock held on that date. In the merger, we issued an aggregate of 7,866,600 shares of our common stock. In addition, we assumed all outstanding options to purchase shares of New Focus common stock, on the same terms and conditions as were applicable to that option under the applicable New Focus option plan and option agreement. Pursuant to the merger agreement, two directors of New Focus, Peter Bordui and Winston Fu, joined our board of directors.

        On July 4, 2003, we acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Cierra Photonics for 307,148 shares of our common stock valued at $3.7 million. Up to an additional 420,000 shares of our common stock may be issued if the Cierra Photonics business meets a revenue target of at least $5.0 million in the 12-month period prior to October 1, 2004, or at least $8.5 million in the

34



12-month period prior to October 1, 2005. In exchange, we received fixed assets of $1.7 million and inventory of $0.1 million. We also assumed liabilities of $1.6 million.

        On October 6, 2003, we acquired the entire issued share capital of Ignis Optics for 802,081 shares of our common stock valued at $17.7 million. Up to an additional 78,084 shares of our common stock may be issued in early 2005 if Ignis Optics meets a revenue target of at least $4.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

        On February 1, 2002, we acquired the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited for 1,289,100 shares of our common stock valued at $28.0 million. In exchange, we received fixed assets, including equipment, land and buildings of $4.8 million and inventory of $10.4 million. We assumed no liabilities and incurred no debt in connection with this transaction.

        On November 8, 2002, we completed the acquisition of the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation 6,100,000 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 900,000 shares of common stock, notes in the aggregate amount of $50 million and the payment of net cash consideration of $9.2 million for an aggregate value of $111.2 million. In exchange, we received intangible assets valued at $27.4 million, representing the patent portfolio for the amplifiers and active devices acquired from Nortel Networks Corporation; tangible fixed assets of $32.5 million, including equipment, land and buildings; and inventory of $61.9 million. As part of the transaction, we assumed certain liabilities falling due within one year of $8.4 million. In accordance with SFAS No. 141 "Business Combinations", an adjustment was made in the 2003 accounts for amendments to those provisional values. During 2003, a larger amount of inventory was sold than was expected at the time the deal with Nortel Networks was completed in 2003. As a consequence, we increased the value of the inventory by $20.2 million, reduced intangible assets by $9.1 million and decreased other net assets by $11.1 million as part of the allocation fair value of the remaining assets.

Sources of Cash

        In the past three years, we have funded our operations from the proceeds of our public offerings in 2000, in which we raised a total of approximately $398.8 million and the proceeds from acquisitions. In connection with our acquisition of New Focus in March 2004, excluding transaction related costs of approximately $12.0 million, we acquired approximately $105.0 million in cash. As of July 3, 2004, we had $116.7 million in cash and equivalents, which represents our source of cash that will fund operations for the immediate future. We do not have any bank lending facilities, borrowings or lines of credit, except for the secured and unsecured notes we issued to Nortel Networks U.K. Limited and a loan in the principal amount of $50.0 million .

Future Cash Requirements

        Our cash flows from operations alone are currently not sufficient to cover our operating expenses and capital expenditure needs. However, we believe that we have sufficient cash balances to meet our anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least 12 months (excluding expenditures on acquisitions). Our future funding requirements will depend on numerous factors including:

    our ability to implement our 2004 restructuring program;

    our ability to increase our revenue;

    our ability to raise additional funds;

    market conditions within the telecom optical components industry; and

    general economic conditions and performance of the NASDAQ National Market.

35


        Future events and opportunities may require us to sell additional equity or debt securities. From time to time, we have engaged in discussions with third parties concerning potential acquisitions of product lines, technologies and businesses. We continue to consider potential acquisition candidates. Any of these transactions could involve the issuance of a significant number of new equity securities, debt, and/or cash consideration. We may also be required to raise additional funds to complete any such acquisition, through either the issuance of equity securities or borrowings. If we raise additional funds or acquire businesses or technologies through the issuance of equity securities, our existing shareholders may experience significant dilution.

Risk Management—Foreign Currency Risk

        We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. As our business has grown and become increasing multinational in scope, we have become increasingly subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we collect revenue and pay expenses. Despite our change in domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States, in the future we expect that a substantial portion of our revenues will be denominated in U.S. dollars, while the majority of our expenses will continue to be denominated in pounds sterling. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between these two currencies and, to a lesser extent, other currencies in which we collect revenue and pay expenses, could affect our operating results. We engage in currency hedging transactions in an effort to cover any exposure to such fluctuations, and we may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations. Under certain circumstances, hedging transactions can have an adverse effect on our financial condition. In 2003, we concluded 13 foreign exchange contracts for a total value of $65.0 million. As of July 3, 2004, we extend into four foreign exchange contracts with a total value of $90.0 million. These contracts expire at various dates from September 2004 to May 2005. In addition, the notes we issued in connection with the acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Network Corporation are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Contractual Obligations

        Our contractual obligations at July 3, 2004, by nature of the obligation and amount due over certain periods of time, are set out in the table below. There have been no material changes in the obligations set forth in the table since July 3, 2004.

 
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations (in thousands)

  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3 years
  3-5 years
  More than 5 years
Long-term Debt Obligations   $ 57,529   $ 4,144   $ 32,713   $ 20,412   $ 260
Capital Lease Obligations   $ 5,133   $ 5,133   $   $   $
Operating Lease Obligations   $ 42,407   $ 13,531   $ 23,000   $ 3,646   $ 2,230
Purchase Obligations   $ 42,982   $ 42,982   $   $   $
   
 
 
 
 
Total Contractual Obligations   $ 148,051   $ 65,790   $ 55,713   $ 24,058   $ 2,490
   
 
 
 
 

        Our long-term debt principally includes two loans payable to Nortel Networks U.K. Limited.

        Capital lease obligations are the future payments due under leases comprising principally of commitments totaling $5.0 million.

        Operating leases are future annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, including rents payable for land and buildings. The purchase obligations consist of our total outstanding purchase order commitments as at July 3, 2004.

36


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We adopted the provisions of FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34" ("FIN 45") effective December 31, 2002. We have the following off-balance sheet financial guarantees:

        In connection with the sale of our passive component line to Finisar, Inc., we agreed to indemnify Finisar for claims related to the intellectual property sold to Finisar. This indemnification expires in May 2009 and has no maximum liability. In connection with the sale of our tunable laser technology to Intel Corporation, we have indemnified Intel against losses for certain intellectual property claims. This indemnification expires in May 2008 and has a maximum liability of $7 million.

        In connection with the sale by the Company of JCA Technology, Inc. to Endwave Corporation on July 21, 2004, the Company agreed to indemnify Endwave Corporation against losses arising from breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in the purchase agreement and for certain claims arising from non-compliance with environmental laws prior to the closing date. This indemnification expires on the later of one year from closing, or on July 21, 2005 and has a $2.5 million maximum liability.

        The Company indemnifies its directors and certain employees as permitted by law. Indemnification covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. The Company has not recorded a liability associated with these indemnification agreements as the Company historically has not incurred any costs associated with such indemnifications. Costs associated with such indemnifications may be mitigated by insurance coverage that the Company maintains.

        We also have indemnification clauses in various contracts that we enter into in the normal course of business, such as those issued by our bankers in favor of several of our suppliers. We have not historically paid out any amounts related to these indemnifications and do not expect to in the future.

37



CERTAIN FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

        The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 contains certain safe harbors regarding forward-looking statements. In that context, the discussion in this item and other portions of this report contain forward-looking statements that involve certain degrees of risk and uncertainty, including statements relating to our business, liquidity and capital resources. Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this section are such forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including:

We may not realize the expected benefits from moving our corporate domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States

        Changing our corporate domicile is complex, time consuming and expensive and may disrupt our business. In addition, as a company domiciled in the United States, we will be subject to additional SEC rules and regulations. In order to realize any benefits from our change in corporate domicile, we will need to achieve the timely, efficient and successful execution of a number of events, including:

    retaining existing customers and attracting additional customers;

    retaining and hiring additional key personnel;

    retaining strategic partners and attracting new strategic partners; and

    creating uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems.

        We may not succeed in addressing these risks or achieving any of the benefits we hope to receive from the change in corporate domicile. Any failure to address these risks or to achieve expected benefits, could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Our success will depend on the extent to which demand for optical components, modules and subsystems improves

        Projections of dramatic growth in demand for bandwidth between 1999 and 2001 led to telecommunications carriers investing large amounts of capital in developing and expanding their optical networks. When the projected growth did not materialize in 2001, telecommunications companies ceased to expand their networks, and large portions of those networks proved superfluous and currently remain unused. As a result, the demand by telecommunications carriers for systems declined dramatically in 2001 and, in turn, the demand for components supplied by us and other vendors to the systems providers also fell sharply. In addition, the lack of demand was exacerbated by excess optical component inventory held by the leading optical systems vendors. This lack of demand persisted in 2002, 2003 and the first half of 2004. We are unable to predict whether and how long the lack of demand will last and, in particular, how long it will take before the excess capacity of existing network systems is fully utilized and demand for additional capacity is generated. Additionally, we are unable to determine what and how much inventory optical systems vendors have left. Continuing unfavorable economic conditions and reduced capital spending of a global nature has also affected demand for our products. We are unable to predict how long the economic slowdown will continue, and whether it will worsen. The continued uncertainties in the global economy make it difficult for us to anticipate revenue levels and therefore to make appropriate estimates and plans relating to management of costs. The uncertain demand for optical components has had, and will continue to have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations, and we are not able to predict when or if our results of operations will improve.

38



We remain highly dependent on Nortel Networks Limited as a customer over the duration of our supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited

        In November 2002, in connection with our acquisition of the optical amplifier and optical transmitter and receiver business of Nortel Networks Corporation, we entered into a three-year, non-exclusive supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks Corporation. During the six quarter period between November 8, 2002, and March 31, 2004, referred to as the Minimum Commitment Period, Nortel Networks Limited was obligated to purchase from us a minimum of $120 million of products and related services regardless of market demand, subject to our meeting certain customary performance criteria relating to quality and delivery, among other things. In addition, Nortel Networks Limited is required to purchase a percentage of its optical components requirements from us until November 2005. The optical components businesses acquired from Nortel Networks Corporation were historically dependent on their relationship with Nortel Networks Limited and, as a result, we expect to be highly dependent on sales to Nortel Networks Limited, at least during the term of the supply agreement. In addition, Nortel Networks Limited, including its affiliates, has been one of Bookham's significant customers during the past three years with respect to sales of other Bookham products. Prior to the acquisition, shipments of products to Nortel Networks Limited by the optical components business from Nortel Network Corporation constituted over 73%, 52%, and 60%, respectively, of the total sales of these businesses in 2000, 2001 and the first half of 2002. In 2003 and the six month period ended July 3, 2004, the shipments of products to Nortel Networks Limited by the optical components business from Nortel Network Corporation constituted over 59% and 46% of our total revenues, respectively. As of July 3, 2004, Nortel Networks Limited had purchased approximately $135 million of products under the supply agreement. If Nortel Networks Limited's financial condition deteriorates because of the continued severe slowdown in the telecommunications industry or due to changes in its own financial position or other circumstances, Nortel Networks Limited may not perform, in full or in part, its obligations under the supply agreement. We may not have a commercially practicable means to recover any shortfall by Nortel Networks Limited of its minimum purchasing commitments. Under certain circumstances, including a bankruptcy proceeding initiated by or against Nortel Networks Corporation and/or Nortel Networks Limited, amounts owed to us by Nortel Networks Limited might not be recoverable and the supply agreement might no longer be enforceable against Nortel Networks Limited.

        Although for the year ended December 31, 2003, Nortel Networks Limited reported net earnings from continuing operations of $441 million, Nortel Networks Limited reported a net loss from continuing operations of $2.8 billion and $11.4 billion in its fiscal years ended 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, Nortel Networks Corporation, which owns all of Nortel Networks Limited's common shares, has previously announced workforce reductions and facilities closures and has recently delayed certain regulatory filings, replaced its chief financial officer and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission has recently announced a formal order of investigation in connection with Nortel Network's restatement of previous financial results. If Nortel Networks Limited is unable to meet its purchasing obligations under the supply agreement, or ceases to purchase a substantial amount of products now that the Minimum Commitment Period has expired, our results of operations and business prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to retain Nortel Networks Limited as a customer after expiration of the supply agreement

        Our revenues over the period of the supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited may not be indicative of future revenues generated from sales to Nortel Networks Limited. Given current market conditions, Nortel Networks Limited may not continue to purchase products in the same quantity as it did prior to the expiration of the Minimum Commitment Period. There can, in any event, be no assurances regarding the levels at which Nortel Networks Limited will in fact continue to purchase

39



products, or whether they will do so at all, in future periods. Our ability to retain Nortel Networks Limited as a customer after the supply agreement has expired will depend on Nortel Networks Limited's continuing needs for products supplied by us. Our revenues from Nortel Networks Limited were $85.5 million, or 59% of our total revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $36.7 million, or 46% of our total revenues, for the six month period ended July 3, 2004. In order to sustain revenues for the remainder of 2004, we will need either to continue a supply relationship with Nortel Networks Limited at a significant level or to increase materially the level of our sales to other customers. If sales under the supply agreement do not continue at the same level as they did prior to the expiration the Minimum Commitment Period and/or the supply agreement expires, our revenues will be adversely affected.

We and our customers are each dependent upon a limited number of customers

        Historically, we have generated most of our revenues from a limited number of customers. For example, in each of the three years ending December 31, 2003, sales to five customers accounted for approximately 83% of our revenue. In this same period, sales to two of those customers, Nortel Networks Limited and Marconi Communications, respectively, accounted for 41% and 15% of our revenue in 2001, 32% and 38% in 2002, 59% and 13% in 2003 and 46% and 9% for the first six months of 2004. Our dependence on a limited number of customers is due to the fact that the optical systems industry is dominated by a small number of large companies. That market is currently consolidating, thereby reducing the number of potential customers in the industry. This trend may further increase our dependence on a small number of customers. Similarly, our customers depend on a small group of telecommunications carrier customers to purchase their products that incorporate our optical components.

        We expect to continue to generate a significant amount of our revenues from the supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited, which expires in November 2005. The supply agreement provides for Nortel Networks Limited to purchase a percentage of its optical components requirements from us until November 2005. As of July 3, 2004, Nortel Networks Limited had purchased approximately $135 million of products under the supply agreement. If Nortel Networks Limited's financial condition deteriorates because of the continued severe slowdown in the telecommunications industry or due to changes in its own financial position or other circumstances, Nortel Networks Limited may not perform, in full or in part, its obligations under the supply agreement. We may not have a commercially practicable means to recover any shortfall by Nortel Networks Limited of its minimum purchase commitments. Our supply agreement with Marconi Communications, which provided for Marconi Communications to purchase $48.3 million of products and services from us, expired in June 2004. As a result of the expiration of the agreement, we expect the amount of revenues we receive from Marconi Communications to decline. The loss of one or more of our customers, or any decrease in revenues earned from Nortel Networks Limited or Marconi Communications, could materially adversely affect our revenues and results of operations. In addition, many of our customers, and their telecommunications carrier customers, have been affected by the downturn in the telecommunications industry and are in poor financial condition. The condition of these companies may affect the amount and type of orders they are able to place with us.

We have substantially redefined our business, making it difficult to evaluate our business based upon our historical financial results

        From 1997 through 2000, our principal product line was based upon our proprietary silicon-based integrated optical circuitry, or ASOC, platform. In 2001 and 2002, as market demand for optical components continued to decline and some companies began to exit the industry, we redefined our business away from our product line of ASOC-based, passive, fully-integrated components towards providing a range of active optical components. As a result, in 2002 and 2003, we discontinued

40



development of our ASOC-based products and shifted our strategic focus to becoming a supplier of optical components for the telecommunications market through the acquisition of companies or product lines. In the past two years, our acquisitions have included New Focus, Inc. and the optical components businesses of Marconi Communications and Nortel Networks. This shift in our business model has substantially redefined our business plan and expanded our market focus and has resulted in large changes in our revenues and expenses as we acquire and integrate companies and product lines. As a result of our past acquisitions and our continued plan to acquire and integrate additional companies or product lines that we believe can be exploited in the current market environment, our financial results for any period or changes in our results across periods may continue to dramatically change. Our historical financial results, therefore, should not be relied upon to accurately predict our future operating results, thereby making the evaluation of our business more difficult.

We have generated substantial losses to date and will generate substantial losses in the future unless we achieve significant revenue growth

        We incurred substantial net losses in 2001, 2002, 2003 and the six month period ended July 3, 2004. Historically, we have failed to predict the revenue required to achieve cash flow break-even. For example, in October 2002, we stated that we believed we had reduced the revenue required to achieve cash flow break-even to approximately $75.0 million per quarter and in February and June 2003, we stated that we intended to reduce the quarterly revenue required to achieve cash flow break-even to $73.8 million and to between $49.2 million and $57.4 million, respectively. All of these predictions proved inaccurate. You should not rely on any of our previously announced break-even levels and we believe that given current market uncertainties, it is not currently possible to predict when, or at what level, break-even operations will, if ever, be achieved. We may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve profitability or meet our liabilities as they come due. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. To date, we have been financed largely by our existing cash balances and our operating cash flows. Our existing cash balances and any future revenues may not be sufficient to cover all future losses. Given our existing level of losses, we anticipate that we may in the next twelve months need to raise funding through external sources such as equity financings. If we are unable to obtain external funding, our ability to continue operations will be significantly adversely affected.

As a result of our global operations, our business is subject to currency fluctuations that may adversely affect our operating results

        Due to our multi-national operations in Europe, North America and Asia, our business is subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates among the currencies in which we collect revenues and pay expenses. In particular, despite our change in domicile, a substantial portion of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, while the majority of our expenses continue to be denominated in pounds sterling. As a result, our margins and cash flow could be adversely affected. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between these two currencies and, to a lesser extent, other currencies in which we collect revenue and pay expenses, could affect our operating results. In recent periods, the value of the U.S. dollar has declined significantly in comparison with the pound sterling and the euro. The quarter-end exchange has moved from $1.58 in the first quarter of 2003 to $1.82 at July 3, 2004, which represents a 15.2% decline in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to the pound sterling. Continued weakness of the U.S. dollar versus the pound sterling will make it more difficult for us to achieve improvements in our margins in the short term. We engage in currency hedging transactions in an effort to cover any exposure to such fluctuations, and we may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations, however, under certain circumstances, hedging transactions can have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

41



We expect to acquire businesses as part of our strategy, and we will need to integrate them successfully

        Acquisitions have historically been an important part of our business strategy and will form part of our strategy in the future. For example, in 2002 Bookham Technology plc acquired the optical components businesses of Marconi Optical Components Limited and Nortel Networks. In July 2003, Bookham Technology plc acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Cierra Photonics for consideration of 307,148 shares of our common stock, with up to an additional 420,000 shares of our common stock issuable in the future upon achievement of certain revenue milestones. In October 2003, Bookham Technology plc acquired Ignis Optics for consideration of 802,801 shares of our common stock, with up to 78,084 shares of common stock issuable in the future upon achievement of certain revenue milestones. In March 2004, Bookham Technology plc acquired New Focus for consideration of 7,866,600 shares of our common stock. In June 2004, Bookham Technology plc acquired Onetta for consideration of 2,764,030 shares of our common stock. Any acquisition transaction could involve the issuance of a significant number of new equity or debt securities and/or the payment of substantial cash consideration. If we fund acquisitions in whole or in part through the issuance of equity securities, our existing shareholders may experience substantial dilution. We may also be required to make significant investment in acquired companies to facilitate commercialization of their products or to support the integration of their operations with ours. Any acquisition may also involve significant management time and attention, which could cause disruption to our overall operations. Any acquisition resulting in entry into a new market, such as our acquisition of Ignis Optics, a company in the data communications sector, and New Focus, a company in the photonics and microwave sector, could present numerous challenges including diversion of financial and managerial resources and creation of uncertainty among existing customers. Moreover, if we are unable to integrate successfully any newly acquired business or technologies, we may be unable to achieve our strategic goals and our business could suffer. Specifically, we are now in the process of integrating the operations of New Focus and Onetta with our existing business and may experience problems in connection with this integration. The success of our strategy depends on the success of the integration process. Although substantially all of the integration is complete, the integration may not be successful and may result in unanticipated operational, developmental, personnel or other problems. Any of these problems could adversely affect our results of operations. We currently intend to continue Ignis Optics, New Focus and Onetta as separate legal entities.

Fluctuations in operating results and a long sales cycle could adversely affect our revenues which would affect the market price of our common stock

        Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future. The lack of visibility as to future revenue sources from our newly integrated businesses, the timing of order placement, size of orders and satisfaction of contractual customer acceptance criteria, as well as order or shipment delays or deferrals, with respect to our products, may cause material fluctuations in revenue. To date, our sales cycles have been lengthy. The period between initial contact with a customer to the receipt of a purchase order has frequently been six months to a year or more. In addition, most of our customers perform, and require us to perform, extensive process and product evaluation and testing of components before purchase. This lengthy sales cycle may cause our revenues and operating results to vary from period to period and it may be difficult to predict the timing and amount of any variation.

        Delays or deferrals in purchasing decisions may increase as we develop new or enhanced products for new markets, including data communications, aerospace, industrial and military. Our current and anticipated future dependence on a small number of customers increases the revenue impact of each customer's delay or deferral activity. Our expense levels in the future will be based, in large part, on our expectations regarding future revenue sources and, as a result, net income for any quarterly period in which material orders fail to occur, are delayed, or deferred could vary significantly.

42



        Because of these and other factors, investors should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of future performance. In future periods, results of operations may differ from the estimates of public market analysts and investors. Such a discrepancy could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our business will be adversely affected if we cannot manage the significant changes in the number of our employees and the size of our operations

        We experienced a significant increase in the number of our employees, the scope of our operations and financial systems and the geographic area of our operations in 1999 and 2000. In 2001, however, we experienced a significant reduction in the number of employees and scope of our operations because of declining demand for our products. In addition, a number of our manufacturing facilities were underutilized in light of reduced demand. In 2002, our employee numbers, scope of operations and the geographic area of our operations again significantly expanded through acquisitions, although the increase in our headcount was offset by employee reductions. As a result of the merger with New Focus in March 2004, we acquired approximately 200 employees based at New Focus's headquarters in San Jose, California. In addition, we acquired approximately 50 employees as a result of the acquisition of Onetta. These significant changes in headcount have placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on management and other resources. We face challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs in different jurisdictions.

        There is a risk that, during such periods of growth or decline, management will not sufficiently coordinate the roles of individuals to ensure that all areas receive appropriate focus and attention. If we are unable to manage our headcount, manufacturing capacity and scope of operations effectively, the cost and quality of our products may suffer, we may be unable to attract and retain key personnel and we may be unable to market and develop new products. Further, the inability to successfully manage the substantially larger and geographically more diverse organization, or any significant delay in achieving successful management, could have a material adverse effect on us and, as a result, on the market price of our common stock.

We generate a significant portion of our revenue internationally and therefore are subject to additional risks associated with the extent of our international operations

        Our revenues for the first six months of 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $20.5 million, $13.5 million, $4.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively, in the United States and $59.3 million, $132.7 million, $47.2 million and $28.7 million for the first six months of 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, in countries outside the United States.

        We are subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries, including:

    currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues;

    greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

    difficulty in enforcing or adequately protecting our intellectual property;

    foreign taxes;

    political, legal and economic instability in foreign markets; and

    foreign regulations.

        Any of these risks, or any other risks related to our foreign revenues, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

43


If our customers do not qualify our manufacturing lines or the manufacturing lines of our subcontractors for volume shipments, our operating results could suffer

        Most of our customers do not purchase products, other than limited numbers of evaluation units, prior to qualification of the manufacturing line for volume production. Our existing manufacturing lines, as well as each new manufacturing line, must pass through varying levels of qualification with our customers. Our customers may also require that we, and any subcontractors that we may use, be registered under international quality standards, such as ISO 9001. Any relocation or consolidation of our manufacturing lines from existing manufacturing facilities, such as our planned shift of manufacturing capacity to Shenzhen, China, may need to undergo qualification by our customers before commercial production on these lines can recommence. In addition, we have in the past, and may in the future, encounter quality control issues as a result of relocating our manufacturing lines or introducing new products to fill production. The qualification process, whether in connection with new products or the relocation of manufacturing lines for current products, determines whether the manufacturing line meets the quality, performance and reliability standards of customers and organizations that set industry standards. We may experience delays in obtaining customer qualification of our manufacturing lines and, as a consequence, our operating results and customer relationships would be harmed.

Delays, disruptions or quality control problems in manufacturing could result in delays in product shipments to customers and could adversely affect our business

        We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations or the manufacturing operations of our subcontractors. As a result, we could incur additional costs that would adversely affect gross margins, and product shipments to our customers could be delayed beyond the shipment schedules requested by our customers, which would negatively affect our revenues, competitive position and reputation. Furthermore, even if we are able to deliver products to our customers on a timely basis, we may be unable to recognize revenue based on our revenue recognition policies. For example, New Focus has experienced disruptions in the manufacture of some of its products due to changes in its manufacturing processes, which resulted in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product shipment and deferral of revenue recognition. Any manufacturing disruptions in the future, including disruptions as a result of the consolidation of our facilities, could adversely affect our revenues, gross margins and results of operations. In addition, we may experience manufacturing delays and reduced manufacturing yields upon introduction of new products to our manufacturing lines or integration of acquired products. We have in the past experienced lower-than-targeted product yields, which have resulted in delays of customer shipments, lost revenues and reduced gross margins.

The cost and complexity of complying with government regulations and any determination that we have violated such regulations could adversely affect our business

        The sale of certain of our products is subject to regulation by governmental bodies in the United States and other jurisdictions. If we fail to comply with the applicable rules or regulations of any governmental agency, we could be subject to strict penalties. Any such sanction or any failure to or delay in continuing to comply with governmental regulations could adversely affect our revenues, gross margins and results of operations.

Our debt repayment obligations to Nortel Networks U.K. Limited may affect our ability to operate our business

        In connection with our acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Networks Corporation, we have issued to Nortel Networks U.K. Limited secured and unsecured interest-bearing notes in the aggregate principal amount of $50 million. The secured note, in the principal amount of $30 million, is secured against all of our capital equipment and all of the assets, other than inventory,

44



of the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation, bears interest at the rate of 7% per year, increasing 0.25% per quarter beginning three months after issue until repayment, up to a maximum rate of 10% per year, and is payable in full no later than November 8, 2005. As of July 3, 2004, the note bore interest at a rate of 8.5%. The unsecured note, in the principal amount of $20 million, bears interest at the rate of 4% per year, is convertible at any time at the election of the holder into shares of our common stock and is payable in full no later than November 8, 2007. We are required to repay the notes, in full or in part, at earlier times upon the occurrence of various events, including an equity or equity-linked financing by us. Our business currently does not generate cash flow in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the principal of, or interest on, our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, including working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, and other general corporate requirements. If we cannot fund our liquidity needs through alternative sources of capital such as a financing, we will have to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, product development efforts, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity or debt capital. We may not be able to effect any of those remedies on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we incur additional debt above current levels, the risks associated with our leverage, including the risk that we will be unable to service our debt or generate enough cash flow to fund our liquidity needs, could intensify.

We could be adversely affected if we are unable to manage our manufacturing capacity to meet fluctuating levels of demand for our products

        A significant and steady decline in the demand for optical components beginning in 2001 resulted in marked underutilization of our manufacturing capacity, and, in July 2002, we announced that we were closing our manufacturing facilities in Swindon, U.K. and Maryland, U.S. In 2002, we acquired a manufacturing facility in Caswell, U.K. as part of the acquisition of the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited, and in connection with our acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Network Corporation, we acquired four more manufacturing facilities located in the United Kingdom, Canada and Switzerland. All of these facilities are underutilized. In 2004, in connection with our acquisition of New Focus, we acquired two additional manufacturing facilities. We have closed our Ottawa, Canada manufacturing facility and have transferred its operations to our Caswell site, and we have closed our Abingdon, U.K. manufacturing facility. In addition, we have announced a restructuring plan which includes moving a majority of our assembly and test operations to our facility in Shenzen, China. We are in the process of transferring some of our manufacturing activities to the New Focus China facility. Fluctuations in customer demand, combined with the acquisition of these additional manufacturing facilities, present challenges and will require us to evaluate manufacturing capacity and to assess and predict demand appropriately in order to ensure availability and staffing of manufacturing facilities sufficient to meet that demand. Failure to do so on a timely basis could have an adverse effect upon gross margins or have the effect of increasing overall operating expenses.

We may incur significant restructuring charges that will adversely affect our results of operations

        In light of our restructuring and cost reduction measures in 2002 and 2003 in response to the depressed demand for optical components and our consolidation activities, we have incurred significant restructuring related charges. Such charges totaled $4.8 million, $2.9 million, $23.9 million and a credit of $2.9 million, respectively, for the quarters ended March 30, June 29, September 28 and December 31, 2003. In connection with the rationalization of our facilities, including the proposed transfer of manufacturing activities to Shenzhen, China, we incurred additional restructuring charges of for the quarter ended July 3, 2004. This was offset by credits of $2.0 million from the completion of the closure of certain sites at lower costs than initially anticipated. In 2004, we announced a further restructuring plan, which includes moving the majority of our assembly and test operations from our

45



site in Paignton, England to our facility in Shenzhen, China. We anticipate that our 2004 restructuring plan will not be completed until the first quarter of 2005 and we expect to incur total restructuring charges in the range of $18 million to $22 million relating to this program over this time period. We may incur additional charges in the future. These charges, along with any other charges, have adversely affected, and will continue to adversely affect, our results of operations for the periods in which such charges have been or will be incurred.

We may have difficulty obtaining additional capital because of reduced funding of and lending to companies in the optical components industry

        The optical components sector of the telecommunications industry, in which we operate, has been severely affected by the downturn in the global economy. As a result, companies in this sector have experienced difficulty in raising capital, whether through equity or debt financing. Because the share values of optical component suppliers have declined markedly during the downturn, we may experience difficulty raising additional capital or may have to accept capital financing on less than optimal terms.

Our future success will depend on our ability to manufacture and sell our products, some of which have recently been commercially introduced and may not achieve commercial acceptance

        In connection with our acquisitions from Nortel Networks Corporation and Marconi Optical Components Limited, we added several new products to our product line, some of which have not yet successfully completed a specific series of tests that demonstrate those products meet industry-wide standards and are suitable for customer specific use. Until these tests are complete for a given product, that product does not qualify for volume production. We cannot assure investors that these products, or the proprietary technology upon which any of these products is based, will achieve broad market acceptance.

        In addition, a decline in demand for any of our product lines due to faults or quality problems, the introduction of superior products by competitors, technological changes or other reasons could undermine confidence in and demand for our products. This decline in demand could have a material adverse effect on our customer relationships and business prospects.

We may encounter unexpected costs or delays in commencing manufacturing at the facility in Shenzhen, China

        We intend to take advantage of the comparatively low manufacturing costs in China by conducting manufacturing activities at our facility in Shenzhen, China. Operations in China are subject to greater political, legal and economic risks than our operations in other countries. In order to commence activity at the facility, we must obtain required legal authorization, train and hire a workforce and invest in activation of the facility. The legal system in China is undeveloped and subject to change with little or no notice, and enforceability of existing laws and regulations is uncertain. Requisite legal permits may not be obtained and costs or operational limitations may be imposed in connection with obtaining and complying with such permits. The hiring and training of an appropriate labor force requires an investment of our resources, and may take longer than anticipated. We may also encounter delays or dislocation in the transfer of product lines to Shenzhen, China, or quality issues as we ramp up manufacturing activities. We may also be required to expend greater amounts than we currently anticipate in connection with the reactivation of the facility. Any one of these factors, or a combination of them, could result in the incurrence of unanticipated costs, with the potential to materially and adversely affect our business.

46



Our results of operations may suffer if we do not effectively manage our inventory and we may incur inventory-related charges

        To achieve commercial success with our product lines, we need to manage our inventory of component parts and finished goods effectively to meet changing customer requirements. The ability to accurately forecast customers' product needs in the current economic environment is very difficult. Some of our products and supplies have in the past, and may in the future, become obsolete while in inventory due to rapidly changing customer specifications or a decrease in customer demand. If we are not able to manage our inventory effectively, we may need to write-down the value of some of our existing inventory or write-off unsaleable or obsolete inventory, which would adversely affect our results of operations. We have from time to time incurred significant inventory-related charges. For example, in 2001, we incurred charges related to inventory write-downs on excess inventory of $6.7 million and, in 2002, we incurred charges related to inventory write-downs on excess inventory of $4.9 million, which includes write-downs of $1.8 million related to the downsizing of our ASOC product line. In 2003 and the first half of 2004, we did not incur charges related to inventory write-downs on excess inventory. We may, however, incur significant similar charges in future periods. These charges could significantly adversely affect our results of operations.

Our products are complex, may take longer to develop than originally anticipated and are highly dependent on the needs of our customers' design and development programs

        Many of our new products must be tailored to customer specifications. As a result, we are constantly developing new products and using new technologies in those products. These products often take 12 to 18 months to develop because of their complexity and because customer specifications sometimes change during the development cycle. We fund a significant majority of the design work, but have in the past received small contributions from customers, which we credit against research and development expenditure. In the event that a customer cancelled or modified a design project before we began large-scale manufacture of the product and received revenue from the customer, we would not be able to recover those expenses and our results of operations would be adversely affected. It is difficult to predict with any certainty, particularly in the present economic climate, the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, or the effect that any cancellation or modification would have on our results of operations. The complex production process for our products requires careful and constant maintenance of fine tolerances that can be disrupted by unknown or unforeseen causes. Our products may also contain defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. We could also incur significant unanticipated costs in attempting to complete the development of new products or to fix defective products. In addition, the need to contain research and development costs may have an adverse effect on our development of new products and enhancement of existing product offerings.

We may experience low manufacturing yields

        Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the volume of production due to customer demand and the nature and extent of changes in specifications required by customers for which we perform design-in work. Higher volumes due to demand for a fixed, rather than continually changing, design generally result in higher manufacturing yields, whereas lower volume production generally results in lower yields. In addition, lower yields may result, and have in the past resulted, from commercial shipments of products prior to full manufacturing qualification to the applicable specifications. Changes in manufacturing processes required as a result of changes in product specifications, changing customer needs and the introduction of new product lines have historically caused, and may in the future cause, significantly reduced manufacturing yields, resulting in low or negative margins on those products. Moreover, an increase in the rejection rate of products during the quality control process either pre, during or post manufacture results in lower yields and margins.

47



Finally, manufacturing yields and margins can also be lower if we receive or inadvertently use defective or contaminated materials from our suppliers.

We may be faced with product liability claims

        Despite quality assurance measures, there remains a risk that defects may occur in our products. The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to liability for damages caused by such defects and for consequential damages. They could, moreover, impair the market's acceptance of our products. Both could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In addition, we may assume product warranty liabilities related to companies we acquire which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In order to mitigate the risk of liability for damages, we carry product liability insurance with a $18.2 million aggregate annual limit and errors and omissions insurance with a $5.0 million annual limit. We cannot assure investors that this insurance could adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

Our intellectual property rights may not be adequately protected

        Our future success will depend, in large part, upon our intellectual property rights, including patents, design rights, trade secrets, trademarks, know-how and continuing technological innovation. We maintain an active program of identifying technology appropriate for patent protection. Our practice is to require employees and consultants to execute non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements upon commencement of employment or consulting arrangements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individuals during their work for us and require that all proprietary information disclosed will remain confidential. Although such agreements may be binding, they may not be enforceable in all jurisdictions.

        Our intellectual property portfolio is an important corporate asset. The steps we have taken and may take in the future to protect our intellectual property may not adequately prevent misappropriation or ensure that others will not develop competitive technologies or products. We cannot assure investors that our competitors will not successfully challenge the validity of these patents, or design products that avoid infringement of our proprietary rights with respect to our technology. There can be no assurance that other companies are not investigating or developing other similar technologies, that any patents will issue from any application pending or filed by us or that, if patents do issue, the claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from marketing similar products. In addition, we cannot assure investors that any patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights under those patents will provide a competitive advantage to us. Further, the laws of certain territories in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including South East Asia, may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, the United Kingdom and continental European countries.

Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others

        Companies in the industry in which we operate frequently receive claims of patent infringement or infringement of other intellectual property rights. In this regard, third parties may in the future assert claims against us concerning our existing products or with respect to future products under development. We have entered into and may in the future enter into indemnification obligations in favor of some customers that could be triggered upon an allegation or finding that we are infringing other parties' proprietary rights. If we do infringe a third party's rights, we may need to negotiate with holders of patents relevant to our business. We have from time to time received notices from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property and as a result have entered into license agreements with those third parties with respect to that intellectual property. We may not in all cases be able to resolve allegations of infringement through licensing arrangements, settlement, alternative

48



designs or otherwise. We may take legal action to determine the validity and scope of the third-party rights or to defend against any allegations of infringement. In the course of pursuing any of these means we could incur significant costs and diversion of our resources. Due to the competitive nature of our industry, it is unlikely that we could increase our prices to cover such costs. In addition, such claims could result in significant penalties or injunctions that could prevent us from selling some of our products in certain markets or result in settlements that require payment of significant royalties that could adversely affect our ability to price our products profitably.

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others necessary to operate our business, our ability to succeed will be adversely affected

        The telecommunications and optical components markets in which we sell our products have experienced frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Numerous patents in these industries are held by others, including academic institutions and our competitors. Optical component suppliers may seek to gain a competitive advantage or other third parties may seek an economic return on their intellectual property portfolios by making infringement claims against us. In the future we may need to obtain license rights to patents or other intellectual property held by others to the extent necessary for our business. Unless we are able to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, patents or other intellectual property held by others could inhibit our development of new products for our markets. Licenses granting us the right to use third-party technology may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our operating results. Our larger competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers who could disrupt our business if they stopped, decreased or delayed shipments

        We depend on a limited number of suppliers of raw materials and equipment used to manufacture our products. Some of these suppliers are sole sources. We typically have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers and, therefore, these suppliers generally may stop supplying materials and equipment at any time. The reliance on a sole or limited number of suppliers could result in delivery problems, reduced control over product pricing and quality, and an inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner. Any supply deficiencies relating to the quality or quantities of materials or equipment we use to manufacture our products could adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders or our financial results of operations.

If we fail to attract and retain key personnel, our business could suffer

        Our future depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Competition for highly skilled technical people is extremely intense, and, the current economic environment notwithstanding, we continue to face difficulty identifying and hiring qualified engineers in many areas of our business. We may not be able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Our future also depends on the continued contributions of our executive management team and other key management and technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of services of these or other executive officers or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Similar to other technology companies, we rely upon our ability to use stock options and other forms of equity-based compensation as key components of our executive and employee compensation structure. Historically, these components have been critical to our ability to retain important personnel

49



and offer competitive compensation packages. Without these components, we would be required to significantly increase cash compensation levels (or develop alternative compensation structures) in order to retain our key employees, particularly as and when an industry recovery returns. Recent proposals to modify accounting rules relating to the expensing of equity compensation may cause us to substantially reduce, or even eliminate, all or portions of our equity compensation programs.

Our business and future operating results may be adversely affected by events outside of our control

        Our business and operating results are vulnerable to interruption by events outside of our control, such as earthquakes, fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, political instability, military conflict and uncertainties arising out of terrorist attacks, including a global economic slowdown, the economic consequences of additional military action or additional terrorist activities and associated political instability, and the effect of heightened security concerns on domestic and international travel and commerce.

Charges to earnings resulting from the application of the purchase method of accounting may adversely affect the market value of our common stock

        We account for our acquisitions, including the acquisition of New Focus, using the purchase method of accounting. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we allocate the total estimated purchase price to an acquired company's net tangible assets, amortizable intangible assets, and in-process research and development based on their fair values as of the date of announcement of the transaction, and record the excess of the purchase price over those fair values as goodwill. With respect to our acquisition of New Focus, the portion of the estimated purchase price allocated to in-process research and development was expensed by us in the first quarter of 2004. We will incur an increase in the amount of amortization expense over the estimated useful lives of certain of the intangible assets acquired in connection with the merger on an annual basis. To the extent the value of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives becomes impaired, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. In addition, in the past, after the completion of a transaction, we have amended the provisional values of certain inventory we obtained as part of transactions, specifically the Nortel Networks acquisition. This amendment resulted in an increase in the value of our inventory being increased by $20.2 million, current liabilities being increased by approximately $1.3 million and intangible assets being decreased by approximately $9.1 million and property, plant and equipment increased by $9.8 million. We cannot assure you that we will not have to make other similar modifications to our historical financial results in the future. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will not incur restructuring charges as a result of any such transaction, which may have an adverse effect on our earnings.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials, and environmental laws and regulations may expose us to liability and increase our costs

        We historically have handled small amounts of hazardous materials as part of our manufacturing activities and now handle more and different such hazardous materials as a result of the manufacturing processes related to New Focus, the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation and the product lines we acquired from Marconi Optical Components Limited. Consequently, our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use and handling of hazardous substances and waste disposal. We may be required to incur environmental costs to comply with current or future environmental laws. As with other companies engaged in manufacturing activities that involve hazardous materials, a risk of environmental liability is inherent in our manufacturing activities, as is the risk that our facilities will be shut down in the event of a release of hazardous waste. The costs associated with environmental compliance or remediation efforts or other environmental liabilities could adversely affect our business.

50



The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, which could result in lost sales and lower revenues

        The market for fiber optic components is highly competitive and such competition could result in our existing customers moving their orders to competitors. Certain of our competitors may be able more quickly and effectively to:

    respond to new technologies or technical standards;

    react to changing customer requirements and expectations;

    devote needed resources to the development, production, promotion and sale of products; and

    deliver competitive products at lower prices.

        In addition, market leaders in industries such as semiconductor and data communications, who may have significantly more resources than we do, may in the future enter our market with competing products. All of these risks may be increased if the market were to consolidate through mergers or business combinations between competitors.

        We cannot assure investors that we will be able to compete successfully with our competitors or that aggressive competition in the market will not result in lower prices for our products or decreased gross profit margins. Any such development would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Major litigation regarding Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering and follow-on offering and any other litigation in which we become involved, including as a result of acquisitions, may substantially increase our costs and harm our business

        On November 7, 2001, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against Bookham Technology plc and others in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an Amended Class Action Complaint. The Amended Complaint names as defendants Bookham Technology plc; Goldman, Sachs & Co. and FleetBoston Robertson Stephens, Inc., two of the underwriters of Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering in April 2000; and Andrew G. Rickman, Stephen J. Cockrell and David Simpson, each of whom was an officer and/or director at the time of Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering, or the Individual Defendants. The Amended Complaint asserts claims under certain provisions of the securities laws of the United States. It alleges, among other things, that the prospectus for Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering was materially false and misleading in describing the compensation to be earned by the underwriters in connection with the offering, and in not disclosing certain alleged arrangements among the underwriters and initial purchasers of ordinary shares from the underwriters. The Amended Complaint seeks unspecified damages (or in the alternative rescission for those class members who no longer hold ordinary shares), costs, attorneys' fees, experts' fees, interest and other expenses.

        Various plaintiffs have filed similar actions in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York asserting virtually identical allegations concerning the offerings of more than 300 other issuers. These cases have all been assigned to the Hon. Shira A. Scheindlin for coordination and decisions on pretrial motions, discovery, and related matters. On or about July 15, 2002, issuer defendants filed an omnibus motion to dismiss in the coordinated proceedings on common pleadings issues. On or about October 9, 2002, the court entered as an order, a stipulation dismissing the Individual Defendants from the litigation without prejudice. On February 19, 2003, the omnibus motion to dismiss was denied by the court as to the claims against Bookham Technology plc. A proposal has been made for the settlement and release of claims against issuer defendants, including Bookham Technology plc. A special committee of Bookham Technology plc's board of directors has authorized Bookham Technology plc to accept the proposed settlement. The completion of the settlement is

51



subject to a number of conditions, including court approval. Under the settlement, the plaintiffs will dismiss and release all claims against Bookham Technology plc and other participating issuer defendants in exchange for an undertaking in the amount of $1 billion by the insurance companies collectively responsible for insuring the issuers in all the related cases, and the assignment or surrender to the plaintiffs of certain claims the issuer defendants may have against the underwriters. In the event that the plaintiffs fail to recover $1 billion from the underwriters, the undertaking will be used to pay plaintiffs for the shortfall below the $1 billion target. In the event that such a shortfall should occur, we believe that our directors' and officers' insurance will be sufficient to cover the pro rata share of the undertaking that would be charged to our insurance policy, and under the global settlement our directors' and officers' insurance carriers have agreed to honor their coverages.

        On or about January 30, 2004, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia against Bookham Technology plc, certain individuals affiliated with Bookham Technology plc, Goldman Sachs, Goldman Sachs International, Robertson Stephens, Robertson Stephens International, Julius Baer & Company Ltd., Dexia PrivatBank Switzerland, Swiss Partners Investment Network Ltd., or Spin, and certain individuals affiliated with Spin. The complaint is captioned Defries v. Bookham Technology PLC, et al., Case No. 1:04-CV-00054.

        The suit alleges that defendants violated the federal securities laws in connection with Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering conducted on or about April 11, 2000, Bookham Technology plc's follow-on public offering conducted on or about September 19, 2000, and the trading of Bookham Technology plc's shares in the aftermarket from the date of the IPO through December 6, 2000. The complaint purports to allege violations of Sections 3(a)(8), 5, 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. It purports to incorporate allegations made by plaintiffs in the IPO laddering litigation described above. The suit purports to seek damages in the sum of at least $25 million, fees and costs. The complaint has not been served, and Bookham Technology plc has not responded to the complaint.

        We may become subject to litigation in the future, including as a result of acquisitions of other companies. For example, prior to our acquisition of New Focus, New Focus was named as a defendant in the April 19, 2002, Amended Complaint described above.

        On February 13, 2002, Howard Yue, the former sole shareholder of Globe Y Technology, Inc., a company acquired by New Focus in February 2001, filed a lawsuit against New Focus and several of its officers and directors in Santa Clara County Superior Court. The lawsuit is captioned Howard Yue v. New Focus, Inc. et al, Case No. CV808031, and asserts claims stemming from New Focus's acquisition of Globe Y. The plaintiff has amended his complaint several times following the Court's dismissal of his earlier complaints. Currently, the plaintiff's third amended complaint alleges eight causes of action against New Focus, including fraud and deceit by concealment, fraud and deceit by active concealment, fraud and deceit based upon non-disclosure of material facts, negligent misrepresentation, and breach of contract and the duty of good faith and fair dealing. The complaint seeks unspecified economic, punitive, and exemplary damages, prejudgment interest, costs, and equitable and general relief.

        On October 6, 2003, New Focus filed a cross-complaint against Mr. Yue seeking damages arising from Mr. Yue's misrepresentations to New Focus in the acquisition of Globe Y by New Focus. Discovery is ongoing in both the lawsuit by Mr. Yue and New Focus's cross-complaint. New Focus has certain counterclaims against Mr. Yue as well as the following defenses against Mr. Yue's claims: the doctrines of estoppel, waiver and consent; plaintiff's coming to the action with unclean hands; plaintiff's breach of contract; plaintiff's failure to fulfill any contractual conditions precedent; plaintiff's failure to mitigate damages, if any; plaintiff's negligence; the lack of an existence of a fiduciary or confidential relationship with the plaintiff; the causing of plaintiff's damages, if any, by intervening events; and plaintiff's fraudulent conduct. New Focus intends to conduct a vigorous defense of this lawsuit.

52


        Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters that may arise from time to time could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any litigation to which we are subject may be costly and, further, could require significant involvement of our senior management and may divert management's attention from our business and operations.

Our success will depend on our ability to anticipate and respond to evolving technologies and customer requirements

        The market for telecommunications equipment is characterized by substantial capital investment and diverse and evolving technologies, such as fiber optic, cable, wireless and satellite technologies. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products will be significant factors in our ability to succeed. We expect that new technologies will continue to emerge as competition in the telecommunications industry increases and the need for higher and more cost efficient bandwidth expands. The introduction of new products embodying new technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete or unmarketable.

A variety of factors could cause the trading price of our common stock to be volatile or decline

        The market prices of Bookham Technology plc's ADSs on the NASDAQ National Market and ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange were, and the market price of our common stock is likely to continue to be, highly volatile due to causes other than publication of our business results, such as:

    announcements by our competitors and customers of their historical results or technological innovations or new products;

    developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights;

    governmental regulatory action; and

    general market conditions.

        Since Bookham Technology plc's initial public offering in April 2000, Bookham Technology plc's ADSs and ordinary shares and the shares of our customers and competitors experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations, in many cases without any direct relationship to the affected company's operating performance. An outgrowth of this market volatility is the significant vulnerability of our stock price and the stock prices of our customers and competitors to any actual or perceived fluctuation in the strength of the markets we serve, regardless of the actual or perceived consequence of such fluctuations. As a result, the market prices for these companies are highly volatile. These broad market and industry factors caused the market price of Bookham Technology plc's ADSs and ordinary shares to fluctuate, and may in the future cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate, regardless of our actual operating performance or the operating performance of our customers.

The future sale of substantial amounts of our common stock could adversely affect the price of our common stock

        In March 2004, Bookham Technology plc issued approximately 7.8 million shares of our common stock in connection with the New Focus merger, which constituted approximately 23.3% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of September 10, 2004. In addition, in connection with Bookham Technology plc's acquisition of the optical components business from Nortel Network Corporation, Bookham Technology plc issued to Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited, and Nortel Networks UK Limited an aggregate of 6.1 million shares of our

53



common stock and a warrant to purchase 900,000 shares of our common stock. Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited exercised this warrant in September 2004. As of September 10, 2004, Nortel Networks Limited held approximately 2,378,941 shares of our common stock, Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited held approximately 721,058 shares of our common stock, and Nortel Networks UK Limited held approximately 900,000 shares of our common stock. In addition, Nortel Networks U.K. Limited holds a $20.0 million unsecured convertible note that is convertible into shares of our common stock at the election of Nortel Networks U.K. Limited. Nortel Networks has the right to require us to register for resale the shares of common stock that it holds and that are issuable upon conversion of the unsecured note. Other stockholders or groups of stockholders also hold significant percentages of our shares of common stock. For example, our directors and executive officers collectively beneficially held approximately 10.41% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of September 10, 2004. Sales by stockholders who acquired shares pursuant to the New Focus merger, by Nortel Networks or by other holders of substantial amounts of our shares in the public or private market could adversely affect the market price of our common stock by increasing the supply of shares available for sale compared to the demand in the private and public capital markets to buy our common stock. These sales may also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate to meet our capital needs.

Recently enacted and proposed regulatory changes may cause us to incur increased costs

        Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will increase our expenses as we evaluate the implications of new rules and devote resources to respond to the new requirements. In particular, we expect to incur additional selling, general and administrative expenses as we implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, our internal controls. The compliance of these new rules could also result in continued diversion of management's time and attention, which could prove to be disruptive to normal business operations. Further, the impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers, which could harm our business.

Some anti-takeover provisions contained in our charter and under Delaware laws could hinder a takeover attempt

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibiting, under some circumstances, publicly-held Delaware corporations from engaging in business combinations with some stockholders for a specified period of time without the approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding voting stock. Such provisions could delay or impede the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us, even if such events could be beneficial, in the short-term, to the interests of the stockholders. In addition, such provisions could limit the price that some investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions relating to the limitations of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers, dividing our board of directors into three classes of directors serving three-year terms and providing that our stockholders can take action only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. These provisions also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of us.

54




Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest rates

        We finance our operations through a mixture of stockholders' funds, loan notes, finance leases and working capital. Throughout the period, our only exposure to interest rate fluctuations was on our cash deposits and dollar denominated loan notes.

        We monitor our interest rate risk on cash balances primarily through cash flow forecasting. Cash that is surplus to immediate requirements is invested in short-term deposits with banks accessible with one day's notice and invested in overnight money market accounts.

Foreign currency

        Due to our multinational operations, we are subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we collect revenue and pays expenses. Our expenses are not necessarily incurred in the currency in which revenue is generated, and, as a result, we may from time to time have to exchange currency to meet our obligations. These currency conversions are subject to exchange rate fluctuations, in particular, changes in the value of the pound sterling to the U.S. dollar. In an effort to cover any exposure to those fluctuations, in the past we have engaged in currency hedging transactions. A 10% fluctuation in the dollar at July 3, 2004 would have led to a profit of $7.1 million (dollar weakening), or loss of $7.5 million (dollar strengthening) on our outstanding trades. At December 31, 2003, a similar fluctuation would have impacted the outstanding trades by a profit of $0.8 million (dollar weakening) and loss of $0.2 million (dollar strengthening).


Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        The information required by this item may be found on pages F-1 through F-48 of this Transition Report on Form 10-K.


Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        Not applicable.


Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

        Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of July 3, 2004. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of July 3, 2004, our disclosure controls and procedures were (1) designed to ensure that material information relating to Bookham, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report was being prepared and (2) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

        No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Item 9B.     Other Information

        Not applicable.

55




PART III

Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Directors of the Company

        We have a classified board of directors consisting of three class I directors, two class II directors and two class III directors. The class I, class II and class III directors serve until the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and until their respective successors are elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors are elected for a full term of three years to succeed those whose terms are expiring.

        For each member of our board of directors there follows information given by each concerning his principal occupation and business experience for at least the past five years, the names of other public reporting companies of which he serves as a director and his age and length of service as one of our directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers. Dr. Bordui was selected by New Focus to join our board of directors pursuant to the terms of our agreement and plan of merger with New Focus which provided that two New Focus directors would join our board of directors upon completion of the merger. Dr. Winston Fu was also selected by New Focus to join our board and served as a director of Bookham Technology plc until September 10, 2004.

Terms Expiring 2005

         Giorgio Anania , 45, has served as a director since June 2004 and as our Chief Executive Officer since September 2004. Dr. Anania has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Bookham Technology plc since February 2001. From August 2000 to March 2004, he also served as President of Bookham Technology plc. From October 1998, when he joined Bookham Technology plc, until August 2000, Dr. Anania was the Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Bookham Technology plc. Prior to joining Bookham Technology plc, from 1993 to 1998, Dr. Anania was Vice President for Sales, Marketing and Business Development at Flamel Technologies, a French medical equipment company. Prior to that, Dr. Anania was employed as Strategic Marketing Manager, Telecoms, at Raychem Corporation in California, and as a strategy consultant with Booz Allen & Hamilton in New York. Dr. Anania has a BA(Hons) in Physics from Oxford University and an MA and PhD in Plasma Physics from Princeton University.

         Joseph Cook , 52, has served as a director since September 2004. Mr. Cook has served as a director of Bookham Technology plc since February 2002. Mr. Cook is Senior Vice President of Engineering at WorldCom and has served in that position since 1999. From 1979 to 1999, he held various engineering and management positions at WorldCom. Mr. Cook is a member of the advisory boards of the University of Texas at Dallas and Oklahoma State University. Mr. Cook holds a BA and a Masters in Business Administration from Dallas Baptist University in Texas and an Associates degree in engineering from Prince George's Community College in Maryland. Mr. Cook holds a patent for narrowband optical DWDM devices.

         W. Arthur Porter , 63, has served as a director since September 2004. Mr. Porter has served as a director of Bookham Technology plc since February 1998. Since July 1997, Dr. Porter has been Dean of the College of Engineering and Vice President for Technology Development at the University of Oklahoma. Mr. Porter serves as a director of Electro Scientific Industries (ESI), Stewart Information Services Corporation and Critical Technologies. From 1995 to 1998, Dr. Porter was President and Chief Executive Officer of Houston Advanced Research Center. He has a PhD in Interdisciplinary Engineering from Texas A&M University, is a fellow of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, and a recipient of its Centennial Medal for extraordinary achievement.

56



Terms Expiring 2006

         Lori Holland , 46, has served as a director since September 2004. Ms. Holland has served as a director of Bookham Technology plc since April 1999. Ms. Holland is currently a consultant to various technology startups. Until December 2000, Ms. Holland was the Chief Financial Officer of Zaffire, Inc., a telecommunication company in California. Before that, from 1996 to December 1999, Ms. Holland also served as a consultant to various technology startups. From 1995 to 1996, she was the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for NeoMagic Corporation. Prior to NeoMagic, Ms. Holland was the Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer for Read-Rite Corporation from 1990 to 1995. Ms. Holland received a BS in Economics from California Polytechnic University.

         Andrew G. Rickman , 44, has served as the chairman of our board of directors since September 2004. Dr. Rickman founded Bookham Technology plc in 1988 and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bookham Technology plc until August 2000 when he ceased to be President but continued to serve as Chief Executive Officer. In February 2001, Dr. Giorgio Anania was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Bookham Technology plc and Dr. Rickman became chairman of Bookham Technology plc. Prior to founding Bookham Technology plc, Dr. Rickman was employed by GenRad from 1984 to 1987 in applications engineering and product management, and was a consultant to GenRad from 1987 to 1988 on signal processing projects. Dr. Rickman serves as a director of several privately-held companies and holds advisory positions with a number of organizations. In 2000, HM The Queen awarded Dr. Rickman the OBE for services to the telecommunications industry. Dr. Rickman is a Chartered Engineer and holds an honors degree in Mechanical Engineering from Imperial College, London, an MBA from Cranfield University in England and a PhD in integrated optics from the University of Surrey, England. Dr. Rickman is the brother of Robert J. Rickman.

Terms Expiring 2007

         Peter F. Bordui , 44, has served as a director since September 2004. Dr. Bordui has served as a director of Bookham Technology plc since March 2004. Dr. Bordui served on the board of directors of New Focus from December 2001 to March 2004. From January 1999 to December 2001, Dr. Bordui served first as Vice President and General Manager, Netherlands and then as Vice President and General Manager, Source Lasers for JDS Uniphase Corporation, a fiber optic communications product manufacturer. From September 1992 through January 1999, Dr. Bordui was Vice President and General Manager, Materials Division for Crystal Technology, Inc., a Siemens Company and optical component manufacturer. Dr. Bordui currently serves as chairman of Photonic Materials, Ltd. in Scotland and as director of Intense Photonics, Ltd., each an optical component company. Dr. Bordui holds a BS, MS and PhD in material science and engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

         David Simpson , 77, has served as a director since September 2004. Professor Simpson served as a director of Bookham Technology plc from March 1995 to June 2004. Professor Simpson became the vice chairman of Bookham Technology plc's board of directors in August 2000 and, before assuming that position, served as the chairman of the board of directors of Bookham Technology plc. Prior to joining Bookham Technology plc, Professor Simpson was employed by the Gould Corporation, a manufacturer of electronic equipment and components, in Chicago, Illinois, from 1976 to 1986, serving as its President from 1980 to 1986, when he retired. Professor Simpson also serves as the Chairman of the Board of Environcom Ltd., a company in the recycling industry and as a director of several privately-held companies, including PFE Ltd., Isocom Components, Ltd., and Photonics Materials Ltd. In 1992, HM The Queen awarded Professor Simpson the CBE for services to the electronics industry. Professor Simpson has received honorary doctorates in science and technology from Heriot Watt, Abertay and Napier Universities, Scotland.

        Our board of directors has a standing audit committee. The current members of the audit committee are W. Arthur Porter, Lori Holland and Peter Bordui. The board has determined that Lori

57



Holland is an "audit committee financial expert," as defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has determined that, other than Lori Holland, each of the members of the audit committee is independent as defined under Rule 4200(a)(15) of the National Association of Securities Dealers' listing standards. Lori Holland entered into a consulting agreement with Bookham Technology plc in August 1998 which provided that Ms. Holland would render management consulting services to Bookham Technology plc at the direction of management. The agreement provided that Ms. Holland would be compensated for her services in cash and through the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock. In 2001, Ms. Holland received $85,550 and was granted options to purchase 6,438 shares of our common stock under the agreement. In 2002, Ms. Holland received $36,750 under the agreement. The agreement terminated effective as of August 1, 2002. Our board has determined that Ms. Holland's service on the audit committee is in the best interests of Bookham and its stockholders as a result of Ms. Holland's financial and professional expertise and her long-standing relationship with Bookham and Bookham's audit committee.

        Our board of directors has a standing compensation committee, the members of which are Peter Bordui, W. Arthur Porter and Joseph Cook. Our board of directors also has a nominating and corporate governance committee, the members of which are Andrew Rickman, Joseph Cook and David Simpson.

Executive Officers of the Company

         Giorgio Anania , 45, has served as a director since June 2004 and as our Chief Executive Officer since September 2004. Dr. Anania has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Bookham Technology plc since February 2001. From August 2000 to March 2004, he also served as President of Bookham Technology plc. From October 1998, when he joined Bookham Technology plc, until August 2000, Dr. Anania was the Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Bookham Technology plc. Prior to joining Bookham Technology plc, from 1993 to 1998, Dr. Anania was Vice President for Sales, Marketing and Business Development at Flamel Technologies, a French medical equipment company. Prior to that, Dr. Anania was employed as Strategic Marketing Manager, Telecoms, at Raychem Corporation in California, and as a strategy consultant with Booz Allen & Hamilton in New York. Dr. Anania has a BA(Hons) in Physics from Oxford University and an MA and PhD in Plasma Physics from Princeton University.

         Liam Nagle , 42, has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2004. Mr. Nagle joined Bookham as Chief Operating Officer of Bookham Technology plc in November 2002 and became President of Bookham Technology plc in March 2004. Prior to joining Bookham, Mr. Nagle was employed in various capacities by Nortel Networks Corporation from 1999 to October 2002. He was the Vice President Operations Optical Components of Nortel Networks from October 2000 to October 2002, the Vice President Operations from July 1999 to October 2000 and, from April 1999 to July 1999, was the VP Operations Europe. Prior to Nortel Networks, Mr. Nagle also worked with Bay Networks, Intel and Apple Computer in various senior roles. Mr. Nagle has a CIMA accounting qualification.

         Stephen Abely , 47, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2004. Mr. Abely has served as Chief Financial Officer of Bookham Technology plc since October 2001. From August 2000 until August 2001, Mr. Abely was the Chief Financial Officer of Arescom Technology, a private broadband access equipment provider based in California. Previously, Mr. Abely was an independent consultant from May 1999 to August 2000, during which time he served as interim Chief Financial Officer for two privately-held companies. He was Chief Financial Officer, from January 1992 to April 1999, and also served as President, from June 1998 to April 1999, of StorMedia, a component supplier to the disc drive industry. Mr. Abely holds a BS in Business Administration from Northeastern University in Boston.

58



         Stephen Turley , 50, has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since September 2004. Mr. Turley joined Bookham as Chief Commercial Officer of Bookham Technology plc in October 2001. From June 2000 to September 2001, he was Vice President, Strategic Partnerships, with Nortel Networks' High Performance Optical Component Solutions group. Previously, from September 1999 to June 2000, he was the Director, Strategic Business Development, of Nortel Networks. From September 1998 to September 1999, Dr. Turley was the Director, Marketing and Communications, of FCI, a worldwide connector company and, from June 1998 to September 1998, he held the position of Director, Industry Marketing, of Berg Components. From 1990 to 1998, Dr. Turley held various positions at Nortel Networks Optoelectronics, most recently as Director, Strategic and Business Alliances. Dr. Turley has a BA in Physics from Oxford University and a PhD in Semiconductor Laser Physics from Sheffield University.

         Michael Scott , 56, has served as our Chief Technology Officer since September 2004. Mr. Scott joined Bookham as Chief Technology Officer of Bookham Technology plc in December 2002. Dr. Scott was previously employed by Nortel Networks Corporation in various capacities from October 1982 to December 2002, most recently as Vice President Technology and Product Development for the Optical Components business unit, a title he held from May 2000 to November 2002. From April 1998 to May 2000, Dr. Scott was the Vice President of Technology (Microelectronics) and, from April 1996 to March 1998, he served as Assistant Vice President of Hardware Technology. Dr. Scott has a Bachelors degree and a PhD in Material Science from the University of Cambridge.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We will provide you with a copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, without charge, upon written or oral request to: Company Secretary, Bookham, Inc., 90 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY, United Kingdom, Telephone Number (011) (44) 1235 837 000. In addition, we intend to post the text of our Code of business Conduct and Ethics in the "Investor Relations" section of our website www.bookham.com. We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers from, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that are required to be disclosed pursuant to the disclosure requirements of Item 5.05 of Form 8-K.

Section 16 Beneficial Ownership Compliance

        Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 10% of our common stock, collectively referred to as reporting persons, to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and other equity securities. During the year ended July 3, 2004, our reporting persons were not subject to Section 16(a).


Item 11.     Executive Compensation

        We were incorporated on June 29, 2004 and on September 10, 2004, pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under UK law, we became the holding company of Bookham Technology plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. As a result, the compensation information provided in this item reflects compensation provided by Bookham Technology plc for the periods indicated.

        The following table provides information about the compensation for the period from January 1, 2004 to July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 of the individual who served as Chief Executive Officer during the year ended July 3, 2004 and the next four other most highly compensated executive officers during the year ended July 3, 2004.

59


        In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the compensation set forth in the table below does not include medical, group life or other benefits which are available to all of our salaried employees, and perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or property which do not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonuses for each of the persons shown in the table.


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
   
   
  Long Term
Compensation
Awards

   
 
  Annual Compensation
   
 
  Shares of
Common Stock
Underlying
Options

   
Name and Principal Positions

  Year
  Salary(1)
  Bonus(1)
  Other Annual
Compensation(1)

  All Other
Compensation(2)

Giorgio Anania
    Chief Executive Officer
  2004
2003
2002
2001
  $


219,600
338,550
347,334
303,780
  $


41,175

314,760
78,690
  $


19,583
39,345
19,947
31,110
  150,673
203,559
143,136
100,000
  $


19,764
30,195
29,097
20,130

Liam Nagle (3)
    President and Chief Operating Officer

 

2004
2003

 

 

173,848
308,355

 

 


23,128

 

 

11,807
21,960

 

77,670
70,680

 

 

15,645
27,752

Stephen Abely (4)
    Chief Financial Officer

 

2004
2003
2002

 

 

155,550
256,200
276,330

 

 

14,583

87,827

 

 

33,767
62,046
65,880

 

40,754
88,516
24,500

 

 




Stephen Turley (5)
    Chief Commercial Officer

 

2004
2003
2002

 

 

150,060
274,500
290,315

 

 

14,069

101,054

 

 

11,807
23,616
21,960

 

22,603
30,813
19,600

 

 

13,505
24,705
15,771

Michael Scott (6)
    Chief Technology Officer

 

2004
2003

 


$

150,060
289,140

 


$

14,069

 


$

22,418
44,835

 

10,000
7,755

 

 



(1)
Amounts reflected in this section have been converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on July 3, 2004 of £1.00 = $1.82.

(2)
Consists of pension contributions.

(3)
Mr. Nagle became an executive officer of Bookham in November 2002.

(4)
Mr. Abely became an executive officer of Bookham in October 2001.

(5)
Dr. Turley became an executive officer of Bookham in October 2001.

(6)
Dr. Scott became an executive officer of Bookham in December 2002.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

        The following table contains information concerning stock option grants Bookham Technology plc made in the year ended July 3, 2004 to each of the executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table above. Unless otherwise indicated, each stock option grant has a term of ten years and vests as to 25% of the total shares available for grant under such option on the first anniversary of the date of grant, with the remaining 75% vesting on a monthly basis over the next three years. Pursuant to the scheme of arrangement, we assumed all outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares of Bookham Technology plc. The assumed options were adjusted so that the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the options equaled the number of ordinary shares the

60



optionholder would have received if the optionholder had exercised the option prior to the scheme of arrangement, divided by ten. The exercise price of the options was adjusted proportionately. The information in the table below reflects this assumption. The per share exercise price of all options described below represents the fair market value of Bookham Technology plc's ordinary shares on the grant date, as adjusted to reflect the closing of the scheme of arrangement.

        Amounts described in the following table under the heading "Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term" represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the options if exercised at the end of the option term. These gains are based on assumed rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10% compounded annually from the date the options were granted to their expiration date. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of the common stock and the date on which the options are exercised. No gain to the optionees is possible without an appreciation in stock price, which will benefit all stockholders commensurately.

 
  Individual Grants
   
   
 
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Underlying
Options
Granted

   
   
   
  Potential Realizable Value at Assumed Annual Rates of Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term (1)
 
  Percent of Total
Options Granted
to Employees in
Fiscal Year

   
   
Name

  Exercise Price
Per Share (1)

  Expiration
Date

  5%
  10%
Giorgio Anania   203,559
150,673

(2)
12.54
9.28
%
$
24.75
10.70
  9/24/13
6/01/14
  $
2,852,995
1,014,429
  $
7,527,238
2,570,767

Liam Nagle

 

70,680
50,000
27,670



(2)

4.35
3.08
1.70

 

 

24.75
9.77
10.70

 

9/24/13
6/16/14
6/01/14

 

 

990,619
307,282
186,290

 

 

2,613,611
778,718
472,099

Stephen Abely

 

88,516
40,754


(2)

0.47
0.61

 

 

24.75
10.70

 

9/24/13
6/01/14

 

 

1,240,606
274,381

 

 

3,273,172
695,337

Stephen Turley

 

30,813
22,603


(2)

1.89
1.39

 

 

24.75
10.70

 

9/24/13
6/01/14

 

 

431,863
152,179

 

 

1,139,412
385,652

Michael Scott

 

7,755
10,000


(2)

5.45
2.51

 

 

24.75
10.70

 

9/24/13
6/01/14

 

 

108,689
67,325

 

 

286,764
170,616

(1)
Amounts reflected in this section have been converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on July 3, 2004 of £1.00 = $1.82.

(2)
The option vests as to 25% of the shares on January 1, 2004, 10% on April 1, 2004 and 5% each quarter thereafter until January 1, 2007, when the balance vests.

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year-End Option Values

        The following table sets forth information concerning options exercised during the year ended July 3, 2004 by each of the executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table above and the number and value of unexercised stock options held by each of those executive officers. Amounts described in the following table under the heading "Value Realized" represent the difference between the aggregate fair market value of the underlying shares of our common stock on the date of exercise and the aggregate exercise price. Amounts described in the following table under the heading "Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at Year End" are based on the aggregate fair market value of the

61



underlying shares of our common stock on July 3, 2004 ($9.37 per share), less the aggregate option exercise price.

 
   
   
  Number of Shares of Common Stock Underlying Unexercised Options at Year-End
   
   
 
  Shares of
Common
Stock
Acquired on
Exercise

   
  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options
at Year-End(1)

Name

  Value
Realized(1)

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Giorgio Anania       356,723   364,646    

Liam Nagle

 


 


 

53,837

 

134,512

 


 


Stephen Abely

 


 


 

84,398

 

119,372

 


 


Stephen Turley

 


 


 

51,255

 

61,760

 


 


Michael Scott

 


 


 

17,714

 

15,040

 


 


(1)
Amounts reflected in this section have been converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on July 3, 2004 of £1.00 = $1.82.

Director Compensation

        We reimburse directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the board of directors and any meetings of its committees. Each non-employee director receives an annual retainer of $12,000, $3,000 for each in-person meeting of our board of directors and each annual meeting of our stockholders the director attends and $500 for each quarterly teleconference of our board of directors the director attends. In addition, the chairman of our audit committee receives an annual fee of $36,000, the chairman of our compensation committee receives an annual fee of $16,000 and the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee receives an annual fee of $10,000. Each year at our annual meeting of stockholders, we grant each non-employee director a nonstatutory stock option to acquire 5,000 shares of our common stock provided that the director is serving as a director both immediately before and immediately after the annual meeting. In addition, from time to time, in our discretion, we may grant additional equity awards to our non-employee directors under our stock incentive plans.

        We have letters of engagement with each of our non-employee directors. The letters of engagement may be terminated by either party on not less than six months' notice, subject to our right to earlier termination in certain usual circumstances. In addition, we have a director's fee agreement with Ms. Holland, which became effective on August 1, 2002 and which sets out the terms on which Ms. Holland serves as chair of our Audit Committee. We also have a chairman's fee agreement with Dr. Andrew Rickman, which sets out the terms on which Dr. Rickman serves as chair of Bookham and which became effective on January 1, 2004. The letters of engagement with our directors, Ms. Holland's director's fee agreement and Dr. Rickman's chairman's fee agreement do not provide for any benefits if the individual ceases to be a director.

Employment, Change of Control and Severance Arrangements

        Each of Drs. Anania, Turley and Scott and Messrs. Abely and Nagle has an employment agreement with Bookham Technology plc. These agreements describe the individual's salary, bonus and other benefits including medical and life insurance coverage, car allowance, vacation and sick days, and pension plan participation. The agreements also contain a prohibition on the use or disclosure of our confidential information, such as trade secrets, patents and customer information, for non-business purposes. Dr. Anania's agreement also contains a non-competition clause prohibiting Dr. Anania from dealing with our customers or prospective customers, and a non-solicitation clause prohibiting

62



Dr. Anania from dealing with certain of our suppliers, prospective suppliers, senior executives, salespersons and other key employees, for a period of twelve months after he has stopped working for us. In addition, Dr. Anania's agreement states that he will not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. The agreements with Dr. Scott and Mr. Nagle contain similar prohibitions, as well as a prohibition on being employed by or otherwise involved with any competitor of ours for a period of six months after these individuals have stopped working for us.

        Our executive officers are elected by our board of directors and serve at its discretion, subject generally to a three, four or six-month notice provision, except for Dr. Anania, whose employment agreement provides for a twelve-month notice period. The agreements provide that the notice period does not apply if the officer is being terminated for cause, which is defined to include gross misconduct, conduct which our board of directors determines brings the individuals or us into disrepute, or a serious breach of the employment agreement. Our agreement with Dr. Anania automatically terminates when he reaches age 65 and the agreements with Dr. Turley and Messrs. Abely and Nagle automatically terminate when the individual reaches age 60. The agreement with Dr. Scott automatically terminates on June 1, 2005.

        Our executive officers participate in a bonus scheme. The Compensation Committee determines the bonus amounts and the performance criteria with each participant at the beginning of each fiscal year. The criteria include achievement of budgeted profits and revenue growth. Dr. Anania's bonus is capped at 100% of his base salary and bonus amounts for Drs. Turley and Scott and Messrs. Abely and Nagle are capped at 50% of their base salary.

        Each of Drs. Anania, Turley and Scott and Messrs. Abely and Nagle have entered into a bonus agreement with us that provides for the payment of $546,000 in the case of Dr. Anania and $273,000 in the case each of the other individuals, in the event of a change of control provided that the individual is employed by us:

    on the date of the closing of the change in control,

    one month prior to our entering into an agreement for sale of our assets, a merger or consolidation or a sale of our share capital described below, provided that the individual is not terminated for gross misconduct prior to the closing of the change in control, or

    one month prior to a change in the composition of our board of directors described below, provided that the individual is not terminated for gross misconduct prior to the closing of the change in control.

        A change of control is defined as:

    a sale of all or substantially all of our assets,

    a merger or consolidation of us in which our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the merger or consolidation no longer represents more than 50% of the total voting power of our voting securities or the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately following the merger or consolidation,

    a sale, transfer or disposition of any part of our share capital to any person that results in that person, together with any other person acting in concert with that person, holding more that 50% of our issued share capital, or

    a change in the composition of our board of directors such that continuing directors (meaning directors serving on our board of directors on July 20, 2004 or who are nominated or elected after July 20, 2004 by at least a majority of the directors who were continuing directors at the time of such nomination or election) cease to be a majority of the members of our board of directors.

63


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        In the year ended July 3, 2004, Bookham Technology plc's compensation committee consisted of Peter Bordui, Joseph Cook and W. Arthur Porter after June 2, 2004 and before June 2, 2004 consisted of David Simpson, Lori Holland and W. Arthur Porter. During the year ended July 3, 2004, no executive officer of Bookham Technology plc served as a director or member of the compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, whose executive officers served on Bookham Technology plc's board of directors or compensation committee.


Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

        The following table shows the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned as of September 10, 2004 by each entity or person who is known to us to own 5% or more of our common stock, each director, each executive officer listed in the Summary Compensation Table above, and all directors and executive officers as a group.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by footnote, to our knowledge, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Common stock purchase warrants and options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 10, 2004 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership of any other person. Applicable percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 33,516,768 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 10, 2004.

        The address of each of our employees, officers and directors is c/o Bookham, Inc., 2584 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California 95134.

 
  Amount and Nature
of Beneficial Ownership

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
  Percent of
Class

5% Stockholders        
Nortel Networks Corporation(1)
8200 Dixie Road
Brampton, Ontario L6T 5P6
Canada
  5,052,630   14.62
Aviva plc
PO Box 89
Surrey Street
Norwich, NR13DR, England
  1,702,621   5.07
Directors and Executive Officers        
Andrew G. Rickman(2)   2,644,250   7.88
David Simpson(3)   75,248   *
Giorgio Anania(4)   401,280   1.18
Liam Nagle(5)   58,414   *
Stephen Abely(6)   89,463   *
Stephen Turley(7)   53,132   *
Michael Scott(8)   18,102   *
Lori Holland(9)   48,666   *
W. Arthur Porter(10)   39,744   *
Robert J. Rickman(11)   119,919   *
Joseph Cook(12)   7,783   *
Peter Bordui(13)   6,150   *
Winston Fu(11)   6,150   *
All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(14)   3,568,301   10.41

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

64


(1)
Includes 1,052,631 shares issuable upon conversion of an unsecured loan note, held by Nortel Networks Corporation. The address of Nortel Networks Corporation is 8200 Dixie Road, Suite 100, Brampton, Ontario L6T SP6, Canada. The information is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed by Nortel Networks Corporation with the SEC on June 24, 2004.

(2)
Includes options to purchase 14,083 shares of common stock.

(3)
Includes options to purchase 51,592 shares of common stock.

(4)
Includes options to purchase 377,517 shares of common stock.

(5)
Consists of options to purchase 58,414 shares of common stock.

(6)
Consists of options to purchase 89,463 shares of common stock.

(7)
Consists of options to purchase 53,132 shares of common stock.

(8)
Consists of options to purchase 18,102 shares of common stock.

(9)
Consists of options to purchase 48,666 shares of common stock.

(10)
Consists of options to purchase 39,744 shares of common stock.

(11)
Former directors of Bookham Technology plc who resigned in September 2004.

(12)
Consists of options to purchase 7,783 shares of common stock.

(13)
Consists of options to purchase 6,150 shares of common stock.

(14)
Includes options to purchase 758,496 shares of common stock.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

        The following table provides information about the securities authorized for issuance under Bookham Technology plc's equity compensation plans as of September 10, 2004:

 
  (a)

  (b)

  (c)

 
Plan category

  Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights(1)

  Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
right(2)

  Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column(a))

 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   3,090,833   $ 21.48   (3)
   
 
 
 
Total   3,090,833   $ 21.48   (3)

(1)
This table excludes an aggregate of 176,283 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options Bookham Technology plc assumed in connection with its acquisition of New Focus in March 2004. The weighted average exercise price of the options as of September 10, 2004 is $23.98.

(2)
No additional shares will be granted under the plans.

65


        The following table provides information about the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, excluding the equity plans of Bookham Technology, as of September 10, 2004:

 
  (a)

  (b)

  (c)

 
Plan category

  Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights(1)

  Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights

  Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column(a))

 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     $   5,000,000 (2)
   
 
 
 
Total     $   5,000,000  

(1)
This table excludes an aggregate of 3,280,227 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options we assumed in connection with the scheme of arrangement pursuant to which Bookham Technology plc became our wholly-owned subsidiary. The weighted average exercise price of the options as of September 10, 2004 was $21.07.

(2)
Includes 500,000 shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 500,000 shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Sharesave Scheme. Also includes 4,000,000 shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other stock-based awards; however, the maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which awards other than options and stock appreciation rights may be granted under the plan is 2,000,000.


Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

        In connection with the acquisition of the optical components business of Marconi Optical Components Limited in February 2002, Bookham Technology plc entered into a non-exclusive supply agreement with Marconi Communications, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marconi plc, under which Marconi Communications agreed to purchase a minimum of $48.2 million of components from Bookham Technology plc over an eighteen-month period beginning in February 2002. Marconi Communications, Inc. is an affiliate of Marconi Optical Components Limited, the holder of 6.28% of Bookham Technology plc's shares as of March 2003 and none of Bookham Technology plc's shares as of December 31, 2003. In January 2003, Bookham Technology plc and Marconi Communications amended the supply agreement to extend its term to December 31, 2003, and to adjust the minimum purchase commitments for 2003. The agreement was further amended in December 2003 to extend the term to June 30, 2004 and to adjust the timing of the minimum purchase commitments. The aggregate minimum purchase commitments under the agreement did not change.

        On September 30, 2002, Bookham Technology plc entered into a director's fee agreement with Ms. Holland. That agreement, which became effective as of August 1, 2002, provided that Ms. Holland will serve both as a member and chair of our Audit Committee. Ms. Holland's fees under this agreement were $40,000 per year.

        In November 2002, Bookham Technology plc entered into a several agreements with Nortel Networks or its affiliates in connection with Bookham Technology plc's acquisition of the optical components business of Nortel Networks. In addition to the 6,100,000 shares of our common stock issued as part of the consideration for the acquisition, Bookham Technology plc also issued warrants over 900,000 shares of our common stock and secured and unsecured loan notes. The following is a brief description of each of these documents.

66


        Relationship Deed: This agreement governs our ongoing relationship with Nortel Networks and provides, among other things, that

        Supply Agreement: In connection with Bookham Technology plc's acquisition from Nortel Networks, Bookham Technology plc entered into a supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks. Under the agreement, Nortel Networks Limited agreed to purchase a minimum of $20 million per quarter, or $120 million total, of optical products and related services from us over a period of six quarters from completion of the transaction on November 8, 2002. If purchases in any quarter of the six quarter term were within 15% of $20 million Nortel Networks Limited was permitted to roll over the shortfall to a succeeding quarter. In addition, over the three years following completion, Nortel Networks Limited has agreed to purchase from us agreed percentages on a product-by-product basis of its total component requirements for the optical components products that were being supplied to Nortel Networks by the optical components business of Nortel Networks (approximately 800 optical component products), subject to our meeting certain customary performance criteria relating to price, quality and delivery, among other things. The individual percentages will vary for each product from year to year and, in the majority of cases, will vary in range from 50% to 100% of Nortel Networks Limited's requirements for these optical component products. In addition, the agreement provides for non-binding target allocations by reference to product portfolios. For the transmitter and receiver product portfolio the target starts at 80%, reducing to 60% at the end of the three year period; for the amplifier product portfolio the target starts at 65% and reduces over the three year period to 50%. The agreement can be terminated by either party following a material breach of the agreement by the other party, following a cure period and after a full dispute resolution process has been followed. It can also be terminated upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of either party. The agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

        Warrants: Bookham Technology plc issued to Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited warrants to purchase 900,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share. Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited transferred this warrant to Nortel Networks UK Limited in September 2004. The warrant was exercised in September 2004.

        Loan Notes: As part of the consideration for Bookham Technology plc's acquisition of the Nortel Networks businesses, Bookham Technology plc issued a secured loan note, in the amount of $30 million, and an unsecured loan note, in the amount of $20 million, to Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited. In September 2004, these notes were transferred to Nortel Networks UK Limited. The $30 million note is guaranteed by a charge over the assets of our principal subsidiaries. In September 2004, Nortel Networks exchanged the $20 million unsecured loan note for a $20 million unsecured loan note that may be converted at any time into shares of our common stock.

        The secured note bears interest at the rate of 7% per year, plus 0.25% per quarter beginning three months after issue, to a maximum of 10% per year, and will be payable in full on the third anniversary

67



of completion, or November 8, 2005. Our obligations under this note are secured by certain collateral, including the assets of the optical components business acquired from Nortel Network Corporation (other than inventory) and certain of our capital equipment. The note must be repaid, in whole or part, at earlier times if certain events take place. In the event of an equity issue or equity-linked financing, we will have to prepay the secured note as follows: 20% of the net proceeds on the first $50 million raised and 40% of the amount by which net proceeds exceed $50 million. In the event of an equity issue or equity-linked financing, we will also have to prepay the unsecured note to the extent that the net proceeds exceed $100 million. If we sell any of the collateral that secures the secured loan note, we will be required to prepay the note to the extent that net proceeds of that sale exceed $30 million. If we experience a change in control, or default on any of our material debt obligations, we are required to prepay both the unsecured and secured notes in full. The unsecured note bears interest at the rate of 4% per year and is payable in full on the fifth anniversary of completion, or November 8, 2007. This note must also be repaid, in part or in full, upon the occurrence of the events described above.

        In the event that Nortel Networks Limited's purchases of optical components from us pursuant to the Supply Agreement exceed a predetermined target amount in any quarter (initially $32 million for the first four quarters from completion and $37 million for the fifth quarter) then Nortel Networks will have the option to make payment of up to 30% of any amounts it owes for such purchases in excess of the applicable target amount by surrendering an equal amount in nominal value of the secured loan note and, if the secured loan note is no longer outstanding, Nortel Networks has the option to make payment of up to 30% of any amounts it owes for purchases in excess of $45 million by surrendering an equal amount in nominal value of the unsecured loan note for the five quarters following completion.

        As of September 10, 2004, Nortel Networks Limited held 2,378,941 shares of our common stock, Nortel Networks Optical Components Limited held 721,058 shares of our common stock and Nortel Networks UK Limited held 900,000 shares of our common stock, which collectively represents approximately 14% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of that date.

        On March 8, 2004, we entered into a chairman's fee agreement with Dr. Andrew Rickman. That agreement, which became effective as of January 1, 2004, sets out the terms on which Dr. Rickman serves as chairman of Bookham. Dr. Rickman's fees under this agreement are $231,000 per year.

        Each of Drs. Anania, Turley and Scott and Messrs. Abely and Nagle has an employment agreement with Bookham Technology plc. We previously had an employment agreement with Dr. Andrew Rickman, which terminated on December 31, 2003. These agreements describe the individual's salary, bonus and other benefits including medical and life insurance coverage, car allowance, vacation and sick days, and pension plan participation. The agreements also contain a prohibition on the use or disclosure of our confidential information, such as trade secrets, patents and customer information, for non-business purposes. Dr. Anania's agreement and Dr. Rickman's terminated agreement contain a non-competition clause prohibiting either from dealing with our customers or prospective customers, and a non-solicitation clause which prohibits Dr. Anania from dealing with certain of our suppliers, prospective suppliers, senior executives, salespersons and other key employees, for a period of twelve months after he has stopped working for us. In addition, Dr. Anania's agreement states that he will not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. The agreements with Dr. Scott and Mr. Nagle contain similar prohibitions, as well as a prohibition on being employed by or otherwise involved with any competitor of ours for a period of six months after these individuals have stopped working for us.

        Our executive officers are elected by our board of directors and serve at its discretion, subject generally to a three or six-month notice provision, except for Dr. Anania, whose employment agreement provides for a one-year notice period. The agreements provide that the notice period does not apply if the officer is being terminated for cause, which is defined to include gross misconduct,

68



conduct that our board of directors determines brings the individuals or us into disrepute, or a serious breach of the employment agreement. Bookham Technology plc's agreement with Dr. Anania automatically terminates when Dr. Anania reaches age 65, and the agreements with Drs. Turley and Scott and Messrs. Abely and Nagle automatically terminate when the individual reaches age 60.


Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services

        During the period ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, Ernst & Young LLP has acted as our independent auditors.

Audit Fees

        Ernst & Young billed us approximately $0.9 million, $1.3 million and $0.8 million for audit services for the period ended July 3, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, including fees associated with the annual audit, consultations on various accounting issues and performance of local statutory audits.

Audit-Related Fees

        Ernst & Young billed us approximately $0, $1.2 million and $1.8 million for audit-related services for the period ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Audit-related services principally include due diligence examinations, as well as assistance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related SEC regulations.

Tax Fees

        Ernst & Young billed us approximately $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0 for tax advice, including fees associated with tax compliance services, tax planning services and other tax consulting services for the period ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

All Other Fees

        Ernst & Young did not bill us for services other than Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees and Tax Fees described above for the period ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

        Prior to the engagement of Ernst & Young each year, the engagement is approved by the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Our Audit Committee has also adopted its own rules of procedure. Our Audit Committee's rules of procedure provide for a process with respect to the prior approval of all services, including non-audit services, to be performed by our independent auditors. In the period ended July 3, 2004, our Audit Committee approved all of the services provided by Ernst & Young.

69



PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

    (a)
    The following documents are filed as part of or are included in this Transition Report on Form 10-K:

    1.
    Financial Statements

1.   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
2.   Consolidated Balance Sheets   F-3
3.   Consolidated Statement of Operations   F-4
4.   Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity   F-5
5.   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows   F-8
6.   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-9
    2.
    Financial Statement Schedules

      Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    3.
    List of Exhibits

        The Exhibits filed as part of this Transition Report on Form 10-K are listed on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such Exhibits, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference. The documents listed on such Exhibit Index, except as otherwise noted, are being filed as exhibits herewith. We have noted on the Exhibit Index that certain documents have, pursuant to Rule 12b-32 promulgated under the Exchange Act, been incorporated by reference from other documents that we have filed with the SEC. Bookham's file number under the Exchange Act is 000-30684. This Exhibit Index also identifies each management or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this report.

    (b)
    Reports on Form 8-K

        None.

70



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K/A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    BOOKHAM, INC.

October 4, 2004

 

By:

/s/  
GIORGIO ANANIA       
Giorgio Anania
Chief Executive Officer


BOOKHAM, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-9

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bookham, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bookham, Inc. as of July 3, 2004 and December 31, 2003, and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the six month period ended July 3, 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bookham, Inc. at July 3, 2004, and December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the six month period ended July 3, 2004 and each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

Reading, England
September 15, 2004

F-2



BOOKHAM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  July 3,
2004

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Assets                    
Current assets:                    
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 116,667   $ 69,340   $ 169,723  
  Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $1,260, $587 and $963 at July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)     13,565     8,875     3,923  
  Amounts due from related parties     15,954     18,864     24,704  
  Inventories (net of provision of $16,424, $16,801 and $23,525 at July 3, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively)     48,339     44,378     38,123  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     17,887     12,248     5,835  
  Assets held for resale     13,908          
   
 
 
 
    Total current assets     226,320     153,705     242,308  
Long-term restricted cash     4,434          
Intangible assets, net     163,802     45,230     42,541  
Property and equipment, net     72,369     70,563     66,767  
Investments     1,100          
   
 
 
 
    Total assets   $ 468,025   $ 269,498   $ 351,616  
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and stockholders' equity                    

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Accounts payable   $ 28,765   $ 19,660   $ 18,336  
  Amounts owed to related parties     628     739     844  
 
Short-term capital lease obligations

 

 

5,131

 

 

417

 

 


 
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     38,351     15,979     27,948  
  Current portion of loans due     53     53     48  
   
 
 
 
    Total current liabilities     72,928     36,848     47,176  

Non-current portion of loans due

 

 

400

 

 

488

 

 

440

 
Non-current portion of loans due to related party     50,000     50,000     50,000  
Long-term capital lease obligation, net of current portion         15      
Other long-term liabilities     14,107     17,752     5,392  
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities     137,435     105,103     103,008  

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common stock:                    
  $0.01 par value; 175,000,000 authorized; 32,612,555, 21,680,901 and 20,495,087 issued and outstanding at July 3, 2004, and December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively     1,772     1,100     1,034  
Additional paid-in capital     916,193     684,561     661,841  
Deferred compensation     (1,354 )   (28 )   (28 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     33,035     30,447     11,699  
Accumulated deficit     (619,056 )   (551,685 )   (425,938 )
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders' equity     330,590     164,395     248,608  
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 468,025   $ 269,498   $ 351,616  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3



BOOKHAM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Six months ended
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  July 3, 2004
  June 29, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
 
External revenues   $ 35,846   $ 18,346   $ 42,457   $ 15,869   $ 14,007  
Revenues from related parties     43,917     49,416     103,740     36,036     17,559  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues     79,763     67,762     146,197     51,905     31,566  
Cost of net revenues     84,415     80,915     156,008     79,055     43,453  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loss     (4,652 )   (13,153 )   (9,811 )   (27,150 )   (11,887 )

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Research and development     26,887     26,469     50,371     50,291     54,423  
  Selling, general and administrative     29,584     18,795     33,849     20,253     19,178  
  Amortization of intangible assets     5,677     4,746     8,487     5,376     2,834  
  In-process research and development     5,890         245     13,132     9,293  
  Restructuring charges     (664 )   7,631     31,392     55,090     81,680  
  Stock-based compensation     104             339     637  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total costs and expenses     67,478     57,641     124,344     144,481     168,045  

Operating loss

 

 

(72,130

)

 

(70,794

)

 

(134,155

)

 

(171,631

)

 

(179,932

)
Other income/(expense):                                
 
Profit on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

5,254

 

 


 

 

3,060

 

 

66

 

 

12

 
  Grant and other income     126     185     32     199     96  
  Interest income     1,871     5,334     9,484     8,693     16,423  
  Interest expense     (1,651 )   (4,579 )   (3,162 )   (681 )   (688 )
  Gain/(loss) on foreign exchange     (1,050 )   1,814     (4,445 )   (1,584 )   (281 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total other income, net     4,550     2,754     4,969     6,693     15,562  

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(67,580

)

 

(68,040

)

 

(129,186

)

 

(164,938

)

 

(164,370

)
Income tax credit     209         3,439          
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (67,371 ) $ (68,040 ) $ (125,747 ) $ (164,938 ) $ (164,370 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per share (basic and diluted)   $ (2.48 ) $ (3.32 ) $ (6.03 ) $ (10.92 ) $ (12.79 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding     27,198,838     20,495,259     20,844,793     15,099,620     12,853,311  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation, as below is excluded from the following categories:                                
  Research and development   $ 28   $   $   $ 24   $ 52  
  Selling, general and administration     76             315     585  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 104   $   $   $ 339   $ 637  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation, as below is included in the following categories:                                
  Cost of net revenues   $ 18   $   $   $ 75   $ 125  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 18   $   $   $ 75   $ 125  
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4



BOOKHAM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional Paid-In Capital
  Notes Receivable
Stockholders

  Deferred Compensation
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Comprehensive
Income

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2001   12,731,747   $ 634   $ 553,553   $   $ (1,204 ) $ 1   $ (96,630 )     $ 456,354  
Refund of VAT on IPO costs               611                       611  
Amortization of deferred stock compensation                   473               473  
Issuance of non-employee stock options in exchange for services                   289               289  
Issuance of shares on the acquisition of Measurement Microsystems A-Z, Inc.   128,230     7     25,735                       25,742  
Issuance of shares upon exercise of common stock options   155,814     7     1,794                       1,801  
Exercise of common stock warrants   250         7                       7  
Comprehensive loss:                                                    
Currency translation adjustment                       (15,031 )     (15,031 )   (15,031 )
Net loss for the period                           (164,370 ) (164,370 )   (164,370 )
                                           
       
Total comprehensive loss                             (179,401 )      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   13,016,041   $ 648   $ 581,700   $   $ (442 ) $ (15,030 ) $ (261,000 )     $ 305,876  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


BOOKHAM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional Paid-In Capital
  Notes Receivable
Stockholders

  Deferred Compensation
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Comprehensive
Income

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2001   13,016,041   $ 648   $ 581,700   $   $ (442 ) $ (15,030 ) $ (261,000 )     $ 305,876  
Conversion of shares in respect of Measurement Microsystems A-Z, Inc.   57,724     2     (2 )                      
Add back of contingent shares in respect of Measurement Microsystems A-Z Inc           267                       267  
Issuance of shares on acquisition of the Marconi Optical Components business   1,289,100     61     27,950                       28,011  
Issuance of shares on acquisition of Nortel Networks Optical Components business   6,100,000     321     44,983                       45,304  
Issuance of warrants on acquisition of Nortel Networks Optical Components business           6,685                       6,685  
Issuance of shares upon exercise of common stock options   32,222     2     186                       188  
Amortization of deferred stock compensation                   290               290  
Issuance of non-employee stock options in exchange for services                   124               124  
Refund of VAT on IPO costs           72                       72  
Comprehensive loss:                                                    
Currency translation adjustment                       26,729       26,729     26,729  
Net loss for the period                           (164,938 ) (164,938 )   (164,938 )
                                           
       
Total comprehensive loss                             (138,209 )      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002   20,495,087     1,034     661,841         (28 )   11,699     (425,938 )       248,608  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
Conversion of shares in respect of Measurement Microsystems A-Z, Inc.   873                                
Issuance of shares on the acquisition of the Cierra Photonics business   307,148     17     3,652                       3,669  
Issuance of shares on the acquisition of Ignis Optics, Inc.   802,082     45     17,703                       17,748  
Issuance of shares upon exercise of common stock options   63,429     3     1,132                       1,135  
Exercise of common stock warrants   12,282     1     233                       234  
Comprehensive loss:                                                    
Unrealized gain on hedging transactions                       274       274     274  
Currency translation adjustment                       18,474       18,474     18,474  
Net loss for the period                           (125,747 ) (125,747 )   (125,747 )
                                           
       
Total comprehensive loss                             (106,999 )      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2003   21,680,901   $ 1,100   $ 684,561   $   $ (28 ) $ 30,447   $ (551,685 )     $ 164,395  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


BOOKHAM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional Paid-In Capital
  Notes Receivable
Stockholders

  Deferred Compensation
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Accumulated
Deficit

  Comprehensive
Income

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2003   21,680,901   $ 1,100   $ 684,561   $   $ (28 ) $ 30,447   $ (551,685 )     $ 164,395  
Conversion of shares in respect of Measurement Microsystems A-Z, Inc.   1,081                                
Issuance of shares on the acquisition of New Focus, Inc.   7,866,600     485     197,225                       197,710  
Issuance of shares on the acquisition of Onetta, Inc.   2,764,030     168     24,540                       24,708  
Issuance of shares upon exercise of common stock options   299,943     19     2,133                       2,152  
Issuance of fully vested stock on the acquisition of New Focus, Inc.           6,286                       6,286  
Assumption of stockholder's notes receivable from acquisition of New Focus Inc.               (1,233 )                 (1,233 )
Assumption of unvested stock options on the acquisition of New Focus, Inc.           1,464         (1,464 )              
Payments received on stockholder's notes receivable               1,233                   1,233  
Amortization of deferred stock compensation, net of cancellations           (16 )       138               122  
Comprehensive loss:                                                    
Unrealized loss on restricted cash                       (16 )     (16 )   (16 )
Unrealized loss on hedging transactions                       (122 )     (122 )   (122 )
Currency translation adjustment                       2,726       2,726     2,726  
Net loss for the period                           (67,371 ) (67,371 )   (67,371 )
                                           
       
Total comprehensive loss                       2,588       (64,783 )      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
Balance at July 3, 2004   32,612,555   $ 1,772   $ 916,193   $   $ (1,354 ) $ 33,035   $ (619,056 )     $ 330,590  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7



BOOKHAM, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Six months ended
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  July 3, 2004
  June 29, 2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
   
  (Unaudited)

   
   
   
 
Cash flows used in operating activities:                                
  Net loss   $ (67,371 ) $ (68,040 ) $ (125,747 ) $ (164,938 ) $ (164,370 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                                
  In-process research and development     5,890         245     13,132     9,293  
  Tax credit recognized for research and development activities             (3,719 )   3,719      
  Write off of investments     44                  
  Depreciation, amortization and impairment     13,455     10,296     21,312     57,702     86,006  
  Stock-based compensation     122             290     473  
  Expense related to stock options issued to non-employees for services                 124     289  
  Gain on sale of property and equipment     (5,254 )       (3,060 )   (66 )   (12 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:                                
  Accounts receivable, net     2,406     4,812     4,087     (21,228 )   11,789  
  Inventories, net     2,790     11,462     19,674     18,952     6,332  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     752     (2,399 )   (2,208 )   (5,521 )   73  
  Accounts payable     6,199     504     (274 )   7,230     (4,516 )
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     (8,135 )   55     (2,517 )   5,906     6,749  
  Unrealized foreign exchange adjustments on loans and hedges     (1,071 )       (5,768 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net cash used in operating activities     (50,173 )   (43,310 )   (97,975 )   (84,698 )   (47,894 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Purchase of intangible assets     (98 )           (138 )   (2,609 )
  Purchase of property and equipment     (6,648 )   (12,416 )   (19,186 )   (15,158 )   (57,450 )
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     5,254         7,105     66     138  
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     95,583         65     (18,090 )   (9,786 )
  Purchase of long term investments     (751 )                
  Proceeds from notes receivable     1,233                  
  Proceeds from restricted cash     (197 )               648  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities     94,376     (12,416 )   (12,016 )   (33,320 )   (69,059 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Cash flows provided by financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock     2,152     10     1,369     188     1,808  
  Repayment of capital lease obligations     (417 )       (227 )   (1,347 )   (1,951 )
  Repayment of loans     (57 )       (49 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities     1,678     10     1,093     (1,159 )   (143 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rate on cash     1,446     (8,589 )   8,515     20,920     (853 )
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     47,327     (64,305 )   (100,383 )   (98,257 )   (117,949 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     69,340     169,723     169,723     267,980     385,929  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 116,667   $ 105,418   $ 69,340   $ 169,723   $ 267,980  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Income taxes paid   $ 11   $   $ 280   $   $  
Cash paid for interest   $ 1,658   $ 1,486   $ 3,131   $ 586   $  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Warrants and shares issued for acquistions   $ 228,704   $   $ 21,417   $ 80,000   $ 26,000  

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8



BOOKHAM, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Description of Business

        Bookham Technology plc was incorporated under the laws of England and Wales on September 22, 1988. On September 10, 2004, pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under the laws of the United Kingdom (the "Scheme"), Bookham Technology plc became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bookham, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Bookham, Inc."). Bookham, Inc. principally designs, manufactures and markets optical components, modules and subsystems for the telecommunications industry. Bookham, Inc. also manufactures high-speed electronic components for the telecommunications, defense and space industries. References to "we," "our," "us" or the "Company" mean Bookham, Inc. and its subsidiaries consolidated business activities since September 10, 2004 and Bookham Technology plc's consolidated business activities prior to September 10, 2004.

    Basis of Presentation

        The Company assumed Bookham Technology plc's financial reporting listing effective September 10, 2004. As a result, management deems Bookham Technology plc's consolidated business activities prior to September 10, 2004 to represent the Company's consolidated business activities as if the Company and Bookham Technology plc historically had been the same entity. The consolidated financial statements include Bookham, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The Company has included the results of operations of acquired entities from the date of acquisition (Note 13).

        Until July 3, 2004, the Company's fiscal year ended on December 31. Effective June 30, 2004, the Company changed its fiscal year end from December 31 to the Sunday closest to June 30. Accordingly, financial statements have been prepared for the six months ended July 3, 2004, and now will be prepared for fifty-two/fifty-three week cycles going forward.

        In connection with the scheme of arrangement, the Company changed its domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States. In addition, the Company changed its functional currency from pounds sterling to the United States dollar with effect from September 10, 2004. The change in functional currency is a result of the change in the principal economic environment in which the Company operates. During the past year, the Company has purchased four companies with primary operations in the United States. As a result of these acquisitions, the Company has continued to increase both its revenues from U.S. customers, as well as its operations and expenses denominated in U.S. dollars. Because of the continuing shift toward business denominated in U.S. dollars, the Company also changed its headquarters to San Jose, California in September 2004.

        The Company's annual reports on Form 20-F for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contained the Company's consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and were denominated in pounds sterling. The consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and June 29, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contained in this Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and have been translated from pounds sterling into

F-9



U. S. dollars using the exchange rates set forth below. Translation differences are recorded in other comprehensive income.

 
  Income statement
  Balance sheet
Year ended December 31, 2001   1.44   1.45
Year ended December 31, 2002   1.50   1.61
Year ended December 31, 2003   1.64   1.78
Six months ended June 29, 2003   1.61   1.66
Six months ended July 3, 2004   1.82   1.82

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, the allowances for doubtful accounts; product return reserves; inventory write-downs and warranty accruals; the useful lives of fixed assets; impairment charges on long-lived assets, goodwill and other intangible assets; losses on facility leases and other charges; and accrued liabilities and other reserves. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at market value . The Company considers all liquid investment securities with an original maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Any realized gains and losses on liquid investment securities are included in other income/(expense) in the consolidated statements of operations.

    Long-term Restricted Cash

        The Company has provided irrevocable letters of credit totaling $4,434,000 as collateral for the performance of its obligations under certain facility lease agreements. The letters of credit expire at various dates through 2007.

    Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined using the first in, first out method) or market value (determined using the estimated net realizable value). The Company plans production based on orders received and forecasted demand and maintains a stock of certain items. The Company must order components and build inventories in advance of product shipments. These production estimates are dependent on the Company's assessment of current and expected orders from its customers, including consideration that orders are subject to cancellation with limited advance notice prior to shipment.

F-10


    Property and Equipment

        The Company records its property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Freehold buildings   Five years
Plant and machinery   Three to five years
Fixtures, fittings and equipment   Three to five years
Computer equipment   Three years

        No depreciation is recorded on land or assets in the course of construction

    Asset Held For Resale

        Assets are classified as held for resale when the Company has a plan for disposal of certain assets and those assets meet the held for sale criteria of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of . The Company has classified freehold land as held for resale which is being actively marketed for sale. This balance is held in the Optics segment (Note 12).

    Long-Lived Assets Including Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets

        The Company reviews property and equipment and certain identifiable intangibles, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of its carrying amounts to future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If property and equipment and certain identifiable intangibles are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair market value. There was no impairment of long-lived assets in the six months ended July 3, 2004.

        The Company has adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually or sooner whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. The Company completed its annual impairment test during the quarter ended July 3, 2004 and found no impairment.

        SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with definite lives be amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset's carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144. The Company is currently amortizing its acquired intangible assets with definite lives over periods ranging from 3 to 16 years. The Company believes no events or changes in circumstances have occurred that would require an impairment test for these assets during the six month period ended July 3, 2004.

    Foreign Currency Translation

        The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date, and revenue and expense amounts are translated at the average rate during the applicable period reflected on the consolidated statements of operations. Foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as other comprehensive income on the consolidated statements of operations.

F-11


        Gains and losses realized from foreign currency transactions, those transactions denominated in currencies other than the Company's functional currency, are recorded on the consolidated statements of operations.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

        SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, requires the Company to recognize all derivatives, such as forward foreign currency contracts, on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value regardless of the purpose for holding the instrument. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through operating results or recognized in other comprehensive income(loss) until the hedged item is recognized in operating results on the consolidated statements of operations.

        For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the purpose of which is to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income(loss) on the consolidated statements of operations and reclassified into operating results in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects operating results. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in current operating results on the consolidated statements of operations during the period of change. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current operating results during the period of change.

        The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and the prices of its common stock. As the business has grown and become multinational in scope, the Company has become subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which the Company collects revenue and pays expenses. The Company engages in currency hedging transactions in an effort to cover any exposure to such fluctuations, and the Company may be required to convert currencies to meet its obligations.

        The Company marks these derivatives to market on a quarterly basis and the changes in fair value are recognized in comprehensive income until the derivative is settled and recognized in operating results. To date, the Company has not entered into any hedges longer than 12 months. For the six months ended July 3, 2004, the Company had a net realized gain of $394,000 relating to hedges that were settled during the first six months of 2004. As at July 3, 2004, the Company had an unrealized gain of $183,000 relating to four hedges that remain outstanding. This amount is included in the balance sheet as part of other current assets. Any unrealized gains are expected to be recognized in the statement of operations in the next 12 months. In 2003, the Company concluded 13 foreign exchange contracts for a total value of $65.0 million. Between January 1, 2004 and July 31, 2004, the Company entered into four foreign exchange contracts amounting to an aggregate of approximately $90.0 million. These contracts expire at various dates between September 2004 and May 2005.

    Advertising Expenses

        The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred. The Company's advertising costs for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $138,000, $0, $197,000 and $616,000, respectively.

F-12


    Revenue Recognition

        Revenue represents the amounts (excluding sales taxes) derived from the provision of goods and services to third-party customers during the period. The Company's revenue recognition policy follows Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements . Specifically, the Company recognizes product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title has transferred, collectibility is reasonably assured, fees are fixed or determinable and there are no uncertainties with respect to customer acceptance. For shipments to new customers and evaluation units, including initial shipments of new products, where the customer has the right of return through the end of the evaluation period, the Company recognizes revenue on these shipments at the end of an evaluation period, if not returned, and when collection is reasonably assured. The Company records a provision for estimated sales returns in the same period as the related revenues are recorded which is netted against revenue. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, other known factors and the Company's return policy.

        The Company recognizes royalty revenue when it is earned and collectibility is reasonably assured. All royalty revenue has been recorded at the time of cash receipt.

        The Company applies the same revenue recognition policy to both of its two segments.

        Shipping and handling costs are included in costs of net revenues.

    Research and Development

        Company-sponsored research and development costs as well as costs related to research and development contracts are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

        The Company recognizes income taxes under the liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and has adopted the disclosure-only alternative of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure . Under the intrinsic value method, the Company has only recorded stock-based compensation resulting from options granted at below fair market value.

F-13


        The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, to stock-based employee compensation data:

 
   
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  Six months
ended July 3,
2004

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands except per share data)

 
Net loss—as reported   $ (67,371 ) $ (125,747 ) $ (164,938 ) $ (164,370 )
Add: Stock-based compensation cost, included in the determination of net income as reported     122         414     762  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation determined under the fair value method for all awards     (6,751 )   (3,710 )   (10,754 )   (10,519 )
   
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net loss   $ (74,000 ) $ (129,457 ) $ (175,278 ) $ (174,127 )
   
 
 
 
 
Loss per share:                          
  Basic and diluted—as reported   $ (2.48 ) $ (6.03 ) $ (10.92 ) $ (12.79 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Basic and diluted—pro forma   $ (2.72 ) $ (6.21 ) $ (11.61 ) $ (13.55 )
   
 
 
 
 

        The weighted average fair value of stock options granted at fair market value during the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $1.14, $2.08, $1.23, and $3.14, respectively. The weighted-average fair value for stock options granted were calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following assumptions:

 
  2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Volatility   194 % 147 % 191 % 196 %
Weighted-average estimated life   4.1 years   3.8 years   5.40 years   3.78 years  
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate   2.9 % 3.4 % 4.3 % 5.0 %
Dividend yield          

    Comprehensive Loss

        For the six months ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company's comprehensive loss is comprised of its net loss, unrealized gains on the Company's hedging instruments, foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized holding losses on restricted cash. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  July 3, 2004
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Unrealized gains on the Company's hedging instruments   $ 153   $ 274   $   $  
Currency translation adjustment     32,898     30,173     11,699     (15,030 )
Unrealized holding losses on restricted cash     (16 )            
   
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   $ 33,035   $ 30,447   $ 11,699   $ (15,030 )
   
 
 
 
 

F-14


    Scheme of Arrangement

        On August 16, 2004 at an extraordinary general meeting, the Company's shareholders approved the scheme of arrangement pursuant to which, effective September 10, 2004, Bookham Technology plc became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bookham, Inc. Pursuant to the scheme of arrangement, Bookham Technology plc ordinary shares were exchanged for shares of common stock of Bookham, Inc. on a ten for one basis. All references in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto with respect to the number of shares, per share amounts and market prices have been restated to reflect the scheme of arrangement.

    Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications have been made to fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001 balances to conform to the July 3, 2004 presentation. These classifications have no impact on the Company's loss from operations or net loss.

2.     Concentration of Revenues and Credit and Other Risks

        The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with and in the custody of financial institutions with high credit standing and, by policy, limits the amounts invested with any one institution, type of security and issuer.

        For the six months ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, transactions with Nortel Networks accounted for approximately 46%, 59%, 31% and 41%, respectively, of the Company's total revenues. For the six months ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, transactions with Marconi Communications accounted for approximately 9%, 13%, 38% and 15%, respectively, of the Company's total revenues. These revenues were generated in the Company's Optics segment.

        For the six months ended July 3, 2004 and years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, no other customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's total revenues. At July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, Nortel Networks accounted for 39%, 55% and 47% of the Company's gross accounts receivable balance, respectively. At July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, Marconi Communications accounted for 15%, 13% and 39% of the Company's gross accounts receivable balance, respectively. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and does not typically require collateral or guarantees.

        Trade receivables are recorded at the invoiced value. Allowances for uncollectible trade receivables are based upon historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with specific problem accounts.

F-15



3.     Property, Plant and Equipment

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  July 3, 2004
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Freehold land   $ 7,486   $ 20,924   $ 20,529  
Freehold buildings     29,508     11,100     9,187  
Plant and machinery     52,969     74,187     61,603  
Fixtures, fittings and equipment     2,502     4,822     8,027  
Computer equipment     10,538     9,875     6,564  
   
 
 
 
      103,003     120,908     105,910  
Less accumulated depreciation     (30,634 )   (50,345 )   (39,143 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 72,369   $ 70,563   $ 66,767  
   
 
 
 

        Depreciation expense was $7,755,000, $9,222,000, $11,759,000 and $12,040,000 for the six months ended July 3, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

4.     Inventories

        Inventories consist of the following:

 
   
  December 31,
 
  July 3, 2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands)

Raw materials   $ 30,880   $ 23,816   $ 8,940
Work-in-progress     9,004     11,876     12,160
Finished goods     8,455     8,686     17,023
   
 
 
    $ 48,339   $ 44,378   $ 38,123
   
 
 

        Inventory is valued at the cost to acquire or manufacture the product less reserves of the inventory which prove to be unsaleable. The manufacturing cost will include the cost of the components purchased to produce products, the related labor and overhead. On a monthly basis, inventory is reviewed to determine if it is believed to be saleable. Products may be unsaleable because they are technically obsolete, due to substitute products or specification changes or because the Company holds an excessive amount of inventory relative to customer forecasts. Inventory is currently reserved using methods that take these factors into account. In addition, if it is determined that cost is greater than selling price then inventory is written down to the selling price less costs to complete and sell the product.

F-16



5.     Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:

 
   
  December 31,
 
  July 3, 2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands)

Accounts payable accruals   $ 5,538   $ 7,734   $ 7,855
Compensation related accruals     10,831     3,768     3,742
Other accruals     8,532     4,458     16,351
Current proportion of provisions     13,450     19    
   
 
 
    $ 38,351   $ 15,979   $ 27,948
   
 
 

Other long term liabilities consist of the following:

 
   
  December 31,
 
  July 3, 2004
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands)

Warranty provision   $ 754   $ 5,042   $ 1,752
Environmental provision     1,132     2,253     2,038
Restructuring provisions     12,221     8,252    
Pension costs provisions         1,121     1,602
Other provisions         1,084    
   
 
 
    $ 14,107   $ 17,752   $ 5,392
   
 
 

F-17


Movements in Provision for liabilities and charges are summarized below

 
  Provision for
warranties

  Environmental
provision

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
At January 1, 2002   $   $  
  Arising during the year     87      
  Arising on acquisition     1,545     1,899  
  Foreign exchange movements     120     139  
  Paid during the year          
   
 
 
At December 31, 2002     1,752     2,038  
  Released during the year          
  Fair value adjustment     1,968      
  Arising during the year     846      
  Arising on acquisition     65      
  Foreign exchange movements     430     215  
  Paid during the year          
   
 
 
At December 31, 2003     5,061     2,253  
Short-term portion     5,042     2,253  
Long-term portion     19        

At December 31, 2003

 

 

5,061

 

 

2,253

 
  Released during the year     (1,096 )   (1,171 )
  Arising on acquisition     569      
  Fair value adjustment          
  Foreign exchange movements     155     50  
  Paid during the year     (83 )    
   
 
 
At July 3, 2004     4,606     1,132  
Short-term portion     3,852      
Long-term portion     754     1,132  
   
 
 
    $ 4,606   $ 1,132  
   
 
 

    Provision for warranties

        The Company accrues for the estimated costs to provide warranty services at the time revenue is recognized. The Company's estimate of costs to service it's warranty obligations is based on historical experience and expectation of future conditions. To the extent the Company experiences increased warranty claim activity or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, the Company warranty costs will increase resulting in increases to gross loss.

    Environmental Provision

        The Company has provided for potential environmental liabilities at sites where the Company could be required to remove asbestos from its facilities following a change in U.K. legislation. The Company has an undiscounted provision relating to potential costs of future remediation works of $1,132,000 at July 3, 2004. The provision is expected to be utilized between 2005 and 2007. Following a review of potential soil contamination liabilities during the period, $1,171,000 was released from the provision during the six months ended July 3, 2004.

F-18


6.     Commitments and Contingencies

    Operating Leases

        The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates from 2005 through 2011. Net rent expense for these leases aggregated $1,998,000, $5,565,000, $4,463,000 and $3,522,00 for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        The Company's future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

For Fiscal Year Ending on or about June 30,      
2005   $ 13,531
2006     12,562
2007     10,438
2008     2,444
2009     1,202
Thereafter     2,230
   
  Total   $ 42,407
   

        Included in future minimum lease payments above is approximately $16,815,000 related to unoccupied facilities as a result of the Company's restructuring activities. As of July 3, 2004, the aggregate future minimum sublease income to be received under non-cancelable subleases totaled approximately $700,000.

        Through its acquisitions, the Company has become party to capital lease arrangements to obtain equipment for its operations. These agreements are typically for three years, with interest rates ranging from 9 percent to 10 percent per year. The leases are secured by the underlying equipment.

        Future minimum lease payments under capital leases in effect at July 3, 2004 are as are as follows (in thousands):

2005   $ 5,133  
   
 
Total minimum lease payments     5,133  
Less: amount representing interest     (2 )
   
 
Present value of capital lease obligations     5,131  
Less: current portion     (5,131 )
   
 
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion   $  
   
 

The amount of property, plant and equipment leased under capital leases was recorded at fair value upon acquisition. The fair value of this property, plant and equipment was $1,665,000 at July 3, 2004. Accumulated amortization to date has not been significant.

    Guarantees

        The Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including

F-19


Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and a rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34 ("FIN 45") effective December 31, 2002. The Company has the following financial guarantees:

    The purchase agreement between the Company and Cierra Photonics, Inc. (see Note 13) contains an indemnity clause whereby should a previously filed lawsuit against Cierra Photonics result in payment by Cierra Photonics, the Company would be liable for a maximum of $1.0 million related to any settlement payout. The Company had accrued the amount of this guarantee as representing the most probable outcome as determined by management as of December 31, 2003. This amount was settled during the six months ended July 3, 2004 with the payment of full $1.0 million under the indemnity.

    In connection with the sale by New Focus, Inc. of its passive component line to Finisar, Inc., New Focus agreed to indemnify Finisar for claims related to the intellectual property sold to Finisar. This indemnification expires in May 2009 and has no maximum liability. In connection with the sale by New Focus of its tunable laser technology to Intel Corporation, New Focus has indemnified Intel against losses for certain intellectual property claims. This indemnification expires in May 2008 and has a maximum liability of $7.0 million. The Company does not expect to pay out any amounts in respect of this indemnification, therefore no accrual has been made for this indemnification.

    In connection with the sale by the Company of JCA Technology, Inc. to Endwave Corporation on July 21, 2004, the Company agreed to indemnify Endwave Corporation against losses arising from breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in the purchase agreement and for certain claims arising from non-compliance with environmental laws prior to the closing date. This indemnification expires on the later of one year from closing, or on July 21, 2005 and has a $2.5 million maximum liability.

    The Company indemnifies its directors and certain employees as permitted by law. Indemnification covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. The Company has not recorded a liability associated with these indemnification agreements as the Company historically has not incurred any costs associated with such indemnifications. Costs associated with such indemnifications may be mitigated by insurance coverage that the Company maintains.

    The Company also has indemnification clauses in various contracts that it enters into in the normal course of business, such as those issued by its bankers in favor of several of its suppliers or indemnification in favor of customers in respect of liabilities they may incur as a result of purchasing the Company's products should such products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. The Company has not historically paid out any amounts related to these indemnifications and does not expect to in the future, therefore no accrual has been made for these indemnifications.

    Litigation

        On June 26, 2001, a putative securities class action captioned Lanter v. New Focus, Inc. et al., Civil Action No. 01-CV-5822, was filed against New Focus, Inc. and several of its officers and directors, or the Individual Defendants, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Also named as defendants were Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Chase Securities, Inc., U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, Inc. and CIBC World Markets Corp., or the Underwriter Defendants, the underwriters in New Focus's initial public offering. Three subsequent lawsuits were filed containing

F-20


substantially similar allegations. These complaints have been consolidated. On April 19, 2002, plaintiffs filed an Amended Class Action Complaint, described below, naming as defendants the Individual Defendants and the Underwriter Defendants.

        On November 7, 2001, a Class Action Complaint was filed against Bookham and others in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an Amended Class Action Complaint. The Amended Complaint names as defendants Bookham, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and FleetBoston Robertson Stephens, Inc., two of the underwriters of Bookham's initial public offering in April 2000, and Andrew G. Rickman, Stephen J. Cockrell and David Simpson, each of whom was an officer and/or director at the time of the initial public offering.

        The Amended Complaints assert claims under certain provisions of the securities laws of the United States. They allege, among other things, that the prospectuses for Bookham's and New Focus's initial public offerings were materially false and misleading in describing the compensation to be earned by the underwriters in connection with the offerings, and in not disclosing certain alleged arrangements among the underwriters and initial purchasers of ordinary shares, in the case of Bookham, or common stock, in the case of New Focus, from the underwriters. The Amended Complaints seek unspecified damages (or in the alternative rescission for those class members who no longer hold ordinary shares, in the case of Bookham or common stock, in the case of New Focus), costs, attorneys' fees, experts' fees, interest and other expenses. In October 2002, the individual defendants were dismissed, without prejudice, from the action. In July 2002, all defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the Amended Complaint. The motion was denied as to Bookham Technology plc and New Focus in February 2003. Special committees of the board of directors authorized the companies to negotiate a settlement of pending claims substantially consistent with a memorandum of understanding negotiated among class plaintiffs, all issuer defendants and their insurers. The parties have negotiated a settlement which is subject to approval by the court. We believe we and New Focus have meritorious defenses and indemnification rights to the claims made in the Amended Complaint and we therefore believe that such claims will not have a material effect on our financial position.

        A stipulation of settlement for the claims against the issuer defendants, including the Company, has been submitted to the Court for preliminary approval. Under the stipulation of settlement, the plaintiffs will dismiss and release all claims against participating defendants in exchange for a contingent payment guaranty by the insurance companies collectively responsible for insuring the issuers in all the related cases, and the assignment or surrender to the plaintiffs of certain claims the issuer defendants may have against the underwriters. Under the guaranty, the insurers will be required to pay the amount, if any, by which $1.0 billion exceeds the aggregate amount ultimately collected by the plaintiffs from the underwriter defendants in all the cases. There is no guarantee that the settlement will become effective, as it is subject to a number of conditions, including Court approval.

        On February 13, 2002, Howard Yue, the former sole shareholder of Globe Y Technology, Inc., a company acquired by New Focus in February 2001, filed a lawsuit against New Focus and several of its officers and directors in Santa Clara County Superior Court. The lawsuit is captioned Howard Yue v. New Focus, Inc. et al, Case No. CV808031, and asserts claims stemming from New Focus's acquisition of Globe Y. The plaintiff has amended his complaint several times following the Court's dismissal of his earlier complaints. Currently, the plaintiff's third amended complaint alleges eight causes of action against New Focus: violation of §25400 and §25500 of the California Corporations Code; violation of §§1709-1710 of the California Civil Code; violation of §17200 and §17500 of the California Business & Professions Code; fraud and deceit by concealment; fraud and deceit by active concealment; fraud and deceit based upon non-disclosure of material facts; negligent misrepresentation; and breach of contract

F-21



and the duty of good faith and fair dealing. The complaint seeks unspecified economic, punitive, and exemplary damages, prejudgment interest, costs, and equitable and general relief.

        On October 6, 2003, New Focus filed a cross-complaint against Mr. Yue seeking damages arising from Mr. Yue's misrepresentations to New Focus in the acquisition of Globe Y by New Focus. Discovery is ongoing in both the lawsuit by Mr. Yue and New Focus's cross-complaint. New Focus has certain counterclaims against Mr. Yue as well as the following defenses against Mr. Yue's claims: the doctrines of estoppel, waiver and consent; plaintiff's coming to the action with unclean hands; plaintiff's breach of contract; plaintiff's failure to fulfill any contractual conditions precedent; plaintiff's failure to mitigate damages, if any; plaintiff's negligence; the lack of an existence of a fiduciary or confidential relationship with the plaintiff; the causing of plaintiff's damages, if any, by intervening events; and plaintiff's fraudulent conduct. New Focus intends to conduct a vigorous defense of this lawsuit.

        On or about January 30, 2004, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia against Bookham, certain individuals affiliated with Bookham, Goldman Sachs, Goldman Sachs International, Robertson Stephens, Robertson Stephens International, Julius Baer & Company Ltd., Dexia PrivatBank Switzerland, Swiss Partners Investment Network Ltd., or Spin, and certain individuals affiliated with Spin. The complaint is captioned Defries v. Bookham, et al., Case No. 1:04-CV-00054. The suit purports to allege that defendants violated the federal securities laws in connection with Bookham's initial public offering conducted on or about April 11, 2000, Bookham's follow-on public offering conducted on or about September 19, 2000, and the trading of Bookham's shares in the aftermarket from the date of the initial public offering through December 6, 2000. The complaint purports to allege violations of Sections 3(a)(8), 5, 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. It purports to incorporate allegations made by plaintiffs in the IPO laddering litigation described above. The suit purports to seek damages in the sum of at least $25,000,000.00, fees and costs. On May 20, 2004, the plaintiff filed a motion seeking to extend the deadline for service of the complaint until September 17, 2004. The court granted plaintiff's motion on May 21, 2004. The complaint has not been served, and we have not responded to the complaint. We are unable to predict the outcome of this suit and its ultimate effect, if any, on our financial condition; however, our defense against this suit may result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

7.     Restructuring

        The Company has implemented a restructuring plan as a result of the acquisitions made by the Company and the significant downturn in the market during this period. This restructuring plan is designed to reduce our annual operating expenses and cost structure. Included in the plan were costs related to severance pay, write-down of the carrying value of equipment used by terminated employees, office closures and the termination of certain office leases. All restructuring charges were incurred within the Company's Optics segment.

F-22



        The following table summarizes the activity related to the restructuring liability for the six months ended July 3, 2004:

 
  Accrued
restructuring
costs at
January 1,
2004

  Amounts
assumed on
acquisition

  Amounts
charged to
restructuring
costs and
other

  Amounts
reversed

  Amounts paid
or written off

  Accrued
restructuring
costs at
July 3,
2004

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Lease cancellations and commitments   $ 5,030   $ 16,815   $   $ (1,953 ) $ (765 ) $ 19,127  
Termination payments to employees and related costs     3,222     24     1,411     (122 )   (2,957 )   1,578  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total restructure accrual and other   $ 8,252   $ 16,839   $ 1,411   $ (2,075 ) $ (3,722 ) $ 20,705  
   
 
 
 
 
       
Less non-current accrued restructuring charges                                   (12,221 )
                                 
 
Accrued restructuring charges included within other accrued liabilities                                 $ 8,484  
                                 
 

        The following table summarizes the activity related to the restructuring liability for the year ended December 31, 2003:

 
  Accrued
restructuring
costs at
January 1, 2003

  Amounts charged
to restructuring
costs and other

  Amounts paid
or written off

  Accrued
restructuring costs
at December 31,
2003

 
  (in thousands)

Lease cancellations and commitments   $ 2,898   $ 6,703   $ (4,571 ) $ 5,030
Termination payments to employees and related costs     1,127     20,888     (18,793 )   3,222
Write-off on disposal of assets and related costs     4,830     3,801     (8,631 )  
   
 
 
 
Total restructure accrual and other   $ 8,855   $ 31,392   $ (31,995 ) $ 8,252
   
 
 
     
Less non-current accrued restructuring charges                      
                     
Accrued restructuring charges included within other accrued liabilities                     $ 8,252
                     

        The following table summarizes the activity related to the restructuring liability for the year ended December 31, 2002:

 
  Accrued
restructuring
costs at
January 1, 2002

  Amounts charged
to restructuring
costs and other

  Amounts paid
or written off

  Accrued
restructuring costs
at December 31,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Lease cancellations and commitments   $   $ 7,690   $ (4,792 ) $ 2,898  
Termination payments to employees and related costs         3,750     (2,623 )   1,127  
Write-off on disposal of assets and related costs         43,650     (38,820 )   4,830  
   
 
 
 
 
Accrued restructuring charges included within other accrued liabilities   $   $ 55,090   $ (46,235 )   8,855  
   
 
 
       
Less non-current accrued restructuring charges                       (8,855 )
                     
 
Accrued restructuring charges included within other accrued liabilities                     $  
                     
 

F-23


    Lease cancellations and commitments

        Due to the closure of certain sites at costs less than initially anticipated, the Company reversed approximately $1,953,000 for the six months ended July 3, 2004. The Company incurred closure costs of approximately $6,703,000 and $7,690,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for facilities consolidated or closed in Canada, the U.S. and the U.K. These closure costs reflect the remaining contractual obligations under facility leases. On acquiring New Focus the Company assumed approximately $16,815,000 of lease committments in respect of facilities it was not going to use.

    Termination payments to employees and related costs

        The Company incurred restructuring charges of approximately $1,289,000, $20,888,000 and $3,750,000 for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for the termination of 100, 400 and 200 employees as separation pay. The separation payments were accrued and charged to restructuring costs in the period that both the benefit amounts were determined and such amounts were communicated to the affected employees. The employee reductions occurred in all areas of the Company. As of July 3, 2004, all of the employees to be terminated had been notified and the majority of these terminations had been completed.

    Write-off on disposal of assets and related costs

        The Company incurred restructuring charges of approximately $0, $3,801,000 and $43,650,000 for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, related to the carrying values of equipment abandoned at the Milton U.K. facility in connection with the restructuring. Included in the assets disposed of and charged to restructuring costs are office equipment and manufacturing equipment.

8.     Employee Benefit Plan

        In the United States, the Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan that allows voluntary contributions by eligible employees, who may elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed under the U.S. Internal Revenue Service regulations. The Company made 25% matching contributions (up to a maximum of $2,000 per eligible employee per year) and recognized costs of $140,000, $101,000, $18,000 and $81,000 for these matching provisions in the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Defined benefit pension scheme.

        The Company also has a defined benefit pension plan for certain employees of Bookham (Switzerland) AG. The plan covers four current employees and three pensioners.

        The plan assets as of July 3, 2004 consists of (in thousands):

Covering capital   $ 3,862
Accumulated profit shares     275
Accumulated leaving profits     160
Free reserves     795
Other assets     2
   
Total plan assets   $ 5,094
   

F-24


        The actuarial basis for the obligations was based on the following assumptions:

Actuarial Method   The calculated cost shown in the report are computed using the projected unit credit cost method.
Discount rate   An annual discount rate of 3.75% has been applied.
Expected return on plan assets   Expected net return of 4.5% across all investments.
Salary increase   2% per annum.
Pension increase   Currently estimated at 0%.
Mortality and disability   As per Swiss Federal Pension Fund tables.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 87, Employers' Accounting for Pensions , the following disclosure is required with respect to the Bookham (Switzerland) AG pension plan.

Balance Sheet

 
  July 3, 2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Market value of plan assets   $ 5,092  
Projected benefit obligation     (5,821 )
   
 
Fund status     (729 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss     (385 )
   
 
Net liability     (1,114 )
   
 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

(5,223

)
   
 

        In August 2004, the members of the Bookham (Switzerland) AG pension plan accepted revised terms and conditions under an existing defined contribution plan and agreed to leave this plan. Hence the plan is now in the process of being liquidated.

    Other pension schemes

        The Company pays contributions into the Company's defined contribution pension scheme for directors and employees. The Company also has a defined contribution plan for the benefit of one director. The Company's contributions to the plans are charged to the profit and loss account in the year they which they relate. The Company does not accept any responsibility for the benefit gained from these schemes. Accordingly, the Company has no other liability in respect of these pension arrangements. There were $859,000, $696,000 and $989,000 in respect of payments due to pension plans at July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

F-25


9.     Income Taxes

        The Company's income tax credit consists of the following:

 
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  Six months ended
July 3, 2004

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands)

Current:                        
  Federal   $   $   $   $
  State                
  Foreign     (209 )   (3,439 )      
   
 
 
 
      (209 )   (3,439 )      
   
 
 
 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Federal                
  State                
   
 
 
 
                 
   
 
 
 
    $ (209 ) $ (3,439 ) $   $
   
 
 
 

        The difference between the provision/benefit) for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate (34%) to loss before provision for income taxes is explained below:

 
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  Six months ended
July 3, 2004

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Tax benefit at federal statutory rate   $ (22,977 ) $ (43,923 ) $ (56,079 ) $ (55,886 )
Domestic Loss for which no tax benefit is currently recognizable     2,891                
Foreign research & development credits     (209 )   (3,720 )        
Foreign losses with no current benefit     20,086     43,923     56,079     55,886  
Foreign capital taxes         281          
   
 
 
 
 
  Total benefit   $ (209 ) $ (3,439 ) $   $  
   
 
 
 
 

F-26


    Deferred taxation

        Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows:

        Deferred tax comprises the following:

 
   
  December 31,
 
 
  July 3,
2004

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Deferred tax assets:                    
Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 168,605   $ 128,703   $ 83,796  
Excess of taxation value over book value of fixed assets     43,434     46,120     38,149  
Inventory valuation     1,840          
Accruals and reserves     1,550          
Other deferred tax assets     5,130          
   
 
 
 
Gross deferred tax assets     220,559     174,823     121,945  
Deferred tax liabilities:                    
  Stock option compensation     (210 )        
  Purchased intangible assets     (3,700 )        
   
 
 
 
Gross deferred tax liabilities     (3,910 )        
   
 
 
 
      216,649     174,823     121,945  
Valuation allowance     (216,649 )   (174,823 )   (121,945 )
   
 
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 

        The valuation allowance increased by $41,826,000, $52,878,000 and $56,959,000 for the periods ended July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

        Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of such assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company's historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in all prior fiscal periods, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

        As of July 3, 2004, the Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $415 million. It has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $80,000,000 and $40,000,000, respectively, for tax purposes which are subject to an estimated annual limitation of approximately $4,000,000 as a result of the acquisition of New Focus by Bookham. The U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2005 through 2023, if not utilized. The foreign net operating loss carryforwards do not expire.

        Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitations due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code, similar state provisions and various foreign legislatures. The domestic annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards before utilization

F-27



10.   Stockholder's Equity

        At July 3, 2004, the Company had the following employee stock option schemes:

1995 Employee Share Option Scheme

        Pursuant to the 1995 Employee Stock Option Scheme, the Company granted options to purchase common stock during the period from July 10, 1995 to September 29, 1998. At July 3, 2004, there were no options authorized for future issuance under this scheme and there were outstanding options to purchase 60,544 shares of common stock. During the six months ended July 3, 2004, options to purchase 240 shares of common stock were exercised under this scheme. The options expire ten years after the date of grant and are exercisable to the extent vested. Vesting generally occurs at the rate of one-third each at 18 months, 30 months and 42 months after the date of grant. The scheme has not been approved by the U.K. Inland Revenue.

1998 Employee Share Option Scheme

        Pursuant to the 1998 Employee Share Option Scheme, the Company granted options to purchase shares of Company common stock to employees, officers and consultants. The options expire ten years after the date of grant and are exercisable to the extent vested. Vesting generally occurs at the rate of one-third each at 18 months, 30 months and 42 months after the date of grant; or at the rate of one quarter after 12 months with the remaining three-quarters vesting monthly over the next 36 months. Certain options are capable of earlier vesting if certain defined performance targets are met. During the six month period ending July 3, 2004, options to purchase 13,872 shares of common stock were exercised. At July 3, 2004, there were options to purchase 2,926,631 shares of Company common stock outstanding. The Company does not intend to grant additional options under the scheme. The scheme has not been approved by the U.K. Inland Revenue.

2001 Approved Employee Stock Option Scheme

        Pursuant to the 2001 Approved Employee Stock Option Scheme, the Company granted options to purchase shares of Company common stock to executive directors and employees. Options were granted at the discretion of the board, and certain options may vest upon the achievement of pre-defined performance conditions. Options vest between three and ten years from date of grant. At July 3, 2004, there were no options outstanding under this scheme. The Company does not intend to grant additional options under the scheme. The scheme has been approved by the UK Inland Revenue.

2001 Approved Sharesave Scheme

        Pursuant to the 2001 Approved Sharesave Scheme, the Company granted options to purchase common stock to all full time directors and all employees with five years service or such shorter period as the board determines and those that the board deems appropriate. Options issued under the scheme are dependent on the savings made by the employee and the option price, determined by the board, was not less than 85% of the mid-market price of the Company's common stock on the date proceeding the date which the employees were invited to apply for options. Options are normally exercisable for three to five years from the commencement of the savings contract established by the employee. During the six months ended July 3, 2004, options to purchase 3,626 shares of common stock were exercised under the scheme. At July 3, 2004, options to purchase 13,194 shares of common stock were outstanding. The Company does not intend to grant additional options under the scheme. The scheme has been approved by the U.K. Inland Revenue.

F-28



        Following the acquisition on March 8, 2004, of New Focus, the Company assumed stock option agreements under the stock option plans set out below:

1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan

        Pursuant to the New Focus 1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan, stock options and non-statutory stock options were authorized for grant to employees, directors and consultants. Options and stock purchase rights were authorized for grant to employees and consultants provided that incentive stock options were only authorized for grant to employees. Options were authorized for grant to purchase common stock at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the stock at the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. Generally, options vest over the five years and expire after ten years. The normal vesting schedule for options includes an initial vesting equal to 20% of the underlying shares after the first year of service and monthly vesting of the remaining shares over the next four years. During the six months ended July 3, 2004, options to purchase 18,871 shares of common stock were exercised. At July 31, 2004, there were no options outstanding that had been granted under this plan. No further grants will be made under the plan.

2000 Stock Plan

        Pursuant to the New Focus 2000 Stock Plan stock options to purchase shares of the common stock were authorized for grant to employees, directors and consultants. During the six months ended July 3, 2004, options to purchase 255,524 shares of common stock that had been granted under the plan were exercised. At July 3, 2004, there were outstanding options to purchase 206,243 shares of common stock. No further grants will be made under the plan.

2000 Director Option Plan

        Pursuant to the New Focus 2000 Director Option plan, stock options were authorized for automatic grant to non-employee directors of New Focus. The plan generally provided for an automatic initial grant to purchase 2,500 shares of common stock to each non-employee director on the date when the person first becomes a non-employee director. In addition, upon the date of each stockholders' meeting subsequent to the date of each non-employee director's initial grant, each non-employee director was further automatically granted an option to purchase 500 shares of common stock. During the six months ended July 3, 2004, options to purchase 7,810 shares of common stock that had been granted under the plan were exercised. At July 3, 2004, there were no options outstanding that had been granted under this plan. No further grants will be made under the plan.

Exchangeable shares issued in connection with the acquisition of Measurement Microsystems A-Z, Inc.

        In connection with the acquisition of Measurement Microsystems A-Z , Inc. ("MM") in 2001, the Company issued exchangeable shares to the MM stockholders. The exchangeable shares were issued by Bookham Exchange, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The exchangeable shares were non-voting, preferred shares which were convertible at any time into shares of Bookham Technology plc, the then parent company of Bookham Exchange, Inc. During the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, MM stockholders exchanged 1,081, 873, 57,724 and 0 shares, respectively.

F-29



Stock compensation expense

        The Company granted stock options to certain employees at exercise prices below the fair market value of the underlying ordinary shares at the date of grant during 1997. The intrinsic value of these options has been charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight line basis over the vesting period of the options. The stock compensation expense related to these options was $0, $0, $290,000 and $473,000 during the six months ended July 3, 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        As part of the acquisition of New Focus, the Company granted New Focus employees 605,797 shares of common stock in connection with the assumption of outstanding options. At July 3, 2004, the intrinsic value of the stock options which relate to future services totaled $1,354,000. The Company recognized $122,000 in stock compensation during the six months ended July 3, 2004 related to these options.

Warrants and stock options issued to non-employees

        During 1999, the Company granted stock options to three consultants to purchase 34,560 shares of common stock under the 1998 Scheme, expiring ten years from date of grant. These options vested upon completion of specified performance requirements, all of which were met in the year ended 31 December 2000. Options to purchase 4,000 shares of common stock were exercised in the six month period to July 3, 2004 and as at July 3, 2004, options to purchase 30,560 shares of common stock remained outstanding. 28,880 of these options have an exercise price of $19.71 per share and 1,680 of these options have an exercise price of $21.84 per share.

        During 1999, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock to a leasing company. These shares were immediately exercisable. In 2003, 12,282 shares were exercised in respect of this warrant. At July 3, 2004, 844 shares to purchase common stock pursuant to this warrant remained outstanding.

        In 2002, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 900,000 shares of common stock to Nortel Networks as part of the purchase price for the acquisition of the optical components business of Nortel Networks. The Company valued the warrants issued to Nortel Networks at $6,685,000 based on the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of the announcement date of the acquisition. At July 3, 2004 the warrant was outstanding; however, the warrant was exercised in full on September 7, 2004.

        During 2002, the Company granted stock options to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock under the 1998 Scheme to one consultant, 2,500 of these options vested immediately and the remaining 37,500 may only vest upon completion of specified performance criteria relating to the operation of the business unit to which the consultant was consulting. None of these options had been exercised as at July 3, 2004. The Company valued the options to non-employees using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of these options was $124,000.

        During 2003, the Company assumed warrants to purchase 4,880 shares of common stock as part of the terms of acquisition of Ignis Optics. The warrants, which have an exercise price of $40.00 per share, are exercisable immediately and expire in April 2011. None of these warrants was exercised during the period ended July 3, 2004 and as of July 3, 2004, 4,880 remained outstanding.

F-30



        A summary of the share option movements is given below:

 
  Options
outstanding

  Weighted average
exercise price

Outstanding at January 1, 2001   1,202,839   $ 77.90
  Granted   655,919     38.04
  Exercised   (155,814 )   6.37
  Cancelled   (296,911 )   136.68
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001   1,407,033     60.24
  Granted   1,071,541     15.65
  Exercised   (32,222 )   7.10
  Cancelled   (258,434 )   65.34
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002   2,187,918     33.85
  Granted   993,363     21.11
  Exercised   (63,429 )   19.84
  Cancelled   (576,930 )   51.14
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003   2,540,922     26.57
  Granted   640,195     11.56
  Assumed on acquisition of New Focus   605,797     2.90
  Exercised   (299,943 )   9.41
  Cancelled   (280,359 )   27.05
   
 
Outstanding as at July 3, 2004   3,206,612   $ 15.21
   
 

F-31


        The following summarizes option information relating to outstanding options under all of the Company's stock plans as of July 3, 2004:

 
  Options Outstanding
  Options Exerciseable
Range of Exercise
Prices

  Number Outstanding
  Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted Average
Exercise Price

  Number Exerciseable
  Weighted Average
Exerciseable Price

$3.25-$6.00   70,686   8.14   $ 4.84   31,060   $ 4.84
$6.40-$7.75   3,777   8.31   $ 7.34   1,615   $ 7.09
$8.90-$9.85   94,513   9.68   $ 9.70   452   $ 9.12
$10.40-$10.65   506,663   9.92   $ 10.59   47,002   $ 10.49
$10.80-$12.00   143,403   4.73   $ 11.78   146,403   $ 11.78
$12.40-$13.50   34,844   2.23   $ 13.04   9,014   $ 12.85
$13.55-$14.00   151,176   7.98   $ 13.76   91,372   $ 13.69
$14.05-$14.20   594,642   8.26   $ 14.18   296,600   $ 14.19
$14.25-$15.00   196,963   8.05   $ 14.44   49,831   $ 15.42
$15.08-$15.50   60,443   3.50   $ 15.11   60,443   $ 15.11
$16.00-$19.75   41,935   7.48   $ 18.44   37,809   $ 18.64
$20.00-$22.00   203,680   7.61   $ 21.22   108,261   $ 21.04
$22.00-$23.60   37,044   6.26   $ 22.58   17,667   $ 22.82
$24.00-$25.50   807,860   9.13   $ 24.63   184,479   $ 24.66
$26.40-$32.00   122,959   7.18   $ 31.09   82,386   $ 31.11
$56.00-$59.00   31,276   6.52   $ 57.79   31,276   $ 57.79
$61.00-$69.00   19,261   6.85   $ 62.18   13,076   $ 62.21
$77.00-$128.00   36,574   6.13   $ 89.78   33,071   $ 88.30
$150.00-$300.00   42,599   6.21   $ 210.54   41,859   $ 211.31
$392.00-$818.00   3,314   6.33   $ 701.14   2,852   $ 700.47

 
 
 
 
 
$3.25-$818.00   3,206,612   8.24   $ 21.93   1,286,528   $ 28.35

 
 
 
 
 

F-32


Notes Receivable from Stockholders

        On acquisition of New Focus, the Company acquired secured full recourse loans aggregating approximately $1,233,000 which had been made to certain employees in connection with their purchase of common stock in New Focus. Each of these loans was made pursuant to a full recourse promissory note secured by a stock pledge. As at July 3, 2004, the notes receivable had been repaid in full.

    Common Stock

        Common stock reserved for future issuance is as follows:

 
  July 3,
2004

Stock option plan:    
  Outstanding options   3,206,612
  Warrants and options to non-employees   937,944
  Reserved for future grants   3,481,898
   
Total   7,626,454
   

11.   Earnings per share

        If the Company had reported net income, as opposed to a net loss, the calculation of diluted earnings per share would have included an additional 4,145,000, 2,275,000, 1,940,000 and 1,182,000 common equivalent shares related to outstanding share options and warrants (determined using the treasury stock method) for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

12.   Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information

        The Company is currently organized and operates as two operating segments: Optics and Research and Defense. The Optics segment designs, develops, manufactures, markets and sells optical solutions for telecommunications and industrial applications. The Research and Defense segment designs, manufactures, markets and sells photonic and microwave solutions. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources based on consolidated revenues and overall profitability.

        Segment and geographic information for the six months ended July 3, 2004 and June 29, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is presented below. Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of customers.

F-33



        Information on reportable segments is as follows:

 
  Six months ended
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  July 3,
2004

  June 29,
2003

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Net revenues:                                
  Optics   $ 69,315   $ 67,762   $ 146,197   $ 51,905   $ 31,566  
  Research and defense     10,448                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Consolidated total revenues   $ 79,763   $ 67,762   $ 146,197   $ 51,905   $ 31,566  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss:                                
  Optics   $ (59,321 ) $ (68,040 ) $ (125,747 ) $ (164,938 ) $ (164,370 )
  Research and defense     (8,050 )                
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Consolidated net loss   $ (67,371 ) $ (68,040 ) $ (125,747 ) $ (164,938 ) $ (164,370 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization:                                
  Optics   $ 11,941   $ 9,962   $ 17,709   $ 17,135   $ 14,874  
  Research and defense     1,491                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Consolidated depreciation and amortization   $ 13,432   $ 9,962   $ 17,709   $ 17,135   $ 14,874  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total expenditures for additions to long life assets:                                
  Optics   $ 7,051   $ 12,611   $ 19,406   $ 17,612   $ 47,405  
  Research and defense     56                  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Consolidated total expenditures for additions to long life assets   $ 7,107   $ 12,611   $ 19,406   $ 17,612   $ 47,405  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        Information regarding the Company's operations by geographic area is as follows:

 
  Six months ended
   
   
   
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  July 3,
2004

  July 3,
2003

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands)

Revenues:                              
United States   $ 20,446   $ 4,168   $ 13,502   $ 4,683   $ 2,884
United Kingdom     4,023     14,810     25,454     31,910     19,165
North America other than United States     35,529     36,446     78,207     11,235     1,574
Europe other than United Kingdom     8,797     5,461     13,230     3,560     539
Asia     10,875     6,479     14,986     479     7,170
Rest of the World     93     398     818     38     234
   
 
 
 
 
Consolidated total revenues   $ 79,763   $ 67,762   $ 146,197   $ 51,905   $ 31,566
   
 
 
 
 

F-34


 
   
  December 31,
 
  July 3,
2004

 
  2003
  2002
 
   
  (in thousands)

   
Net assets:                  
United States   $ 171,227   $ 18,711   $ 539
United Kingdom     266,131     237,085     314,702
North America other than United States     3,624     2,998     26,148
Europe other than United Kingdom     11,400     10,699     10,211
Asia     15,643     5     16
   
 
 
Total net assets   $ 468,025   $ 269,498   $ 351,616
   
 
 
 
   
  December 31,
 
  July 3,
2004

 
  2003
  2002
 
   
  (in thousands)

   
Long-lived assets:                  
United States   $ 50,584   $ 15,128   $ 101
United Kingdom     163,840     91,352     89,367
North America other than United States     1,354     1,447     11,315
Europe other than United Kingdom     7,389     7,864     8,523
Asia     13,004     2     2
   
 
 
Total long-lived assets   $ 236,171   $ 115,793   $ 109,308
   
 
 

For the six months ended July 3, 2004, JCA Technology, Inc.'s results consolidated in the research and defense segment amounted to $2,400,000 of revenue and a loss of $500,000 and, at July 3, 2004, net assets of $1,600,000. The Company sold JCA Technology to Endwave Corporation in July 2004.

13.   Business combinations

        During the six months ended July 3, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2003, and 2002, the Company completed a total of six acquisitions. Each of the acquisitions was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as determined by the Company, was conducted at the date of acquisition, with the assistance of third-party valuation experts, except for the acquisitions of Cierra Photonics and Onetta, Inc. The methodologies used to value intangible assets acquired were consistently applied to each of the acquisitions.

        To determine the value of the developed technology, the expected future cash flow attributed to all existing technology was discounted, taking into account risks related to the characteristics and application of the technology, existing and future markets and assessments of the lifecycle stage of the technology.

        The value of in-process research and development, or IPR&D, was determined based on the expected cash flow attributed to in-process projects, taking into account revenue that is attributable to previously developed technology, the level of effort to date in the IPR&D, the percentage of completion of the project and the level of risk associated with the in-process technology. The projects identified as in-process are those that were underway at each of the acquired companies at the time of the acquisition and that required additional efforts in order to establish technological feasibility. The value of IPR&D was included in the Company's results of operations during the period of the acquisition.

F-35



        The value of the acquired patent portfolio was determined based on the Income Approach, as it most accurately reflected the fair value associated with unique assets such as a patent. Specifically, the Relief and Royalty method was utilized to arrive at an estimate of fair value. This methodology estimates the amount of hypothetical royalty income that could be generated if the patents were licensed by an independent, third-party owner to the business currently using the patents in an arm's-length transaction. Conversely, this is the royalty savings enjoyed by the owners of the patent portfolio in that the owner is not required to pay a royalty for the use of the patents.

        The value of supply contracts was determined based on discounted cash flows. The discounted cash flow method was considered to be the most appropriate methodology, as it reflects the present value of the operating cash flows generated by the contracts over their returns.

Onetta, Inc.

        Onetta, Inc., or Onetta, designs and manufacturers optical amplifier modules and subsystems for communications networks. Their intelligent Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) incorporate advanced optics, control electronics and firmware to provide industry leading performance for current and next-generation optical communication networks

        On June 10, 2004, under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Onetta, Inc. The consideration for the acquisition was 2,764,030 shares of common stock valued at $24,708,000. As part of the agreement, the Onetta stockholders agreed to settle liabilities of Onetta, Inc. in the amount of $6,083,000. The purchase price allocation has not yet been finalized.

        In connection with the acquisition, there was no value allocated to IPR&D projects.

New Focus, Inc.

        New Focus, Inc., or New Focus, provides photonics and microwave solutions to non-telecom diversified markets, including the semiconductor, defense, research, industrial, biotech/medical and telecom test and measurement industries.

        On March 8, 2004, under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company acquired New Focus by a merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary with and into New Focus, with New Focus surviving as the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the merger agreement, immediately prior to the merger, each New Focus stockholder received a cash distribution from New Focus, Inc. in the amount of $2.19 per share of New Focus common stock held on that date.

        The consideration paid by the Company for New Focus consisted of 7,866,600 shares of common stock, valued at $197,710,000, and the assumption of options with a value of $6,286,000. Each of the assumed options became an option to purchase a unit consisting of 1.2015 shares of common stock. New Focus made a cash distribution of $2.19 for each share of New Focus common stock immediately prior to the merger. The exercise price of the assumed options was adjusted to reflect the cash distribution.

        In connection with the acquisition of New Focus, $5,890,000 was allocated to IPR&D projects. The new product introductions, NPI, at the acquisition date are expected to result in the development of

F-36


products to support the New Focus, original equipment manufacturing and catalog business. There were no technology research, TR, programs at the time of acquisition. The NPIs include:

    Catalog Products: Programs are focused on increasing the wavelength spectrum over which modulator products can operate and the development of detectors to operate at higher frequency with lower noise over a broader wavelength. Commercial availability is anticipated in late 2004 with shipments in early 2005.

    OEM Products: Two of the major programs have already been completed in 2004, namely the development of a super luminous diode light source for use in subsystems and a laser development for use high precision / high stability labs. The Company anticipates that these products will be commercially available in early 2005. The final program for development of a small form factor laser for use in fiber sensing applications continues but has been slowed down due to lower than expected market opportunities emerging.

Ignis Optics, Inc.

        Ignis Optics, Inc., or Ignis, designs and manufactures small form-factor, pluggable, single-mode optical transceivers for current and next generation optical datacom and telecom networks.

        On October 6, 2003, the Company acquired the entire share capital of Ignis in exchange for 802,082 shares of common stock and the assumption of warrants to purchase 4,880 shares of common stock, valued at $17,748,000. In addition, and subject to certain performance criteria, 78,080 additional shares of common stock could be issued in early 2005.

        In connection with the acquisition of Ignis, $1,878,000 was allocated to IPR&D projects. The projects under development at the acquisition date were expected to result in a portfolio of digital transmitters and receivers to be used in current and future fiber optic networks.

Cierra Photonics, Inc.

        Cierra Photonics, Inc., or Cierra, designs and manufactures thin-film filters and other components for the fiber optic telecommunications industry. Cierra Photonics Advanced Energetic Deposition (AED) technology is a specialized process for wafer-scale deposition of extremely well-controlled films that results in thin-film components that have lower costs, high yields and industry-leading optical performance.

        On July 4, 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Cierra. The consideration for the acquisition consisted of 307,148 shares of common stock valued at $3,669,000. In addition, and subject to the satisfactory achievement of specific sales milestones over the next two years, 420,000 additional shares of common stock could be issued to Cierra in 2004 and 2005.

        In connection with the acquisition, there was no value allocated to IPR&D projects.

Nortel Networks Optical Components

        Nortel Networks Optical Components, or NNOC, comprises the Optical Amplifier Business and the Transmitter and Receiver Business of Nortel Networks. The optical amplifier business, based in Paignton, UK and Zurich, Switzerland is a vertically integrated business, with 980nm and 14xx chip foundries, module assembly as well as broad raman pump units and long-haul EDFA offerings, for the long haul and metro network markets. The transmitter and receiver business is located in Ottawa,

F-37



Canada and Paignton, U.K. and produces active components for metro, long-haul and ultra long-haul applications.

        On November 8, 2002, the Company acquired NNOC for a total consideration of 6,100,000 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 900,000 shares of common stock, notes with an aggregate prinicipal value of $50 million and the payment of a cash consideration of $9,212,000, which equals an aggregate of approximately $111,201,000 (excluding deal costs). The common stock transferred to Nortel Networks had a value of $45,304,000, as determined on the announcement date of the acquisition. The warrants were exercised in full on September 7, 2004. The notes are in two series, the first is a $30 million principal amount secured loan note and the second, a $20 million principal amount unsecured loan notes (Note 16). Nortel Networks beneficially held 12.3% of the Company's common stock as of July 3, 2004.

        The Company valued the warrants issued to NNOC at $6,685,000 determined as the value of the Company's common stock issued at closing based on the fair market value on the announcement date of the acquisition. The warrants were exercised in full on September 7, 2004.

        In connection with the Company's acquisition of NNOC, the Company entered into a supply agreement with Nortel Networks Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks. Under the agreement, Nortel Networks Limited agreed to purchase a minimum of $20 million per quarter, or $120 million total, of optical products and related services from the Company over a period of six quarters from completion of the transaction on November 8, 2002. In addition, Nortel Networks is required to purchase a percentage of its optical components requirements from us until November 2005.

        Tangible assets acquired principally included property, plant and equipment and inventories. Liabilities assumed included provisions for environmental liabilities and certain employee related accruals.

        Of the total consideration, the allocation to acquired IPR&D projects was $5,657,000. The projects remaining under development at the acquisition date were expected to result in a portfolio addressing tunability, bandwidth, integration, amplification, and managed optical networks. These projects were split into two distinct categories: NPI and Technology Research. The TR projects, which met the criteria for recognition as IPR&D, were assessed as requiring between 1 and 1 and a 1 / 2 years before attaining NPI status.

All estimated costs to complete were to be funded from current cash reserves in Bookham. The current status of each category is given below.

    NPI

    Amplifiers: The MiNi and Barolo platform products were successfully released in 2003 and continue to be shipped to customers.

    Pumps : The next generation of pumps incorporating the G07 higher power chip were successfully launched in 2003.

    Transmitters/Receivers: The majority of the Transmitters and Receivers in the NPI stage at acquisition have now been released to the market and are being shipped to customers. These include the 10G 8x50 GaAs laser, the 100mW UHP laser, the Compact MZ laser, MSA receiver, a 10G uncooled DFB directly modulated laser and hot pluggable transponder modules. A couple

F-38


      of programs, mainly comprising or modules including tunable lasers have been rephased due to slower market demand for the new technology.

    Technology Research

    Amplifiers: Activity on these projects has slowed significantly due to weakening market demand and pricing pressure. Since the date of acquisition, substantially all of the technology work-in-progress has been completed or absorbed into products.

    Pumps/Transmitter/Receivers: Since the date of acquisition, substantially all of the technology work-in-progress has been completed or absorbed into products.

Marconi Optical Components (MOC)

        Marconi Optical Components, or MOC, designs, manufactures and supplies current and next generation active optical components. MOC's products include fixed and tunable lasers, high-speed gallium arsenide modulators, transmitters, receivers and erbium doped fibre amplifiers. MOC has over twenty five years experience of advanced research and development in the area of optical technologies, compound semiconductor materials and semiconductor manufacturing processes. MOC has an intellectual property portfolio relating to lasers, high-speed modulators, optical amplifiers and general micro-optics and processes.

        In accordance with the MOC acquisition agreement, the Company paid $1,843,000 in cash and issued 1,289,100 shares of common stock having a value equal to approximately $28,011,000 determined as of the closing, based on the fair market value of the securites on the announcement date. Tangible assets acquired principally include fixed assets and inventories. In connection with the acquisition of the assets of MOC, $5,922,000 was allocated to IPR&D projects. The remaining projects under development at the acquisition date were expected to result in a portfolio addressing tunability, bandwidth, integration, amplification, and managed optical networks. The expected dates of release of these projects ranged from seven to seventeen months from the date of acquisition. There were three main programs acquired in the NPI stage of development. All estimated costs to complete were to be funded from current cash reserves in Bookham, unless stated to the contrary. The current status of each category is given below:

    Fast tuning, wide coverage, tunable lasers: Development of these products was suspended post-acquisition in favor of alternative technologies. Technology work has continued to eliminate many of the fundamental limitations of the chip. A development program for a laser and module has been launched with product availability expected in the second half of 2005.

    10G Transmitters: This program was rephased as a result of wafer fab and assembly and test facility transfers. An integrated narrow band tunable transmitter has been completed and shipping to the customer commenced in 2003. The wide band transmitter was discontinued in 2003.

    40G Transmitters and Receivers: Following the acquisition, the program was suspended as the market conditions for acceptance of this product have changed, and there was overlap with products being developed/marketed by the acquired Nortel Networks businesses. While we continue to believe that this market will develop in the future, there are no plans at this stage to continue with this program.

F-39


A summary of the purchase price allocations pertaining to the above acquisitions and the amortization periods of the intangible assets acquired is as follows:

 
  Onetta
  New Focus
  Ignis
  Cierra
  NNOC
  MOC
 
  (in thousands)

Purchase price:                                    
  Ordinary stock issued   $ 24,708   $ 197,710   $ 17,748   $ 3,669   $ 45,304   $ 28,011
  Stock options assumed         6,286                
  Warrants                     6,685    
  Loan notes                     50,000    
  Cash                     9,212    
   
 
 
 
 
 
      24,708     203,996     17,748     3,669     111,201     28,011
  Transaction and other direct acquisition costs     274     6,969     300     249     7,800     1,843
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 24,982   $ 210,965   $ 18,048   $ 3,918   $ 119,001   $ 29,854
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Onetta
  New Focus
  Ignis
  Cierra
  NNOC
  MOC
 
  (in thousands)

Allocation of purchase price:                                    
  Historic net tangible assets acquired   $ 3,780   $ 101,665   $ 4,455   $ 761   $ 85,961   $ 15,222
Intangible assets acquired:                        
  Supply contracts and customer relationships         625             6,878     978
  Customer database         606                
  Patent portfolio         2,317     913     216     7,906     1,817
  Core and current technology         10,563     775     2,941     12,599     5,915
  In process research and development         5,890     1,878         5,657     5,922
Goodwill     21,202     89,299     10,027            
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 24,982   $ 210,965   $ 18,048   $ 3,918   $ 119,001   $ 29,854
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Onetta
  New Focus
  Ignis
  Cierra
  NNOC
  MOC
Amortization period (in years):                        
Supply contracts/customer relationships     3       3 - 16   4 - 5
Customer database     5        
Patent portfolio     6 - 10   5   6   5   4 - 5
Core & current technology     3 - 6   5   5   5   4 - 5

        On November 8, 2002, the Company acquired the trade and assets of NNOC, the net assets of which were provisionally valued in the 2002 accounts. In accordance with SFAS No. 141 " Business Combinations ", an adjustment was made in the 2003 accounts for amendments to those provisional values. This adjustment was principally the result of the company selling more inventory than anticipated during 2003.

F-40



        Amended and provisional values of the net assets acquired were as follows, and the explanations for these changes are given in the note below.

 
  Original Purchase Price Allocation
  Purchase Price
Adjustment

  Revised Fair Value Allocation December 31, 2003
 
  (in thousands)

Purchase price   $ 111,201   $   $ 111,201
Transaction and other direct acquisition costs     7,800         7,800
   
 
 
    $ 119,001   $   $ 119,001
   
 
 
Allocation of purchase price:                  
Historical net tangible assets acquired.   $ 76,827   $ 9,134   $ 85,961
Intangible assets acquired:                  
Supply contracts     8,862     (1,984 )   6,878
Patent portfolio     9,988     (2,082 )   7,906
Core and current technology     16,034     (3,435 )   12,599
In process research and development     7,290     (1,633 )   5,657
   
 
 
    $ 119,001   $   $ 119,001
   
 
 

        During 2003, a larger amount of inventory was sold than was expected at the time the acquisition of NNOC was completed in 2003. As a consequence, the Company increased the value of the inventory by $20,227,000, reduced intangible assets by $9,134,000 and decreased other net assets by $11,093,000 as part of the allocation fair value of the remaining assets as summarized below.

        The warranty provision recognized on acquisition has been increased by $1,968,000 following a review of the level of expected warranty costs. In addition, the initial value recognized for historic employee-related costs has been reduced by $590,000 a revised valuation of the pension scheme in Switzerland.

        The following unaudited proforma summary shows the consolidated results of Bookham had the acquisitions of Onetta, New Focus, Ignis, Cierra, NNOC and MOC acquisitions been completed on January 1, 2002. It is provided for illustrative purposes and is not indicative of the consolidated results of operations for future periods or that actually would have been realized had Bookham actually acquired those companies on January 1, 2002.

 
   
  Year ended December 31,
 
 
  Six Months ended
July 3, 2004

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
 
  (in thousands except per share data)

 
Sales   $ 87,763   $ 180,207   $ 187,880  
Net loss   $ 82,380   $ 168,832   $ 601,918  
Basic and diluted loss per share   $ (3.03 ) $ (8.10 ) $ (39.86 )

F-41


14.   Goodwill and other intangibles

        The following is a summary of the goodwill and other intangible assets:

 
  Goodwill
  Intangibles
  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Cost                    
At January 1, 2002   $ 1,530   $ 3,796   $ 5,326  
Additions during the year         138     138  
Acquisitions         43,595     43,595  

Disposals during the year

 

 

(1,583

)

 

(858

)

 

(2,441

)
Exchange rate adjustment     53     2,252     2,305  
   
 
 
 
At December 31, 2002         48,923     48,923  
Fair value adjustment         (7,501 )   (7,501 )
Acquisitions     10,027     4,845     14,872  

Disposals during the year

 

 


 

 

(605

)

 

(605

)
Exchange rate adjustment     647     4,380     5,027  
   
 
 
 
At December 31, 2003     10,674     50,042     60,716  
Additions during the period         98     98  
Acquisitions     110,501     14,111     124,612  

Exchange rate adjustment

 

 

(1,222

)

 

1,078

 

 

(144

)
   
 
 
 
At July 3, 2004   $ 119,953   $ 65,329   $ 185,282  
   
 
 
 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At January 1, 2002

 

$

1,530

 

$

1,380

 

$

2,910

 
Charge during the year         5,376     5,376  
Disposals during the year     (1,583 )   (858 )   (2,441 )
Exchange rate adjustment     53     484     537  
   
 
 
 
At December 31, 2002         6,382     6,382  
Fair value adjustment         (190 )   (190 )
Charge during the year         8,487     8,487  
Disposals during the year         (518 )   (518 )
Exchange adjustment         1,325     1,325  
   
 
 
 
At December 31, 2003         15,486     15,486  
Charge during the year           5,677     5,677  
Exchange rate adjustment           317     317  
   
 
 
 
At July 3, 2004   $   $ 21,480   $ 21,480  
   
 
 
 

Net Book Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net book value at July 3, 2004   $ 119,953   $ 43,849   $ 163,802  
   
 
 
 
Net book value at December 31, 2003   $ 10,674   $ 34,556   $ 45,230  
   
 
 
 
Net book value at December 31, 2002   $   $ 42,541   $ 42,541  
   
 
 
 

F-42


        Intangible assets consist of the following:

 
  Balance at January 1, 2004
  Additions
  Acquisitions
  Translation
Adjustment

  Balance at July 3, 2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Supply agreements   $ 5,361   $   $   $ 121   $ 5,482  
Customer relationships             625     (8 )   617  
Customer databases             606     (7 )   599  
Core and current technology     25,569         10,563     528     36,660  
Patent portfolio     12,342         2,317     292     14,951  
Capitalized licenses     3,148     98         72     3,318  
Customer contracts     3,622             80     3,702  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      50,042     98     14,111     1,078     65,329  
Less accumulated amortization     (15,486 )               (21,480 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets (net)   $ 34,556   $ 98   $ 14,111   $ 1,078   $ 43,849  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance at January 1, 2003
  Acquisitions
  Fair Value
Allocation

  Reclassifications
and disposals

  Translation
Adjustment

  Balance at December 31, 2003
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Supply agreements   $ 5,926   $   $ (1,057 ) $   $ 492   $ 5,361  

Core and current technology

 

 

23,086

 

 

3,716

 

 

(3,435

)

 


 

 

2,202

 

 

25,569

 
Patent portfolio     12,249     1,129     (2,082 )       1,046     12,342  
Capitalized licenses     2,848                 300     3,148  
Customer contracts     4,220         (927 )       329     3,622  

Capitalised professional fees

 

 

594

 

 


 

 


 

 

(605

)

 

11

 

 

0

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      48,923     4,845     (7,501 )   (605 )   4,380     50,042  
Less accumulated amortization     (6,382 )                   (15,486 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets (net)   $ 42,541   $ 4,845   $ (7,501 ) $ (605 ) $ 4,380   $ 34,556  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

    Goodwill

        On June 10, 2004, Bookham acquired Onetta for a total consideration of $24,982,000 (Note 13). The goodwill arising from this combination was $21,202,000.

        On March 8, 2004, Bookham acquired New Focus for a total consideration of $210,965,000 (Note 13). The goodwill arising from the acquisition was $89,299,000.

        On October 6, 2003, Bookham acquired Ignis for a total consideration of $18,048,000 (Note 13). The goodwill arising from this combination was $10,027,000.

        No other acquisitions by the Company resulted in recognition of goodwill in the period ended July 3, 2004 or the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

        In each case goodwill was allocated to the Optics segment of the Company.

F-43


    Other Intangible Assets

        Other intangible assets have primarily been acquired through business combinations and are being amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, generally three to six years.

        The expected future annual amortization expense of the other intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

For the fiscal year ended on or about June 30,      
2005   $ 13,541
2006     12,662
2007     11,299
2008     7,155
2009     231
Thereafter     5,045
   
Total expected future amortization   $ 49,933
   

        During 2003 the Company conducted a Purchase Price Allocation (PPA) review of its acquisition of NNOC, and identified the need to adjust the original fair value of the fixed assets and inventory. This resulted in an adjustment of the values of all the remaining assets and consequential adjustments of the amortization and depreciation thereof. This adjustment reduced the value of the intangible assets by $7,501,000 and created a reversal of depreciation of $207,000 (Note 13).

        During 2002, the Company's investment in Measurement Microsystems A-Z Inc. (MM), was reduced, resulting in the Company ceasing to control MM. As a result, the Company eliminated the cost and accumulated depreciation of $858,000 in respect of MM's intangible assets. The Company wrote off a further $605,000 in respect of MM's capitalized professional fees (with net book value of $92,000) in 2003.

15.   Related Party Transactions

        During 1998, the Company entered into a contract with Lori Holland for the provision of consultancy services under which Ms. Holland would be compensated in cash and through a grant of stock options. Lori Holland became a director in 1999. The consultancy contract was terminated effective as of August 1, 2002. Lori Holland exercised none of her options during 2003. All shares of common stock underlying the option had vested and options to purchase 48,666 shares of common stock were outstanding at July 3, 2004. During the year, the Company entered into transactions in the

F-44



ordinary course of business with other related parties. Transactions entered into, and trading balances outstanding at July 3, 2004, and December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, are as follows:

 
  Sales to related party
  Purchases from related party
  Amounts owed from related party
  Amounts owed to related party
 
  (in thousands)

Related party                        
Marconi Communications                        
  July 3, 2004   $ 7,385   $ 2   $ 4,401   $
  December 31, 2003     18,147         3,731    
  December 31, 2002     19,769     2,019     11,140    
  December 31, 2001     4,615     6        
Nortel Networks                        
  July 3, 2004     36,532     818     11,553     628
  December 31, 2003     85,593     9,499     15,133     739
  December 31, 2002     16,267     789     13,564     844
  December 31, 2001     12,944     2,313        

        The Company also has an outstanding loan due to Nortel Networks. The loans are payable in November 2005 and 2007 (Note 16).

        At July 3, 2004 and December 31, 2003, Marconi Communications no longer had an interest in the Company as it sold its shares in June 2003. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, Marconi had an interest of 6.3% and 9.0%, respectively

        At July 3, 2004, December 31, 2003, and 2002 Nortel Networks had a 12.3%, 13.5%, and 29.8% interest respectively in the Company.

        As a result of the Company's acquisition of New Focus, the Company acquired a loan note receivable from a former officer and board member of New Focus, with a fair value of $1,700,000. The loan note arose as follows:

        On July 12, 2001, New Focus extended to Kenneth E. Westrick two secured full recourse short-term loans in the aggregate of $8,000,000. Mr. Westrick was New Focus' president and chief executive officer and a member of the New Focus' board of directors at the time these loan agreements were executed. The principal amount of approximately $2.1 million on the first note plus the accrued interest on this note was paid by the scheduled maturity date of June 30, 2002.

        The second note in the principal amount of approximately $5,900,000 currently bears interest at the per annum rate of 9.99% compounded annually and is secured by a second deed of trust on certain real property held by Mr. Westrick.

        Mr. Westrick resigned as the New Focus' president and chief executive officer and as a member of the New Focus' board of directors effective October 10, 2001. In connection with his resignation, Mr. Westrick and the New Focus entered into a Separation and Release Agreement. The agreement extended the due date of the $5,900,000 note to June 30, 2004 from June 30, 2002.

        Principal and accrued interest on the $5,900,000 note receivable totaled $6,400,000 through the end of the second quarter of 2002. New Focus stopped accruing interest on Mr. Westrick's note for financial reporting purposes beginning in the third quarter of 2002.

F-45



        The Company has not forgiven or modified the terms of the note receivable and intends to pursue collection.

16.   Loans

        The Company has two loans payable to Nortel Networks, a related party. The first loan is an unsecured loan for $20,000,000 which is due in full on November 8, 2007. This loan bears interest at 4% per annum, which is payable quarterly in arrears. The second loan is a secured loan for $30,000,000, which is due in full on November 8, 2005. This loan bears interest at a 7% per annum base rate, which increases by 0.25% each quarter over the term of the note and is payable quarterly in arrears. This loan is secured by the Company's equipment owned on the date of the NNOC acquisition and the property located in Paignton, U.K. which was purchased as part of the NNOC acquisition. Both of these loans are subject to certain repayment requirements if the Company raises cash through the sale of equity or debt or the sale of the collateralized property. The Company is required to use 20% of the proceeds from the sale of any debt or equity proceeds received in excess of $50 million but less than $100 million and 40% of any proceeds in excess of $100 million to repay the notes. The Company must also repay these loans with any proceeds raised through the sale of equipment in excess $30 million.

        The Company also has an unsecured loan payable to Scheappi Grundstûke Verwaltungen KG for $453,000 which is repayable in equal monthly installments until December 2013. This loan bears interest at 5% per annum, which is payable monthly in arrears.

        The amounts payable under these loans are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year ended on or about June 30,      
2005   $ 4,144
2006     31,840
2007     873
2008     20,339
2009     73
Thereafter     260
   
    $ 57,529
   

17.   Subsequent Events

Divestiture of JCA Technology Inc.

        On July 21, 2004, the Company sold 100% of its ownership in JCA Technology, Inc. for $6 million in cash. After adjusting for the net costs of the assets sold and the expenses associated with the divestiture, the Company realized no gain or loss from the transaction.

Change in domicile

        Effective September 10, 2004, the Company changed its corporate domicile from the United Kingdom to the United States pursuant to the Scheme which had been approved by shareholders on August 16, 2004. Under the Scheme, Bookham Technology plc shareholders and ADS holders received one Bookham, Inc. share for every ten shares held in Bookham Technology plc. The Scheme provided that the entire issued share capital of Bookham Technology Plc was cancelled and new shares were

F-46



issued to Bookham, Inc. by the capitalization of reserves arising from such cancellation such that Bookham Technology Plc became a wholly owned subsidiary of Bookham, Inc.

        Also, on September 9, 2004, trading of Bookham Technology plc ADSs on the Nasdaq National Market ceased and on September 10, 2004, trading in Bookham Technolgy Plc ordinary shares was suspended at the start of trading on the London Stock Exchange. Effective September 10, 2004, the Company's common stock began trading on the NASDAQ National Market.

Related Party Transaction

        In September 2004, Nortel Networks exercised its warrants to purchase 900,000 common shares. In addition, Nortel Networks exchanged its $20,000,000 unsecured loan note for a $20,000,000 unsecured loan note that may be converted at any time into shares of the Company's common stock.

18.   Quarterly Summaries (unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended
 
 
  July 3,
2004

  April 4,
2004

  Dec. 31,
2003

  Sept. 28,
2003

  June 29,
2003

  Mar 30, 2003
  Dec. 31,
2002

  Sept. 29,
2002

 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
Quarterly Statement of Operations Data:                                                  
Net revenues   $ 38,797   $ 40,966   $ 40,613   $ 37,822   $ 33,243   $ 34,519   $ 21,486   $ 11,366  
Cost of net revenues     42,655     41,760     36,685     38,408     58,135     42,780     29,826     17,025  
Gross profit (loss)     (3,858 )   (794 )   3,928     (586 )   (4,892 )   (8,261 )   (8,340 )   (5,659 )
Operating Expenses:                                                  
  Research and development, net     14,436     12,451     12,199     11,703     12,811     13,658     12,989     10,944  
  Selling, general and administrative     13,394     16,190     5,205     9,849     5,777     13,018     3,414     5,173  
  Amortization of intangible assets     5,677         3,741         4,746         5,376      
  IPR&D     224     5,666     245                 6,836      
  Restructuring charges     (664 )       (156 )   23,917     2,770     4,861     39,384     12,786  
  Stock Based Compensation     104                         73     89  
Total operating expenses     33,171     34,307     21,234     45,469     26,104     31,537     68,072     28,992  
Operating loss     (37,029 )   (35,101 )   (17,306 )   (46,055 )   (30,996 )   (39,798 )   (76,412 )   (34,651 )
Interest and other income (expense), net     923     3,627     3,273     (1,058 )   3,243     (489 )   559     1,634  
Loss before income taxes     (36,106 )   (31,474 )   (14,033 )   (47,113 )   (27,753 )   (40,287 )   (75,853 )   (33,017 )
Income tax credit     209         3,478     (39 )                
Net loss     (35,897 )   (31,474 )   (10,555 )   (47,152 )   (27,753 )   (40,287 )   (75,853 )   (33,017 )
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share   $ (1.10 ) $ (1.38 ) $ (0.41 ) $ (2.30 ) $ (1.35 ) $ (1.97 ) $ (4.20 ) $ (2.25 )
Shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share     30,421,376     23,976,300     21,598,752     20,789,900     20,495,418     20,495,100     17,808,980     14,372,500  

F-47



Schedule II: Valuation And Qualifying Accounts
Six Months ended July 3, 2004 and
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

Description

  Balance of
Beginning of
Year

  Exchange
Rate
Movements

  Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

  Deductions
Write Offs

  Balance at
End of Year

 
   
  (in thousands)

   
   
Period Ended July 3, 2004                              
  Allowance for doubtful debts   $ 396   $ 9   $ 548   $ (95 ) $ 858
  Product Returns     191     4     886     (679 )   402
  Inventory Provision     16,801     378     (2,115 )   1,360     16,424

Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Allowance for doubtful debts     322     38     36           396
  Product Returns     641     27           (477 )   191
  Inventory Provision     23,525     1,760     (2,360 )   (6,124 )   16,801

Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Allowance for doubtful debts     651     44     (373 )         322
  Product Returns     277     53     311           641
  Inventory Provision     12,173     2,027     13,028     (3,703 )   23,525

Year Ended December 31, 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Allowance for doubtful debts     707     (24 )   347     (379 )   651
  Product Returns     309     (10 )       (22 )   277
  Inventory Provision     5,448     (132 )   8,516     (1,659 )   12,173

F-48



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description of Exhibit

3.1(2)   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bookham, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 000-30684) dated September 10, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).

3.2(2)

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Bookham, Inc.

10.1(2)

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated September 21, 2003, by and among Bookham Technology plc, Budapest Acquisition Corp. and New Focus, Inc. (previously filed as Appendix A to Registration Statement on Form F-4, as amended (file no. 333-109904) dated February 2, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.2(2)

 

Acquisition Agreement dated as of October 7, 2002 between Nortel Networks Corporation and Bookham Technology plc (previously filed as Exhibit 1 to Schedule 13D filed by Nortel Networks Corporation on October 17, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.3*(2)

 

Letter Agreement dated November 8, 2002 between Nortel Networks Corporation and Bookham Technology plc amending the Acquisition Agreement referred to in Exhibit 4.2 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 2 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.4*(2)

 

Optical Components Supply Agreement, dated November 8, 2002, by and between Nortel Networks Limited and Bookham Technology plc (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.5(2)

 

Relationship Deed dated November 8, 2002 between Nortel Networks Corporation and Bookham Technology plc (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.6(2)

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 8, 2002 among Nortel Networks Corporation, the Nortel Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages and Bookham Technology plc (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.7(2)

 

Series A-1 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Due 2007.

10.8(2)

 

Series B Senior Secured Note Due 2005, as amended to change the identity of the Lender (previously filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.9(2)

 

Agreement relating to the Sale and Purchase of the Business of Marconi Optical Components Limited, dated December 17, 2001, among Bookham Technology plc, Marconi Optical Components Limited and Marconi Corporation plc (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.10(2)

 

Supplemental Agreement to the Agreement relating to the Sale and Purchase of the Business of Marconi Optical Components Limited, dated January 31, 2002, among Bookham Technology plc, Marconi Optical Components Limited and Marconi Corporation plc (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).
     


10.11*(2)

 

Global Procurement Agreement dated February 1, 2001 between Marconi Communications, Inc. and Bookham Technology plc (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.12*(2)

 

Letter Agreement dated January 10, 2003 between Marconi Communications, Inc. and Bookham Technology plc amending the Global Procurement Agreement referred to in Exhibit 4.11 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to Amendment No. 1 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.13*(2)

 

Letter Agreement dated December 17, 2003 between Marconi Communications, Inc. and Bookham Technology plc amending the Global Procurement Agreement referred to in Exhibit 4.11 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.13 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.14(1)(2)

 

Service Agreement dated July 23, 2001, between Bookham Technology plc and Andrew G. Rickman (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.15(1)(2)

 

Service Agreement dated July 23, 2001 between Bookham Technology plc and Giorgio Anania (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.16(2)

 

Lease dated May 21, 1997, between Bookham Technology plc and Landsdown Estates Group Limited, with respect to 90 Milton Park, Abingdon, England (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1, as amended (file no. 333-11698) dated April 11, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.17(1)(2)

 

Bonus Scheme 2002 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.18(1)(2)

 

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.19(1)(2)

 

2004 Stock Incentive Plan, including forms of stock option agreement for incentive and nonstatutory stock options.

10.20(1)(2)

 

2004 Sharesave Scheme.

10.21(1)(2)

 

Director's Fee Agreement dated as of August 1, 2002, between Bookham Technology plc and Lori Holland (previously filed as Exhibit 4.23 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.22(1)(2)

 

Chairman's Fee Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004, between Bookham Technology plc and Andrew Rickman (previously filed as Exhibit 4.24 to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.23(1)(2)

 

Bonus Scheme dated July 20, 2004 between Bookham Technology plc and Giorgio Anania.

10.24(1)(2)

 

Bonus Scheme dated July 20, 2004 between Bookham Technology plc and Liam Nagle.

10.25(1)(2)

 

Bonus Scheme dated July 20, 2004 between Bookham Technology plc and Stephen Abely.

10.26(1)(2)

 

Bonus Scheme dated July 20, 2004 between Bookham Technology plc and Stephen Turley.

10.27(1)(2)

 

Bonus Scheme dated July 20, 2004 between Bookham Technology plc and Michael Scott.
     


10.28(1)(2)

 

Contract of Employment dated November 9, 2002 between Bookham Technology plc and Liam Nagle.

10.29(1)(2)

 

Principal Statement of Terms and Conditions dated September 13, 2001 between Bookham Technology plc and Stephen Abely, as amended on July 1, 2003.

10.30(1)(2)

 

Principal Statement of Terms and Conditions dated August 15, 2001 between Bookham Technology plc and Stephen Turley.

10.31(1)(2)

 

Contract of Employment dated November 9, 2002 between Bookham Technology plc and Michael Scott, as amended on March 16, 2004.

10.32

 

Lease dated December 23, 1999 by and between Silicon Valley Properties, LLC and New Focus, Inc., with respect to 2580 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California.

21.1(2)

 

List of Bookham, Inc. subsidiaries.

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

*
Confidential treatment granted as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.

(1)
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(c) of Form 10-K.

(2)
Previously filed.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXPLANATORY NOTE
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
PART I
PART II
CERTAIN FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
PART III
Summary Compensation Table
PART IV
SIGNATURES
BOOKHAM, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
BOOKHAM, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
BOOKHAM, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
BOOKHAM, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts)
BOOKHAM, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
BOOKHAM, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Schedule II: Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Six Months ended July 3, 2004 and Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 10.32

LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

SILICON VALLEY PROPERTIES, LLC,
A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
AS LANDLORD

AND

NEW FOCUS, INC.,
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
AS TENANT

FOR PREMISES LOCATED AT

2580 JUNCTION AVENUE, SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE TERMS................................................................1

ARTICLE 1  DEFINITIONS......................................................................1

ARTICLE 2  DEMISE, CONSTRUCTION, AND ACCEPTANCE.............................................3

ARTICLE 3  RENT.............................................................................4

ARTICLE 4  USE OF PREMISES..................................................................5

ARTICLE 5  TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS...................................................7

ARTICLE 6  REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE...........................................................9

ARTICLE 7  WASTE DISPOSAL AND UTILITIES....................................................10

ARTICLE 8  COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES.......................................................12

ARTICLE 9  INSURANCE.......................................................................14

ARTICLE 10 LIMITATION ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY ...............................16

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE TO PREMISES..............................................................17

ARTICLE 12 CONDEMNATION....................................................................18

ARTICLE 13 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES............................................................19

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.......................................................21


ARTICLE 15 GENERAL PROVISIONS .............................................................25

i

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE TERMS

  SECTION
   (LEASE
 REFERENCE)                                                 TERMS
      A.              LEASE REFERENCE DATE:        December 23, 1999
(Introduction)

      B.              LANDLORD:                    SILICON VALLEY PROPERTIES, LLC a Delaware limited liability
(Introduction)                                     company

      C.              TENANT:                      New Focus, Inc.
(Introduction)                                     a California corporation

      D.              PREMISES:                    That area consisting of approximately 51,985 square feet of
(Section 1.20)                                     gross leasable area the address of which is 2580 Junction
                                                   Avenue, San Jose, California, within the Building as shown on
                                                   EXHIBIT A.

      E.              PROJECT:                     The land and improvements shown on EXHIBIT A consisting of
(Section 1.21)                                     multiple commercial buildings the aggregate gross leasable
                                                   area of which is approximately 259,521 square feet.

      F.              BUILDING:                    The building in which the Premises are located known as 2580
 (Section                                          1.7) Junction Avenue, San Jose, California containing approximately
                                                   51,985 square feet of gross leasable area.

      G.              TENANT'S SHARE:              100% of the Building (i.e., 51,985/51,985)
(Section 1.28)                                     20.03% of the Project (i.e., 51,985/259,521)

      H.              TENANT'S ALLOCATED PARKING STALLS:  Tenant shall be entitled to use Tenant's Share the
 (Section 4.5)        parking available to the Building stalls.

      I.              SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:  March 15, 2000
(Section 1.24)

      J.              LEASE TERM:                  Eighty-four (84) calendar months, plus if the Commencement
(Section 1.18)                                     Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the
                                                   first month shall include the remainder of the calendar
                                                   month in which the Commencement Date occurs plus the first
                                                   full calendar month thereafter; provided, however, that the
                                                   inclusion of any partial month in the first full calendar
                                                   month shall not entitle Tenant to any additional free rent.
                                                   Any free rent shall be applied on a daily basis (based on
                                                   a 30 day month) so that Tenant does not receive additional
                                                   free rent if the first month includes a full calendar month
                                                   plus any partial month. Base Monthly Rent and Additional
                                                   Rent for any partial month shall be prorated on a daily basis.

      K.              BASE MONTHLY RENT:

 (Section 3.1)

1

                      MONTHS (following the Commencement Date)                        BASE MONTHLY RENT
                      1 - 3 (the "Free Rent Period")                                            -0-
                      4 - 12                                                           $  94,342.38
                      13 - 24                                                          $  97,981.33
                      25 - 36                                                          $ 101,765.84
                      37 - 48                                                          $ 105,701.72
                      49 - 60                                                          $ 109,795.05
                      61 - 72                                                          $ 114,052.10
                      73 - 84                                                          $ 118,479.44

                      During the Free Rent Period, no Base Monthly Rent
                      shall be due and payable, but all Additional Rent,
                      including, without limitation, "Tenant's Share" of
                      "Common Operating Expenses" (as such terms are
                      hereinafter defined) shall be due and payable. If the
                      Commencement Date is other than the first day of a
                      calendar month, then the Free Rent Period shall be
                      calculated on the basis of a 30 day month and applied
                      on a daily basis.

      L.              PREPAID RENT:                $94,342.38, plus Tenant's Share of Common Operating Expenses
 (Section 3.3)                                     for one full month.

      M.              SECURITY DEPOSIT:            $1,184,794.40, which may in the form of a Letter of Credit
 (Section 3.3)                                     as provided in Addendum No. 1 attached hereto.

       N              PERMITTED USE:               General office, administration, research and development and
 (Section 4.1)                                     light manufacturing.

      O.              PERMITTED TENANT'S ALTERATIONS LIMIT:  $25,000.00
 (Section 5.2)

      P.              TENANT'S LIABILITY INSURANCE MINIMUM:  $3,000,000.00
 (Section 9.1)

      Q.              LANDLORD'S ADDRESS:          c/o The Martin Group
 (Section 1.3)                                     2290 North First Street, Suite 108
                                                   San Jose, California 95131
                                                   Attn: Property Manager

                      With a copy to:              Divco West Group, LLC
                                                   150 Almaden Blvd., Suite 700
                                                   San Jose, CA 95113
                                                   Attn.: Asset Manager

      R.              TENANT'S ADDRESS:
 (Section 1.3)        Before the Commencement Date:          2630 Walsh Avenue
                                                             Santa Clara, CA 95051
                                                             Attn.: David Shoquist

                      From and after the Commencement Date: at the Premises, attn.: David Shoquist

      S.              RETAINED REAL ESTATE BROKERS:  Wayne Mascia Associates representing Tenant and Colliers
(Section 15.13)       Parrish International, Inc. representing Landlord.

      T.              LEASE:                       This Lease includes the summary of the Basic Lease Terms,

(Section 1.17)                                     the Lease, and the following exhibits and addenda:

2

EXHIBIT A - Project Site Plan and Outline of the Premises EXHIBIT B - Work Letter for Tenant Improvements EXHIBIT C - Acceptance Agreement Addendum No. 1

The foregoing Summary is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any term of the Summary shall mean the respective information set forth above and shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular paragraph pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between the Summary and the Lease, the Summary shall control.

LANDLORD: TENANT:

SILICON VALLEY PROPERTIES, LLC, a                By:   NEW FOCUS, INC.
Delaware limited liability company                     a California corporation

By:   Divco West Group, LLC,                           By:/s/ George Yule
      a Delaware limited liability company                ----------------------
      Its Agent                                        Name: George Yule
                                                             -------------------
                                                       Title: V.P. Operations
                                                              ------------------

      By:/s/ Scott Smithers                     Dated: December 23, 1999
         --------------------------
      Name: Scott Smithers
      Its: President

Date: December 24, 1999

3

LEASE

This Lease is dated as of the lease reference date specified in SECTION A, of the Summary and is made by and between the party identified as Landlord in
SECTION B of the Summary and the party identified as Tenant in SECTION C of the Summary.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 GENERAL. Any initially capitalized term that is given a special meaning by this Article 1, the Summary, or by any other provision of this Lease (including the exhibits attached hereto) shall have such meaning when used in this Lease or any addendum or amendment hereto unless otherwise clearly indicated by the context.

1.2 ADDITIONAL RENT. The term "Additional Rent" is defined in PARA 3.2.

1.3 ADDRESS FOR NOTICES. The term "Address for Notices" shall mean the addresses set forth in SECTIONS Q AND R of the Summary; provided, however, that after the Commencement Date, Tenant's Address for Notices shall be the address of the Premises.

1.4 AGENTS. The term "Agents" shall mean the following: (i) with respect to Landlord or Tenant, the agents, employees, contractors, and invitees of such party; and (ii) in addition with respect to Tenant, Tenant's subtenants and their respective agents, employees, contractors, and invitees.

1.5 AGREED INTEREST RATE. The term "Agreed Interest Rate" shall mean that interest rate determined as of the time it is to be applied that is equal to the lesser of (i) 5% in excess of the discount rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco as it may be adjusted from time to time, or (ii) the maximum interest rate permitted by Law.

1.6 BASE MONTHLY RENT. The term "Base Monthly Rent" shall mean the fixed monthly rent payable by Tenant pursuant to PARA 3.1 which is specified in
SECTION K of the Summary.

1.7 BUILDING. The term "Building" shall mean the building in which the Premises are located which Building is identified in SECTION F of the Summary, the gross leasable area of which is referred to herein as the "Building Gross Leasable Area."

1.8 COMMENCEMENT DATE. The term "Commencement Date" shall mean the earlier of: (i) the date the "Tenant Improvements" have been "Substantially Completed" (as such terms are defined in Exhibit B attached hereto) except for such work as Landlord is required to perform but cannot complete until Tenant performs necessary portions of construction work it has elected or is required to do; or (ii) thirty (30) days after the date Landlord notifies and permits Tenant to have early occupancy of part of the Premises as provided in PARA 12.5 hereof, which is estimated to be the date Landlord obtains possession of the Premises from the existing tenant (whose lease is scheduled to expire on February 14, 2000). To the extent the Commencement Date is delayed due to any `Tenant Delay" (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto), then the calculation of the date under clause (i) above shall be deemed the date the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit B) but for such Tenant Delay, Tenant acknowledges that the Commencement Date may occur prior to the date the Tenant Improvements will be Substantially Completed or when Tenant may physically occupy the Premises. However, Landlord covenants and agrees to use its commercially reasonably efforts to construct the Tenant Improvements with due diligence. Notwithstanding the date for the Commencement Date provided above, Tenant may have early access to the Premises as provided in Section 2.5 hereof.

1.9 COMMON AREA. The term "Common Area" shall mean all areas and facilities within the Project that are not designated by Landlord for the exclusive use of Tenant or any other lessee or other occupant of the

1

Project, including the parking areas, access and perimeter roads, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, trash enclosures, recreation areas and the like.

1.10 COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES. The term "Common Operating Expenses" is defined in PARA 8.2.

1.11 EFFECTIVE DATE. The term "Effective Date" shall mean the date the last signatory to this Lease whose execution is required to make it binding on the parties hereto shall have executed this Lease.

1.12 EVENT OF TENANT'S DEFAULT. The term "Event of Tenant's Default" is defined in PARA 13.1.

1.13 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The terms "Hazardous Materials" and "Hazardous Materials Laws" are defined in PARA 7.2E.

1.14 INSURED AND UNINSURED PERIL. The terms "Insured Peril" and "Uninsured Peril" are defined in PARA 11.2E.

1.15 LAW. The term "Law" shall mean any judicial decision, statute, constitution, ordinance, resolution, regulation, rule, administrative order, or other requirement of any municipal, county, state, federal or other government agency or authority having jurisdiction over the parties to this Lease or the Premises, or both, in effect either at the Effective Date or any time during the Lease Term, including, without limitation, any Hazardous Material Law (as defined in PARA 7.2E) and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 12101 ET. SEQ. and any rules, regulations, restrictions, guidelines, requirements or publications promulgated or published pursuant thereto.

1.16 LEASE. The term "Lease" shall mean the Summary and all elements of this Lease identified in SECTION T of the Summary, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

1.17 LEASE TERM. The term "Lease Term" shall mean the term of this Lease which shall commence on the Commencement Date and continue for the period specified in Section J of the Summary.

1.18 LENDER. The term "Lender" shall mean any beneficiary, mortgagee, secured party, lessor, or other holder of any Security instrument.

1.19 PERMITTED USE. The term "Permitted Use" shall mean the use specified in SECTION N of the Summary.

1.20 PREMISES. The term "Premises" shall mean that building area described in SECTION D of the Summary that is within the Building.

1.21 PROJECT. The term "Project" shall mean that real property and the improvements thereon which are specified in SECTION E, of the Summary, the aggregate gross leasable area of which is referred to herein as the "Project Gross Leasable Area."

1.22 PRIVATE RESTRICTIONS. The term "Private Restrictions" shall mean all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, private agreements, reciprocal easement agreements, and any other recorded instruments affecting the use of the Premises which (i) exist as of the Effective Date (and a copy of same have been previously delivered to Tenant), or (ii) are recorded after the Effective Date and are approved by Tenant.

1.23 REAL PROPERTY TAXES. The term "Real Property Taxes" is defined in PARA 8.3.

1.24 SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE. The term "Scheduled Commencement Date" shall mean the date specified in SECTION I of the Summary.

1.25 SECURITY INSTRUMENT. The term "Security Instrument" shall mean any underlying lease, mortgage or deed of trust which now or hereafter affects the Project, and any renewal, modification, consolidation, replacement or extension thereof.

2

1.26 SUMMARY. The term "Summary" shall mean the Summary of Basic Lease Terms executed by Landlord and Tenant that is part of this Lease.

1.27 TENANT'S ALTERATIONS. The term "Tenant's Alterations" shall mean all improvements, additions, alterations, and fixtures installed in the Premises by Tenant at its expense which are not Trade Fixtures.

1.28 TENANT'S SHARE. The term "Tenant's Share" shall mean the percentage obtained by dividing Tenant's gross leasable area identified in
SECTION D of the Summary by the Building Gross Leasable Area, which as of the Effective Date is the percentage identified in SECTION G of the Summary, and by the Project Gross Leasable Area, which as of the Effective Date is the percentage identified in SECTION G of the Summary.

1.29 TRADE FIXTURES. The term "Trade Fixtures" shall mean (i) Tenant's inventory, furniture, signs, and business equipment, and (ii) anything affixed to the Premises by Tenant at its expense for purposes of trade, manufacture, ornament or domestic use (except replacement of similar work or material originally installed by Landlord) which can be removed without material injury to the Premises unless such thing has, by the manner in which it is affixed, become an integral part of the Premises.

ARTICLE 2

DEMISE, CONSTRUCTION, AND ACCEPTANCE

2.1 DEMISE OF PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, for the Lease Term upon the terms and conditions of this Lease, the Premises for Tenant's own use in the conduct of Tenant's business together with (i) the non-exclusive right to use the number of Tenant's Allocated Parking Stalls within the Common Area (subject to the limitations set forth in PARA 4.5), and (ii) the non-exclusive right to use the Common Area for ingress to and egress from the Premises. Landlord reserves the use of the exterior walls, the roof and the area beneath and above the Premises, together with the right to install, maintain, use, and replace ducts, wires, conduits and pipes leading through the Premises in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.

2.2 COMMENCEMENT DATE. The Lease Term shall commence on the Commencement Date as defined in PARA 1.8 hereof.

2.3 CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall construct certain improvements that shall constitute or become part of the Premises if required by, and then in accordance with, the terms of EXHIBIT B.

2.4 DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF POSSESSION. The Scheduled Commencement Date is the date estimated by the parties that will be thirty (30) days after the date Landlord obtains possession of the Premises from the existing tenant. Since the Tenant Improvements may not be Substantially Completed by the Scheduled Commencement Date, Tenant will not be able to use all of the Premises while the Tenant Improvements are being constructed. Subject to the scope of the Tenant Improvements contained in the Construction Plans (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto), the parties contemplate that Tenant will be able to occupy approximately one-half of the Premises while Landlord's contractor is constructing the Tenant Improvements in the remainder of the Premises. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord's contractor in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements and not to interfere with the work of the contractor, including any work that may have to be done in the area of the Premises being occupied by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and accepts the various inconveniences that may be associated with the use of any portion of the Premises and Common Areas during the construction of the Tenant Improvements, such as construction obstacles, noise and debris, the passage of work crews, uneven air conditioning service and other typical conditions incident to the construction of improvements. Tenant agrees that such inconveniences and annoyances shall not give Tenant any rights against Landlord. Tenant shall accept possession and enter into good faith occupancy of the entire Premises and commence the operation of its business therein within 30 days after the Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed. Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to conduct, and has conducted, such inspections of the Premises as it deems necessary to evaluate its condition. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises in its then existing condition, "as-is", including all patent defects, but excluding all latent defects, which Landlord shall promptly repair after receipt of written notice of such latent defect. Tenant agrees to provide notice

3

to Landlord of any latent defects promptly after Tenant discovers such latent defect. Tenant's taking possession of any part of the Premises shall be deemed to be an acceptance by Tenant of any work of improvement done by Landlord in such part as complete and in accordance with the terms of this Lease except for defects of which Tenant has given Landlord written notice prior to the time Tenant takes possession, After the Commencement Date and Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall together execute an acceptance agreement in the form attached as EXHIBIT C, appropriately completed. Tenant's obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with this Lease shall not be excused or delayed because of Tenant's failure to execute such acceptance agreement.

2.5 EARLY OCCUPANCY. Landlord agrees that Tenant may have early occupancy of approximately one-half of the Premises in the area reasonably approved by Landlord where the majority of the work for Tenant Improvements will not be done to the extent such early occupancy is permitted under applicable law. Such right to early occupancy shall commence on the day following the date that Landlord obtains possession of the Premises from the existing tenant until the Commencement Date (the "Early Occupancy Period") and Landlord agrees to notify Tenant when such early occupancy is available. During the Early Occupancy Period, Tenant may use such portion of the Premises it may occupy early to install its Trade Fixtures and to extent permitted under applicable Law, for any use permitted under this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant does not interfere with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. During the Early Occupancy Period, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall apply, except the Lease Term shall not commence until the Commencement Date and Tenant shall not be required to pay any Base Monthly Rent or Tenant's Share of Common Operating Expenses; however, Tenant shall be obligated to pay for its utilities.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

3.1 BASE MONTHLY RENT. Commencing on the Commencement Date (but subject to the Free Rent Period) and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Monthly Rent set forth in SECTION K, of the Summary.

3.2 ADDITIONAL RENT. Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay the following as additional rent (the "Additional Rent"): (i) any late charges or interest due Landlord pursuant to PARA 3.4; (ii) Tenant's Share of Common Operating Expenses as provided in PARA 8.1; (iii) Landlord's share of any Subrent received by Tenant upon certain assignments and sublettings as required by PARA 14.1; (iv) any legal fees and costs due Landlord pursuant to PARA 15.9; and (v) any other charges due Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

3.3 PAYMENT OF RENT. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease by both parties, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount set forth in SECTION L of the Summary as prepayment of rent for credit against the first installment(s) of Base Monthly Rent. All rent required to be paid in monthly installments shall be paid in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term. If SECTION K of the Summary provides that the Base Monthly Rent is to be increased during the Lease Term and if the date of such increase does not fall on the first day of a calendar month, such increase shall become effective on the first day of the next calendar month. All rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States, without any abatement, deduction or offset whatsoever (except as specifically provided in PARA 11.4 and PARA 12.3), and without any prior demand therefor. Rent shall be paid to Landlord at its address set forth in SECTION Q of the Summary, or at such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time. Tenant's obligation to pay Base Monthly Rent and Tenant's Share of Common Operating Expenses shall be prorated at the commencement and expiration of the Lease Term.

3.4 LATE CHARGE, INTEREST AND QUARTERLY PAYMENTS.

(a) LATE CHARGE. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant of any installment of rent, or any other sum of money required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, will cause Landlord to incur certain costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs and expenses will include, without limitation, attorneys' fees, administrative and collection costs, and processing and accounting expenses and other costs and expenses necessary and incidental thereto. If any Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent is not received by Landlord from Tenant when due such payment is due, then Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord a late charge equal to 10% of such delinquent rent as

4

liquidated damages for Tenant's failure to make timely payment; provided, however, that Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not have to pay such late charge if it makes its payment in full within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord, except that this notice and cure period shall only be applicable for the first two times Tenant fails to pay any Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent when due during each calendar year. If Landlord has provided two notices of a late payment or default during a calendar year, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any notice thereafter for the remainder of such calendar year and such late charge shall be due if payment is not made when due without any grace period or notice. In no event shall this provision for a late charge be deemed to grant to Tenant a grace period or extension of time within which to pay any rent or prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant's failure to pay any rent due under this Lease in a timely fashion, including any right to terminate this Lease pursuant to PARA 13.2B.

(b) INTEREST. If any rent remains delinquent for a period in excess of five (5) days then, in addition to such late charge, Tenant shall pay to Landlord interest on any rent that is not paid when due at the Agreed Interest Rate following the date such amount became due until paid.

(c) QUARTERLY PAYMENTS. If Tenant during any six (6) month period shall be more than five (5) days delinquent in the payment of any rent or other amount payable by Tenant hereunder on three (3) or more occasions, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect to require Tenant to pay all Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent quarterly in advance. Such right shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other right or remedy available to Landlord hereunder or at law on account of Tenant's default hereunder

3.5 SECURITY DEPOSIT. On the Effective Date, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount set forth in SECTION M of the Summary as security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, and not as prepayment of rent (the "Security Deposit"). Landlord may from time to time apply such portion of the Security Deposit as is reasonably necessary for the following purposes: (i) to remedy any default by Tenant in the payment of rent; (ii) to repair damage to the Premises caused by Tenant; (iii) to clean the Premises upon termination of the Lease; and (iv) to remedy any other default of Tenant to the extent permitted by Law and, in this regard, Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the uses to which the Security Deposit may be put contained in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. In the event the Security Deposit or any portion thereof is so used, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand an amount in cash sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full original amount. Landlord shall not be deemed a trustee of the Security Deposit, may use the Security Deposit in business, and shall not be required to segregate it from its general accounts. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. If Landlord transfers the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord may pay the Security Deposit to any transferee of Landlord's interest in conformity with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and/or any successor statute, in which event the transferring Landlord will be released from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit.

3.6 ELECTRONIC PAYMENT. If Tenant has failed to pay Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent three or more times as and when due, then Landlord shall have the right, on not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant (the "Electronic Payment Notice"), to require Tenant to make subsequent payments of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent due pursuant to the terms of this Lease by means of a federal funds wire transfer or such other method of electronic funds transfer as may be required by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the "Electronic Payment"). The Electronic Payment Notice shall set forth the proper bank ABA number, account number and designation of the account to which such Electronic Payment shall be made. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing of any additional information that will be required to establish and maintain Electronic Payment from Tenant's bank or financial institution. Landlord shall have the right, after at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant, to change the name of the depository for receipt of any Electronic Payment and to discontinue payment of any sum by Electronic Payment.

ARTICLE 4

USE OF PREMISES

4.1 LIMITATION ON USE. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use specified in SECTION N of the Summary. There shall not be any change in use without the prior written consent of Landlord which will not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not do anything in or about the Premises which will (i) cause structural

5

injury to the Building, or (ii) cause damage to any part of the Building except to the extent reasonably necessary for the installation of Tenant's Trade Fixtures and Tenant's Alterations, and then only in a manner which has been first approved by Landlord in writing. Tenant shall not operate any equipment within the Premises which will (i) materially damage the Building or the Common Area, (ii) overload existing electrical systems or other mechanical equipment servicing the Building, (iii) impair the efficient operation of the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilating or air conditioning ("HVAC") equipment within or servicing the Building, or (iv) damage, overload or corrode the sanitary sewer system. Tenant shall not attach, hang or suspend anything from the ceiling, roof, walls or columns of the Building or set any load on the floor in excess of the load limits for which such items are designed nor operate hard wheel forklifts within the Premises.

Any dust, fumes, or waste products generated by Tenant's use of the Premises shall be contained and disposed so that they do not (i) create an unreasonable fire or health hazard, (ii) damage the Premises, or (iii) result in the violation of any Law. Except as approved by Landlord, Tenant shall not change the exterior of the Building or install any equipment or antennas on or make any penetrations of the exterior or roof of the Building. Tenant shall not commit any waste in or about the Premises, and Tenant shall keep the Premises in a neat, clean, attractive and orderly condition, free of any nuisances. If Landlord designates a standard window covering for use throughout the Building, Tenant shall use this standard window coveting to cover all windows in the Premises, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to change its window coverings that Landlord previously approved unless Tenant elects to change such window coverings in the future. Tenant shall not conduct on any portion of the Premises or the Project any sale of any kind, including any public or private auction, fire sale, going-out-of-business sale, distress sale or other liquidation sale.

4.2 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which violates any Laws or Private Restrictions which affect the Premises. Tenant shall abide by and promptly observe and comply with all Laws and Private Restrictions. Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner which will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering Tenant's Alterations or any improvements installed by Landlord at its expense or which poses an unreasonable risk of damage or injury to the Premises. Tenant shall not sell, or permit to be kept, used, or sold in or about the Premises any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy. Tenant shall comply with all reasonable requirements of any insurance company, insurance underwriter, or Board of Fire Underwriters which are necessary to maintain the insurance coverage carried by either Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Tenant shall not be deemed in breach of this section for failure to comply with an applicable Law if such non-compliance with such Law by Tenant is due to the failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Lease.

4.3 OUTSIDE AREAS. No materials, supplies, tanks or containers, equipment, finished products or semifinished products, raw materials, inoperable vehicles or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside of the Premises except in fully fenced and screened areas outside the Building which have been designed for such purpose and have been approved in writing by Landlord for such use by Tenant.

4.4 SIGNS. Tenant shall not place on any portion of the Premises any sign, placard, lettering in or on windows, banner, displays or other advertising or communicative material which is visible from the exterior of the Building without the prior written approval of Landlord. At its expense, Tenant may have its name placed on the existing monument sign for the Building, provided the design and location are approved by Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) and it complies with all Laws. All such approved signs shall strictly conform to all Laws, Private Restrictions, and Landlord's sign criteria then in effect and shall be installed at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall maintain such signs in good condition and repair.

4.5 PARKING. Tenant is allocated and shall have the non-exclusive right to use not more than the number of Tenant's Allocated Parking Stalls contained within the Project described in SECTION H of the Summary for its use and the use of Tenant's Agents, the location of which may be designated from time to time by Landlord, but such designation shall be done in a non-discriminatory manner. Tenant shall not at any time use more parking spaces than the number so allocated to Tenant or park its vehicles or the vehicles of others in any portion of the Project not designated by Landlord as a non-exclusive parking area. Tenant shall not have the exclusive right to use any specific parking space. If Landlord grants to any other tenant the exclusive right to use any particular parking space(s), Tenant shall not use such spaces. Landlord reserves the right, after having given Tenant reasonable notice, to have any vehicles owned by Tenant or Tenant's Agents utilizing parking spaces in excess of the parking spaces allowed for Tenant's use to be towed away at Tenant's cost. All trucks and delivery vehicles shall be (i) parked at the rear of

6

the Building, (ii) loaded and unloaded in a manner which does not interfere with the businesses of other occupants of the Project, and (iii) permitted to remain on the Project only so long as is reasonably necessary to complete loading and unloading. In the event Landlord elects or is required by any Law to limit or control parking in the Project, whether by validation of parking tickets or any other method, Tenant agrees to participate in such validation program under such reasonable rules and regulations as are from time to time established by Landlord, provided that there is no material resultant cost, expense or material inconvenience to Tenant. So long as Tenant is in occupancy at the Premises, Landlord agrees that it will not provide exclusive parking rights in the area immediately adjacent to the Premises to other parties (except as required by applicable Law) in an unreasonable discriminatory manner that will materially and adversely affect Tenant's parking rights under this section.

4.6 RULES AND REGULATIONS. Landlord may from time to time promulgate reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations applicable to all occupants of the Project for the care and orderly management of the Project and the safety of its tenants and invitees. Such rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy thereof to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to abide by such rules and regulations. If there is a conflict between the rules and regulations and any of the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail. Landlord shall not be responsible for the violation by any other tenant of the Project of any such rules and regulations. Landlord agrees to enforce such rules and regulations in a non-discriminatory manner against all similarly situated tenants.

ARTICLE 5

TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS

5.1 TRADE FIXTURES. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant may provide and install, and shall maintain in good condition, any Trade Fixtures required in the conduct of its business in the Premises, except to the extent any Trade Fixture will use, generate, store or dispose of any Hn7ardous Material in which case the prior written consent of Landlord shall be required before such Trade Fixture may be installed. All Trade Fixtures shall remain Tenant's property.

5.2 TENANT'S ALTERATIONS. Construction by Tenant of Tenant's Alterations shall be governed by the following:

A. Tenant shall not construct any Tenant's Alterations or otherwise alter the Premises without Landlord's prior written approval. Tenant shall be entitled, without Landlord's prior approval, to make Tenant's Alterations (i) which do not affect the structural or exterior parts or water tight character of the Building, and (ii) the reasonably estimated cost of which, plus the original cost of any part of the Premises removed or materially altered in connection with such Tenant's Alterations, together do not exceed the Permitted Tenant Alterations Limit specified in SECTION O of the Summary per work of improvement. In the event Landlord's approval for any Tenant's Alterations is required, Tenant shall not construct the Leasehold Improvement until Landlord has approved in writing the plans and specifications therefor, and such Tenant's Alterations shall be constructed substantially in compliance with such approved plans and specifications by a licensed contractor first approved by Landlord. All Tenant's Alterations constructed by Tenant shall be constructed by a licensed contractor in accordance with all Laws using new materials of good quality. If Landlord has not responded to Tenant's request for approval of any Tenant's Alterations within twenty (20) days after Landlord's receipt of such written request together with all other information required under this Lease, Tenant may provide a second written request and the failure of Landlord to respond to such second request within ten (10) days after receipt of same shall be deemed an approval of such proposed Tenant's Alteration.

B. Tenant shall not commence construction of any Tenant's Alterations until (i) all required governmental approvals and permits have been obtained, (ii) all requirements regarding insurance imposed by this Lease have been satisfied, (iii) Tenant has given Landlord at least five days' prior written notice of its intention to commence such construction, and (iv) if reasonably requested by Landlord, Tenant has obtained contingent liability and broad form builders' risk insurance in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord if there are any perils relating to the proposed construction not covered by insurance carried pursuant to Article 9.

C. All Tenant's Alterations shall remain the property of Tenant during the Lease Term but shall not be altered or removed from the Premises, except as provided herein. At the expiration or sooner

7

termination of the Lease Term, all Tenant's Alterations shall be surrendered to Landlord as part of the realty and shall then become Landlord's property, and Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for all or any portion of the value or cost thereof; provided, however, that if Landlord requires Tenant to remove any Tenant's Alterations, Tenant shall so remove such Tenant's Alterations prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any Tenant's Alterations with respect to which the following is true: (i) Tenant was required, or elected, to obtain the approval of Landlord to the installation of the Leasehold Improvement in question; (ii) at the time Tenant requested Landlord's approval, Tenant requested of Landlord in writing that Landlord inform Tenant of whether or not Landlord would require Tenant to remove such Leasehold Improvement at the expiration of the Lease Term; and (iii) at the time Landlord granted its approval, it did not inform Tenant that it would require Tenant to remove such Leasehold Improvement at the expiration of the Lease Term.

5.3 ALTERATIONS REQUIRED BY LAW. Tenant shall make any alteration, addition or change of any sort to the Premises that is required by any Law because of (i) Tenant's particular use or change of use of the Premises; (ii) Tenant's application for any permit or governmental approval; or (iii) Tenant's construction or installation of any Tenant's Alterations or Trade Fixtures. Any other alteration, addition, or change required by Law which is not the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to the foregoing shall be made by Landlord (subject to Landlord's right to reimbursement from Tenant specified in PARA 5.4).

5.4 AMORTIZATION OF CERTAIN CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent in the event Landlord reasonably elects or is required to make any of the following kinds of capital improvements to the Project: (i) capital improvements required to be constructed in order to comply with any Law (excluding any Hazardous Materials Law) not in effect or applicable to the Project as of the Effective Date; (ii) modification of existing or construction of additional capital improvements or building service equipment for the purpose of reducing the consumption of utility services or Common Operating Expenses of the Project, but only to the extent of the amount of any savings in Common Operating Expenses; (iii) replacement of capital improvements or building service equipment existing as of the Effective Date when required because of normal wear and tear; and (iv) restoration of any part of the Building or Common Areas of the Project that has been damaged by any peril to the extent the cost thereof is not of a type covered by insurance proceeds actually recovered by Landlord up to a maximum amount per occurrence of 10% of the then replacement cost of the Project. The amount of Additional Rent Tenant is to pay with respect to each such capital improvement shall be determined as follows:

A. All costs paid by Landlord to construct such improvements (including financing costs) shall be amortized over the useful life of such improvement (as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) with interest on the unamortized balance at the then prevailing market rate Landlord would pay if it borrowed funds to construct such improvements from an institutional lender, and Landlord shall inform Tenant of the monthly amortization payment required to so amortize such costs, and shall also provide Tenant with the information upon which such determination is made.

B. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay at the same time the Base Monthly Rent is due an amount equal to Tenant's Share of that portion of such monthly amortization payment fairly allocable to the Building (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for each month after such improvements are completed until the first to occur of (i) the expiration of the Lease Term (as it may be extended), or (ii) the end of the term over which such costs were amortized.

5.5 MECHANIC'S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Project free from any liens and shall pay when due all bills arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant or Tenant's Agents relating to the Project. If any claim of lien is recorded (except those caused by Landlord or Landlord's Agents), Tenant shall bond against or discharge the same within 10 days after the same has been recorded against the Project. Should any lien be filed against the Project or any action be commenced affecting title to the Project, the party receiving notice of such lien or action shall immediately give the other party written notice thereof.

5.6 TAXES ON TENANT'S PROPERTY. Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed against Tenant or Tenant's estate in this Lease or the property of Tenant situated within the Premises which become due during the Lease Term. If any tax or other charge

8

is assessed by any governmental agency because of the execution of this Lease, such tax shall be paid by Tenant. On demand by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of these payments.

ARTICLE 6

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE

6.1 TENANT'S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN. Except as otherwise provided in PARA 6.2, PARA 11.1., and PARA 12.3, Tenant shall be responsible for the following during the Lease Term:

A. Tenant shall clean and maintain in good order, condition, and repair and replace when necessary the Premises and every part thereof, through regular inspections and servicing, including, but not limited to: (i) all plumbing and sewage facilities (including all sinks, toilets, faucets and drains), and all ducts, pipes, vents or other parts of the HVAC or plumbing system; (ii) all fixtures, interior walls, floors, carpets and ceilings; (iii) all windows, doors, entrances, plate glass, showcases and skylights (including cleaning both interior and exterior surfaces); (iv) all electrical facilities and all equipment (including all lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, fans, vents, exhaust equipment and systems); and (v) any automatic fire extinguisher equipment in the Premises.

B. With respect to utility facilities serving the Premises (including electrical wiring and conduits, gas lines, water pipes, and plumbing and sewage fixtures and pipes), Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of any such facilities which serve only the Premises, including all such facilities that are within the walls or floor, or on the roof of the Premises, and any part of such facility that is not within the Premises, but only up to the point where such facilities join a main or other junction (e.g., sewer main or electrical transformer) from which such utility services are distributed to other parts of the Project as well as to the Premises. Tenant shall replace any damaged or broken glass in the Premises (including all interior and exterior doors and windows) with glass of the same kind, size and quality. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises (including exterior doors and windows) caused by vandalism or any unauthorized entry.

C. Tenant shall (i) maintain, repair and replace when necessary all HVAC equipment which services only the Premises, and shall keep the same in good condition through regular inspection and servicing, and (ii) maintain continuously throughout the Lease Term a service contract for the maintenance of all such HVAC equipment with a licensed HVAC repair and maintenance contractor approved by Landlord, which contract provides for the periodic inspection and servicing of the HVAC equipment at least once every 60 days during the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may elect at any time to assume responsibility for the maintenance, repair and replacement of such HVAC equipment which serves only the Premises Tenant shall maintain continuously throughout the Lease Term a service contract for the washing of all windows (both interior and exterior surfaces) in the Premises with a contractor approved by Landlord, which contract provides for the periodic washing of all such windows at least once every 90 days during the Lease Term. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of all such service contracts, which shall provide that they may not be canceled or changed without at least 30 days' prior written notice to Landlord.

D. All repairs and replacements required of Tenant shall be promptly made with new materials of like kind and quality. If the work affects the structural parts of the Building or if the estimated cost of any item of repair or replacement is in excess of the Permitted Tenant's Alterations Limit, then Tenant shall first obtain Landlord's written approval of the scope of the work, plans therefor, materials to be used, and the contractor.

6.2 LANDLORD'S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN. Landlord shall repair, maintain and operate the Common Area and repair and maintain the roof, exterior and structural parts of the building(s) located on the Project so that the same are kept in good order and repair. If there is central HVAC or other building service equipment and/or utility facilities serving portions of the Common Area and/or both the Premises and other parts of the Building, Landlord shall maintain and operate (and replace when necessary) such equipment. Landlord shall not be responsible for repairs required by an accident, fire or other peril or for damage caused to any part of the Project by any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant's Agents except as otherwise required by Article 11. Landlord may engage contractors of its choice to perform the obligations required of it by this Article, and the necessity of any expenditure to perform such obligations shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord.

9

6.3 CONTROL OF COMMON AREA. Landlord shall at all times have exclusive control of the Common Area. Landlord shall have the right, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent, to: (i) close any part of the Common Area to whatever extent required in the opinion of Landlord's counsel to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any prescriptive rights therein; (ii) temporarily close the Common Area to perform maintenance or for any other reason deemed sufficient by Landlord; (iii) change the shape, size, location and extent of the Common Area; (iv) eliminate from or add to the Project any land or improvement, including multi-deck parking structures; (v) make changes to the Common Area including, without limitation, changes in the location of driveways, entrances, passageways, doors and doorways, elevators, stairs, restrooms, exits, parking spaces, parking areas, sidewalks or the direction of the flow of traffic and the site of the Common Area; (vi) remove unauthorized persons from the Project; and/or (vii) change the name or address of the Building or Project. Tenant shall keep the Common Area clear of all obstructions created or permitted by Tenant. If in the opinion of Landlord unauthorized persons are using any of the Common Area by reason of the presence of Tenant in the Building, Tenant, upon demand of Landlord, shall restrain such unauthorized use by appropriate proceedings. In exercising any such rights regarding the Common Area, (i) Landlord shall make a reasonable effort to minimize any disruption to Tenant's business, and (ii) Landlord shall not exercise its rights to control the Common Area in a manner that would materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises without first obtaining Tenant's consent. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard services or other security measures for the benefit of the Project. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and Tenant's Agents from acts of third parties; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent Landlord, at its sole option, from providing security measures for the Project.

ARTICLE 7

WASTE DISPOSAL AND UTILITIES

7.1 WASTE DISPOSAL. Tenant shall store its waste either inside the Premises or within outside trash enclosures that are fully fenced and screened in compliance with all Private Restrictions, and designed for such purpose. All entrances to such outside trash enclosures shall be kept closed, and waste shall be stored in such manner as not to be visible from the exterior of such outside enclosures. Tenant shall cause all of its waste to be regularly removed from the Premises at Tenant's sole cost. Tenant shall keep all fire corridors and mechanical equipment rooms in the Premises free and clear of all obstructions at all times.

7.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows with respect to the existence or use of Hazardous Materials on the Project:

A. Any handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal or use of Hazardous Materials by Tenant and Tenant's Agents after the Effective Date in or about the Project shall strictly comply with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall indemnify, defend upon demand with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities, losses, claims, damages, lost profits, consequential damages, interest, penalties, fines, monetary sanctions, attorneys' fees, experts' fees, court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs, and other expenses which result from or arise in any manner whatsoever out of the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Project by Tenant or Tenant's Agents after the Effective Date.

B. If the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Project caused or permitted by Tenant or Tenant's Agents after the Effective Date results in contamination or deterioration of water or soil resulting in a level of contamination greater than the levels established as acceptable by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over such contamination, then Tenant shall promptly take any and all action necessary to investigate and remediate such contamination if required by Law or as a condition to the issuance or continuing effectiveness of any governmental approval which relates to the use of the Project or any part thereof. Tenant shall further be solely responsible for, and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its agents harmless from and against, all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorneys' fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with any investigation and remediation required hereunder to return the Project to its condition existing prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall not be responsible for any contamination of the Project by Hazardous Materials by any third party other than Tenant's Agents. Landlord agrees that it shall not deposit, dispose, generate or use any Hazardous Materials in the Project in violation of the applicable

10

Environmental Laws and that is shall otherwise comply with all Hazardous Material Laws at the Project to the extent required under applicable Law.

C. Landlord and Tenant shall each give written notice to the other as soon as reasonably practicable of (i) any communication received from any governmental authority concerning Hazardous Materials which relates to the Project, and (ii) any contamination of the Project by Hazardous Materials which constitutes a violation of any Hazardous Materials Law. Tenant may use small quantities of household or office chemicals such as adhesives, lubricants, and cleaning fluids in order to conduct its business at the Premises and such other Hazardous Materials as are necessary for the operation of Tenant's business of which Landlord receives notice prior to such Hazardous Materials being brought onto the Premises and which Landlord consents in writing may be brought onto the Premises. At any time during the Lease Term, Tenant shall, within five days after written request therefor received from Landlord, disclose in writing all Hazardous Materials that are being used by Tenant on the Project, the nature of such use, and the manner of storage and disposal.

D. Landlord may cause testing wells to be installed on the Project, and may cause the ground water to be tested to detect the presence of Hazardous Material by the use of such tests as are then customarily used for such purposes. If Tenant so requests, Landlord shall supply Tenant with copies of such test results. The cost of such tests and of the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of such wells shall be paid by Tenant if such tests disclose the existence of facts which give rise to liability of Tenant pursuant to its indemnity given in PARA 7.2A and/or PARA 7.2B.

E. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Material," means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. The term "Hazardous Material," includes, without limitation, petroleum products, asbestos, PCB's, and any material or substance which is (i) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (ii) defined as a "hazardous waste" pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 6903), or (iii) defined as a "hazardous substance" pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response; Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. 9601). As used herein, the term "Hazardous Material Law" shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, or regulation of any governmental body or agency (including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the California Department of Health Services) which regulates the use, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Material.

F. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this PARA 7.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with respect to issues relating to Hazardous Materials are exclusively established by this 917.2. In the event of any inconsistency between any other part of this Lease and this PARA 7.2, the terms of this PARA 7.2 shall control.

7.3 UTILITIES. Tenant shall promptly pay, as the same become due, all charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer service, waste pick-up and any other utilities, materials or services furnished directly to or used by Tenant on or about the Premises during the Lease Term, including, without limitation, (i) meter, use and/or connection fees, hook-up fees, or standby fee (excluding any connection fees or hook-up fees which relate to making the existing electrical, gas, and water service available to the Premises as of the Commencement Date), and (ii) penalties for discontinued or interrupted service. If any utility service is not separately metered to the Premises, then Tenant shall pay its pro rata share of the cost of such utility service with all others served by the service not separately metered. However, if Landlord determines that Tenant is using a disproportionate amount of any utility service not separately metered, then Landlord at its election may (i) periodically charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to Landlord's reasonable estimate of the cost of Tenant's excess use of such utility service, or (ii) install a separate meter (at Tenant's expense) to measure the utility service supplied to the Premises.

7.4 COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS. Landlord and Tenant shall comply with all rules, regulations and requirements promulgated by national, state or local governmental agencies or utility suppliers concerning the use of utility services, including any rationing, limitation or other control, Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease nor to any abatement in rent by reason of such compliance.

11

ARTICLE 8

COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES

8.1 TENANT'S OBLIGATION TO REIMBURSE. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay Tenant's Share (specified in SECTION G of the Summary) of all Common Operating Expenses; provided, however, if the Project contains more than one building, then Tenant shall pay Tenant's Share of all Common Operating Expenses fairly allocable to the Building, including (i) all Common Operating Expenses paid with respect to the maintenance, repair, replacement and use of the Building, and (ii) a proportionate share (based on the Building Gross Leasable Area as a percentage of the Project Gross Leasable Area) of all Common Operating Expenses which relate to the Project in general are not fairly allocable to any one building that is part of the Project Tenant shall pay such share of the actual Common Operating Expenses incurred or paid by Landlord but not theretofore billed to Tenant within 10 days after receipt of a written bill therefor from Landlord, on such periodic basis as Landlord shall designate, but in no event more frequently than once a month. Alternatively, Landlord may from time to time require that Tenant pay Tenant's Share of Common Operating Expenses in advance in estimated monthly installments, in accordance with the following.
(I) Landlord shall deliver to Tenant Landlord's reasonable estimate of the Common Operating expenses it anticipates will be paid or incurred for the Landlord's fiscal year in question; (ii) during such Landlord's fiscal year Tenant shall pay such share of the estimated Common Operating Expenses in advance in monthly installments as required by Landlord due with the installments of Base Monthly Rent; and (iii) within 90 days after the end of each Landlord's fiscal year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement in reasonable detail of the actual Common Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during the just ended Landlord's fiscal year and thereupon there shall be an adjustment between Landlord and Tenant, with payment to Landlord or credit by Landlord against the next installment of Base Monthly Rent, as the case may require, within 10 days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement, so that Landlord shall receive the entire amount of Tenant's Share of all Common Operating Expenses for such Landlord's fiscal year and no more. Tenant shall have the right at its expense, exercisable upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord, to inspect at Landlord's office during normal business hours Landlord's books and records as they relate to Common Operating Expenses. Such inspection must be within 30 days of Tenant's receipt of Landlord's annual statement for the same, and shall be limited to verification of the charges contained in such statement. Tenant may not withhold payment of such bill pending completion of such inspection.

Since the Project consists of multiple buildings, certain Common Operating Expenses may pertain to a particular building and other Common Operating Expenses to the Project as a whole (such as Common Operating Expenses for the Common Areas of the Project), Common Operating Expenses applicable to any particular building within the Project shall be allocated to the building in question whose tenants shall be responsible for payment of their respective proportionate shares in the pertinent building and other Common Operating Expenses applicable to the Project (such as the Common Areas of the Project) shall be charged to each building in the Project (including the Building) with the tenants in each such building being responsible for paying their respective proportionate shares in such building of such costs to the extent required under the applicable leases. Landlord shall in good faith attempt to allocate such Common Operating Expenses to the buildings (including the Building) and such allocation shall be binding on Tenant

8.2 COMMON OPERATING EXPENSES DEFINED. The term "Common Operating Expenses" shall mean the following:

A. All costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in doing the following (including payments to independent contractors providing services related to the performance of the following): (i) maintaining, cleaning and repairing the roof (including repair of leaks) and the exterior surfaces (including painting) of all buildings located on the Project; (ii) maintenance of the liability, fire, property damage, earthquake and other insurance covering the Project carried by Landlord pursuant to PARA 9.2 (including the prepayment of premiums for coverage of up to one year); (iii) maintaining, repairing and operating the HVAC equipment, utility facilities and other building service equipment; (iv) providing utilities to the Common Area (including lighting, trash removal and water for landscaping irrigation); (v) complying with all applicable Laws and Private Restrictions; (vi) operating, maintaining, repairing, cleaning, painting and restriping the Common Area; (vii) replacement or installation of lighting fixtures, directional or other signs and signals, irrigation systems, trees, shrubs, ground cover and other plant materials, and all landscaping in the Common Area; and (viii) providing security (provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide security and if it does, Landlord may discontinue such service at any time and in

12

any event Landlord shall not be responsible for any act or omission of any security personnel); and (ix) replacing the roof, replacing the HVAC system, and resurfacing of the parking and sidewalk areas in the Common Area (as opposed to re-sealing which shall be treated as an expense and included in Common Operating Expenses), the cost of which shall be amortized over the useful life of the improvement together with interest as provided in PARA 5.4 hereof; and (x) other capital improvements as provided in PARA 5.4 hereof;

B. The following costs: (i) Real Property Taxes as defined in PARA 8.3; (ii) the amount of any commercially reasonable "deductible" paid by Landlord with respect to damage caused by any Insured Peril; (iii) the cost to repair damage caused by an Uninsured Peril up to a maximum amount in any 12 month period equal to 2% of the replacement cost of the buildings or other improvements damaged; and (iv) that portion of all compensation (including benefits and premiums for workers' compensation and other insurance) paid to or on behalf of employees of Landlord or its property manager at or below the grade of general or property manager but only to the extent they are involved in the performance of the work described by PARA 8.2A that is fairly allocable to the Project;

C. Fees for management services rendered by either Landlord or a third party manager engaged by Landlord (which may be a party affiliated with Landlord), except that the total amount charged for management services and included in Tenant's Share of Common Operating Expenses shall not exceed the monthly rate of 5% of the Base Monthly Rent.

D. All additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the operation, protection, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project which would be considered a current expense (and not a capital expenditure) pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles.

E. Common Operating Expenses shall not include any of the following:

(1) payments on any loans or ground leases affecting the Project;

(2) depreciation of any buildings within the Project;

(3) the cost of tenant improvements installed for the exclusive use of other tenants of the Project;

(4) Repairs or other work occasioned by any casualty of the type to the extent for which insurance is maintained by Landlord (or required under this Lease to be maintained by Landlord), and for which insurance recovery is obtained by Landlord, to the extent of the amount of the insurance recovery with Landlord agreeing to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such recovery;

(5) Repairs or other work occasioned by the exercise of the right of eminent domain;

(6) Marketing costs, leasing commissions, finder's fees, attorney fees, costs and disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations with prospective tenants or for the sale or refinancing of the Building or the Project, or legal fees incurred in connection with this Lease;

(7) Costs incurred due to violation by Landlord of this Lease;

(8) Amounts paid to subsidiaries or other affiliates of Landlord (i.e., persons or companies controlled by, under common control with, or which control, Landlord) for services on or to the Building, to the extent only that the costs of such services exceed competitive costs of such services were they not so rendered by a subsidiary or other affiliate of Landlord;

(10) Any costs, fines or penalties incurred due to violation by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority;

(11) Charitable or political contributions;

13

(12) Costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, accounting (other than for an audit) and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord's interest in the Building or the Project and costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees;

(13) Costs for special services provide to other tenants of the Project and not provided, available or offered to Tenant; and

(14) Costs to remediate any Hazardous Materials at the Project.

8.3 REAL PROPERTY TAXES DEFINED. The term "Real Property Taxes" shall mean all taxes, assessments, levies, and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special, foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest required to pay any existing or future general or special assessments for public improvements, services or benefits, and any increases resulting from reassessments resulting from a change in ownership, new construction, or any other cause), now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasigovernmental authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value, occupancy or use of all or any portion of the Project (as now constructed or as may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or Landlord's interest therein, the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord, real or personal, that are an integral part of and located on the Project, the gross receipts, income, or rentals from the Project, or the use of parking areas, public utilities, or energy within the Project, or Landlord's business of leasing the Project. If at any time during the Lease Term the method of taxation or assessment of the Project prevailing as of the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or occupancy of the Project or Landlord's interest therein, or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Project, on Landlord's business of leasing the Project, or computed in any manner with respect to the operation of the Project, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall be included within the meaning of the term "Real Property Taxes" for purposes of this Lease. If any Real Property Tax is based upon property or rents unrelated to the Project, then only that part of such Real Property Tax that is fairly allocable to the Project shall be included within the meaning of the term "Real Property Taxes". Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Real Property Taxes" shall not include estate, inheritance, transfer, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or the federal or state net income tax imposed on Landlord's income from all sources.

ARTICLE 9

INSURANCE

9.1 TENANT'S INSURANCE. Tenant shall maintain insurance complying with all of the following:

A. Tenant shall procure, pay for and keep in full force and effect the following:

(1) Commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, against liability for personal injury, bodily injury, death and damage to property occurring in or about, or resulting from an occurrence in or about, the Premises with combined single limit coverage of not less than the amount of Tenant's Liability Insurance Minimum specified in SECTION P of the Summary, which insurance shall contain a "contractual liability" endorsement insuring Tenant's performance of Tenant's obligation to indemnify Landlord contained in PARA 10.3;

(2) Fire and property damage insurance in so-called "all risk" form insuring Tenant's Trade Fixtures and Tenant's Alterations for the full actual replacement cost thereof;

(3) Business interruption insurance with limits of liability representing at least approximately six months of income, business auto liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident, insurance protecting against liability under workers' compensation laws with limits at least as required by statute, insurance for all plate glass in the Premises, and such other insurance

14

that is either (i) required by any Lender, or (ii) reasonably required by Landlord and customarily carried by tenants of similar property in similar businesses.

B. Where applicable and required by Landlord, each policy of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this PARA 9.1: (i) shall name Landlord and such other parties in interest as Landlord reasonably designates as additional insured; (ii) shall be primary insurance which provides that the insurer shall be liable for the full amount of the loss up to and including the total amount of liability set forth in the declarations without the right of contribution from any other insurance coverage of Landlord; (iii) shall be in a form satisfactory to Landlord; (iv) shall be carried with companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (v) shall provide that such policy shall not be subject to cancellation, lapse or change except after at least 30 days prior written notice to Landlord so long as such provision of 30 days notice is reasonably obtainable, but in any event not less than 10 days prior written notice; (vi) shall not have a "deductible" in excess of such amount as is approved by Landlord; (vii) shall contain a cross liability endorsement; and
(viii) shall contain a "severability" clause. If Tenant has in full force and effect a blanket policy of liability insurance with the same coverage for the Premises as described above, as well as other coverage of other premises and properties of Tenant, or in which Tenant has some interest, such blanket insurance shall satisfy the requirements of this PARA 9.1.

C. A copy of each paid-up policy evidencing the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this PARA 9.1 (appropriately authenticated by the insurer) or a certificate of the insurer, certifying that such policy has been issued, providing the coverage required by this PARA 9.1, and containing the provisions specified herein, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the time Tenant or any of its Agents enters the Premises and upon renewal of such policies, but not less than 5 days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage,. Landlord may, at any time, and from time to time, inspect and/or copy any and all insurance policies required to be procured by Tenant pursuant to this PARA 9.1. If any Lender or insurance advisor reasonably determines at any time that the amount of coverage required for any policy of insurance Tenant is to obtain pursuant to this PARA 9.1 is not adequate, then Tenant shall increase such coverage for such insurance to such amount as such Lender or insurance advisor reasonably deems adequate, not to exceed the level of coverage for such insurance commonly carried by comparable businesses similarly situated.

9.2 LANDLORD'S INSURANCE. Landlord shall have the following obligations and options regarding insurance:

A. Landlord shall maintain a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance in so-called "all risk" form insuring Landlord (and such others as Landlord may designate) against loss of rents for a period of not less than 12 months and from physical damage to the Project with coverage of not less than the full replacement cost thereof. Landlord may so insure the Project separately, or may insure the Project with other property owned by Landlord which Landlord elects to insure together under the same policy or policies. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, in its sole and absolute discretion, to obtain insurance for such additional perils as Landlord deems appropriate, including, without limitation, coverage for damage by earthquake and/or flood. All such coverage shall contain "deductibles" which Landlord deems appropriate, which in the case of earthquake and flood insurance, may be up to 10% of the replacement value of the property insured or such higher amount as is then commercially reasonable. Landlord shall not be required to cause such insurance to cover any Trade Fixtures or Tenant's Alterations of Tenant.

B. Landlord may maintain a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance insuring Landlord (and such others as are designated by Landlord) against liability for personal injury, bodily injury, death and damage to property occurring or resulting from an occurrence in, on or about the Project, with combined single limit coverage in such amount as Landlord from time to time determines is reasonably necessary for its protection.

C. TENANT'S OBLIGATION TO REIMBURSE. If Landlord's insurance rates for the Building are increased at any time during the Lease Term as a result of the nature of Tenant's use of the Premises, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the full amount of such increase immediately upon receipt of a bill from Landlord therefor.

15

9.3 RELEASE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. The parties hereto release each other, and their respective agents and employees, from any liability for injury to any person or damage to properly that is caused by or results from any risk insured against under any valid and collectible insurance policy carried or required to be carried by either of the parties which contains or could have contained if requested by the party that obtained such insurance a waiver of subrogation by the insurer and is in force at the time of such injury or damage; subject to the following limitations: (i) the foregoing provision shall not apply to the commercial general liability insurance described by subparagraphs PARA 9.1A and PARA 9.2B; (ii) such release shall apply to liability resulting from any risk insured against or covered by self-insurance maintained or provided by Tenant to satisfy the requirements of PARA 9.1 to the extent permitted by this Lease; and (iii) Tenant shall not be released from any such liability to the extent any damages resulting from such injury or damage are not covered by the recovery obtained by Landlord from such insurance, but only if the insurance in question permits such partial release in connection with obtaining a waiver of subrogation from the insurer. This release shall be in effect only so long as the applicable insurance policy contains a clause to the effect that this release shall not affect the right of the insured to recover under such policy. Each party shall use reasonable efforts to cause each insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against the other party and its agents and employees in connection with any injury or damage covered by such policy. However, if any insurance policy cannot be obtained with such a waiver of subrogation, or if such waiver of subrogation is only available at additional cost and the party for whose benefit the waiver is to be obtained does not pay such additional cost, then the party obtaining such insurance shall notify the other party of that fact and thereupon shall be relieved of the obligation to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights from the insurer with respect to the particular insurance involved.

ARTICLE 10

LIMITATION ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

10.1 LIMITATION ON LANDLORD'S LIABILITY. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any abatement of rent (except as expressly provided otherwise herein), for any injury to Tenant or Tenant's Agents, damage to the property of Tenant or Tenant's Agents, or loss to Tenant's business resulting from any: (i) failure, interruption or installation of any HVAC or other utility system or service;
(ii) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any utilities or services when such failure or delay is caused by fire or other peril, the elements, labor disturbances of any character, or any other accidents or other conditions beyond the reasonable control of Landlord; (iii) limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction on the use of water or electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any services or utility serving the Project; (iv) vandalism or forcible entry by unauthorized persons or the criminal act of any person; or (v) penetration of water into or onto any portion of the Premises or the Building through roof leaks or otherwise.

10.2 LIMITATION ON TENANT'S RECOURSE. If Landlord is a corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association or other form of business entity: (i) the obligations of Landlord shall not constitute personal obligations of the officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, owners, stockholders, or other principals or representatives of such business entity; and (ii) Tenant shall not have recourse to the assets of such officers, directors, trustees, partners, joint venturers, members, owners, stockholders, principals or representatives except to the extent of their interest in the Project. Tenant shall have recourse only to the interest of Landlord in the Project for the satisfaction of the obligations of Landlord and shall not have recourse to any other assets of Landlord for the satisfaction of such obligations.

10.3 INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD. Tenant shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend Landlord, and its employees, agents and contractors, with competent counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (and Landlord agrees to accept counsel that any insurer requires be used), from all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action, claims and/or judgments arising by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury or property damage resulting from (i) any cause or causes whatsoever (other than the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord of which Landlord has had notice and a reasonable time to cure, but which Landlord has failed to cure) occurring in or about or resulting from an occurrence in or about the Premises during the Lease Term, (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees and contractors, wherever the same may occur, or (iii) an Event of Tenant's Default, Landlord shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend Tenant from all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action, claims and/or judgments arising by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury or property damage resulting from the active negligence or willful misconduct of

16

Landlord in the Common Areas. The provisions of this 110.3 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE TO PREMISES

11.1 LANDLORD'S DUTY TO RESTORE. If the Premises are damaged by any peril after the Effective Date, Landlord shall restore the Premises unless the Lease is terminated by Landlord pursuant to PARA 11.2 or by Tenant pursuant to PARA 11.3. All insurance proceeds available from the fire and property damage insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to PARA 9.2 shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to either PARA 11.2 or PARA 11.3, then all insurance proceeds available from insurance carried by Tenant which covers loss to property that is Landlord's property or would become Landlord's property on termination of this Lease shall be paid to and become the property of Landlord. If this Lease is not so terminated, then upon receipt of the insurance proceeds (if the loss is covered by insurance) and the issuance of all necessary governmental permits, Landlord shall commence and diligently prosecute to completion the restoration of the Premises, to the extent then allowed by Law, to substantially the same condition in which the Premises were immediately prior to such damage; provided, however, that Landlord's restoration obligation is limited to the extent of the applicable insurance proceeds it receives, Landlord's obligation to restore shall be limited to the Premises and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the Commencement Date, excluding any Tenant's Alterations, Trade Fixtures and/or personal property constructed or installed by Tenant in the Premises. Tenant shall forthwith replace or fully repair all Tenant's Alterations and Trade Fixtures installed by Tenant and existing at the time of such damage or destruction.

11.2 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which right may be exercised only by delivery to Tenant of a written notice of election to terminate within 30 days after the date of such damage:

A. The Premises are damaged by any peril and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord's architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within 270 days after the date of such damage; or

B. The Building is damaged by an Uninsured Peril to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore exceeds 2% of the then actual replacement cost thereof; provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this PARA 11.2B if one or more tenants of the Project agree in writing to pay the amount by which the cost to restore the damage exceeds such amount and subsequently deposit such amount with Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has notified Tenant of its election to terminate this Lease;

C. The Premises are damaged by any peril within 12 months of the last day of the Lease Term to such an extent that the estimated cost to restore equals or exceeds an amount equal to six times the Base Monthly Rent then due; provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this PARA 11.2C if Tenant, at the time of such damage, has a then valid express written option to extend the Lease Term and Tenant exercises such option to extend the Lease Term within 15 days following the date of such damage; or

D. Either the Project or the Building is damaged by any peril and, because of the Laws then in force, (i) cannot be restored at reasonable cost to substantially the same condition in which it was prior to such damage, or (ii) cannot be used for the same use being made thereof before such damage if restored as required by this Article.

E. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) the term "Insured Peril" shall mean a peril actually insured against (or required to be insured by Landlord under this Lease) for which the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord are sufficient (except for any "deductible" amount specified by such insurance) to restore the Project under then existing building codes to the condition existing immediately prior to the damage and Landlord agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to collect such insurance proceeds (which efforts shall not be deemed to include the commencement of any litigation or arbitration or other action or proceeding against the insurance carrier or any lender); and (ii) the term "Uninsured Peril" shall mean any peril which is not an Insured Peril. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the "deductible" for earthquake or

17

flood insurance exceeds 2% of the replacement cost of the improvements insured, such peril shall be deemed an "Uninsured Peril".

11.3 TENANT'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE. If the Premises are damaged by any peril and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease or is not entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to PARA 11.2, then as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 45 days after the date of the damage, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the written opinion of Landlord's architect or construction consultant as to when the restoration work required of Landlord may be completed. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease in the event any of the following occurs, which right may be exercised only by delivery to Landlord of a written notice of election to terminate within 10 business days after Tenant receives from Landlord the estimate of the time needed to complete such restoration.

A. The Premises are damaged by any peril and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord's architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within 270 days after the date of such damage; or

B. The Premises are damaged by any peril within 12 months of the last day of the Lease Term and, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord's architect or construction consultant, the restoration of the Premises cannot be substantially completed within 90 days after the date of such damage and such damage renders unusable more than 30% of the Premises.

11.4 ABATEMENT OF RENT. In the event of damage to the Premises which does not result in the termination of this Lease, the Base Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent shall be temporarily abated during the period of restoration in proportion to the degree to which Tenant's use of the Premises is impaired by such damage. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of Tenant's business or property or for any inconvenience or annoyance caused by such damage or restoration. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted.

ARTICLE 12

CONDEMNATION

12.1 LANDLORD'S TERMINATION RIGHT. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease if, as a result of a taking by means of the exercise of the power of eminent domain (including a voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to a condemnor under threat of condemnation), (i) all or any part of the Premises is so taken, (ii) more than 10% of the Building Leasable Area is so taken, or (iii) more than 50% of the Common Area is so taken. Any such right to terminate by Landlord must be exercised within a reasonable period of time, to be effective as of the date possession is taken by the condemnor.

12.2 TENANT'S TERMINATION RIGHT. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if, as a result of any taking by means of the exercise of the power of eminent domain (including any voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor under threat of condemnation), (i) 10% or more of the Premises is so taken and that part of the Premises that remains cannot be restored within a reasonable period of time and thereby made reasonably suitable for the continued operation of the Tenant's business, or (ii) there is a taking affecting the Common Area and, as a result of such taking, Landlord cannot provide parking spaces within reasonable walking distance of the Premises equal in number to at least 80% of the number of spaces allocated to Tenant by PARA 2.1, whether by rearrangement of the remaining parking areas in the Common Area (including construction of multi-deck parking structures or restriping for compact cars where permitted by Law) or by alternative parking facilities on other land. Tenant must exercise such right within a reasonable period of time, to be effective on the date that possession of that portion of the Premises or Common Area that is condemned is taken by the condemnor.

12.3 RESTORATION AND ABATEMENT OF RENT. If any part of the Premises or the Common Area is taken by condemnation and this Lease is not terminated, then Landlord shall restore the remaining portion of the Premises and Common Area and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the Commencement Date, excluding any Tenant's Alterations, Trade Fixtures and/or personal property constructed or installed by Tenant. Thereafter, except in the case of a temporary taking, as of the date possession is taken the Base Monthly Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion that the floor area of that part of the Premises so taken (less any addition thereto by reason of any reconstruction) bears to the original floor area of the Premises.

18

12.4 TEMPORARY TAKING. If any portion of the Premises is temporarily taken for one year or less, this Lease shall remain in effect If any portion of the Premises is temporarily taken by condemnation for a period which exceeds one year or which extends beyond the natural expiration of the Lease Term, and such taking materially and adversely affects Tenant's ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective on the date possession is taken by the condemnor.

12.5 DIVISION OF CONDEMNATION AWARD. Any award made as a result of any condemnation of the Premises or the Common Area shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in any such award; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to receive any condemnation award that is made directly to Tenant for the following so long as the award made to Landlord is not thereby reduced: (1) for the taking of personal property or Trade Fixtures belonging to Tenant, (ii) for the interruption of Tenant's business or its moving costs, (iii) for loss of Tenant's goodwill; or (iv) for any temporary taking where this Lease is not terminated as a result of such taking. The rights of Landlord and Tenant regarding any condemnation shall be determined as provided in this Article, and each party hereby waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Premises.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

13.1 EVENTS OF TENANT'S DEFAULT. Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this Lease if any of the following events occurs (an "Event of Tenant's Default"):

A. Tenant shall have failed to pay Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent when due, and such failure is not cured within 5 days after delivery of written notice from Landlord specifying such failure to pay; or

B. Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease except those requiring the payment of Base Monthly Rent or Additional Rent, and Tenant shall have failed to cure such breach within 30 days after written notice from Landlord specifying the nature of such breach where such breach could reasonably be cured within said 30 day period, or if such breach could not be reasonably cured within said 30 day period, Tenant shall have failed to commence such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter continue with due diligence to prosecute such cure to completion within such time period as is reasonably needed; or

C. Tenant shall have sublet the Premises or assigned its interest in the Lease in violation of the provisions contained in Article 14; or

D. Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises; or

E. The occurrence of the following. (i) the making by Tenant of any general arrangements or assignments for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant becomes a "debtor" as defined in 11 USC Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this
Section 13.1E is contrary to any applicable Law, such provision shall be of no force or effect; or

F. Tenant shall have failed to deliver documents required of it pursuant to PARA 15.4 or PARA 15.6 within the time periods specified therein; or

G. Any two (2) failures by Tenant to observe and perform any provision of this Lease during any twelve (12) month period of the term, as such may be extended, shall constitute, at the option of Landlord, a separate and noncurable default.

19

Any written notice of default sent by Landlord to Tenant may be in a form required under applicable statutory or regulatory provisions (and no further notice shall be required should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease as set forth below).

13.2 LANDLORD'S REMEDIES. If an Event of Tenant's Default occurs, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by any Law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

A. Landlord may keep this Lease in effect and enforce by an action at law or in equity all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including (i) the right to recover the rent and other sums as they become due by appropriate legal action, (ii) the right to make payments required of Tenant or perform Tenant's obligations and be reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant, and (iii) the remedies of injunctive relief and specific performance to compel Tenant to perform its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, in the event of a breach of an obligation by Tenant which results in a condition which poses an imminent danger to safety of persons or damage to property, or a threat to insurance coverage, then if Tenant does not cure such breach within 3 days after delivery to it of written notice from Landlord identifying the breach, Landlord may cure the breach of Tenant and be reimbursed by Tenant for the cost thereof with interest at the Agreed Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid by Landlord until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant.

B. Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall terminate on the date set forth for termination in such notice. Any termination under this PARA 13.2C shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay sums then due Landlord or from any claim against Tenant for damages or rent previously accrued or then accruing. In no event shall any one or more of the following actions by Landlord, in the absence of a written election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, constitute a termination of this Lease: (i) appointment of a receiver or keeper in order to protect Landlord's interest hereunder; (ii) consent to any subletting of the Premises or assignment of this Lease by Tenant, whether pursuant to the provisions hereof or otherwise; or (iii) any other action by Landlord or Landlord's Agents intended to mitigate the adverse effects of any breach of this Lease by Tenant, including without limitation any action taken to maintain and preserve the Premises or any action taken to relet the Premises or any portions thereof to the extent such actions do not affect a termination of Tenant's right to possession of the Premises.

C. In the event Tenant breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises, this Lease shall not terminate unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of its election to so terminate this Lease. No act by or on behalf of Landlord intended to mitigate the adverse effect of such breach, including any efforts to lease the Premises, shall constitute a termination of Tenant's right to possession unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of termination. Should Landlord not terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice, Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due under the Lease as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.4.

D. In the event Landlord terminates this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord's election, to damages in an amount as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 as in effect on the Effective Date. For purposes of computing damages pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.2,
(i) an interest rate equal to the Agreed Interest Rate shall be used where permitted, and (ii) the term "rent" includes Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent. Such damages shall include:

(1) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%); and

(2) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform Tenant's obligations under this Lease, or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the following: (i) expenses for cleaning, repairing or

20

restoring the Premises; (ii) expenses for altering, remodeling or otherwise improving the Premises for the purpose of reletting, including installation of leasehold improvements (whether such installation be funded by a reduction of rent, direct payment or allowance to a new tenant, or otherwise); (iii) broker's fees, advertising costs and other expenses of reletting the Premises; (iv) costs of carrying the Premises, such as taxes, insurance premiums, utilities and security precautions; (v) expenses in retaking possession of the Premises; and (vi) attorneys' fees and court costs incurred by Landlord in retaking possession of the Premises and in releasing the Premises or otherwise incurred as a result of Tenant's default.

E. Nothing in this PARA 13.2 shall limit Landlord's right to indemnification from Tenant as provided in PARA 7.2 and PARA 10.3. Any notice given by Landlord in order to satisfy the requirements of PARA 13.1A or PARA 13.1B above shall also satisfy the notice requirements of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 regarding unlawful detainer proceedings.

13.3 WAIVER. One party's consent to or approval of any act by the other party requiring the first party's consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or reader unnecessary the first party's consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by the other party. The receipt by Landlord of any rent or payment with or without knowledge of the breach of any other provision hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of any such breach unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy accruing to either party upon any breach by the other party under this Lease shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any such breach theretofore or thereafter occurring. The waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or of any other provisions herein contained.

13.4 LIMITATION ON EXERCISE OF RIGHTS. At any time that an Event of Tenant's Default has occurred and remains uncured, (i) it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to deny or withhold any consent or approval requested of it by Tenant which Landlord would otherwise be obligated to give, and (ii) Tenant may not exercise any option to extend, right to terminate this Lease, or other right granted to it by this Lease which would otherwise be available to it.

13.5 WAIVER BY TENANT OF CERTAIN REMEDIES. Tenant waives the provisions of Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Tenant's right to terminate this Lease or to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the rent due under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under the laws of the State of California, or under any other present or future law, including the provisions of Sections 1174 and 1179 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 TRANSFER BY TENANT. The following provisions shall apply to any assignment, subletting or other transfer by Tenant or any subtenant or assignee or other successor in interest of the original Tenant (collectively referred to in this PARA 14.1 as "Tenant"):

A. Tenant shall not do any of the following (collectively referred to herein as a "Transfer"), whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld: (i) sublet all or any part of the Premises or allow it to be sublet, occupied or used by any person or entity other than Tenant; (ii) assign its interest in this Lease; (iii) mortgage or encumber the Lease (or otherwise use the Lease as a security device) in any manner; or (iv) materially amend or modify an assignment, sublease or other transfer that has been previously approved by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the evaluation, processing, and/or documentation of any requested Transfer, whether or not Landlord's consent is granted. Landlord's reasonable costs shall include the cost of any review or investigation performed by Landlord or consultant acting on Landlord's behalf of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 7.2E of this Lease) used, stored, released, or disposed of by the potential Subtenant or Assignee. Any Transfer so approved by Landlord shall not be effective until Tenant has delivered to Landlord an executed counterpart of the document evidencing the Transfer which (i) is in a form reasonably approved by Landlord,
(ii) contains the same terms and conditions as stated in Tenant's notice given to Landlord pursuant to PARA 14.1 B, and (iii) in the case of an assignment of the Lease, contains the agreement of

21

the proposed transferee to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease arising after the effective date of such Transfer and to remain jointly and severally liable therefor with Tenant Any attempted Transfer without Landlord's consent shall constitute an Event of Tenant's Default and shall be voidable at Landlord's option. Landlord's consent to any one Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions of this 114.1 as to any subsequent Transfer or a consent to any subsequent Transfer. No Transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its personal and primary obligation to pay the rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease nor to be a consent to any Transfer.

B. At least 30 days before a proposed Transfer is to become effective, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the proposed terms of such Transfer and request Landlord's approval, which notice shall include the following: (i) the name and legal composition of the proposed transferee; (ii) a current financial statement of the transferee, financial statements of the transferee covering the preceding three years if the same exist, and (if available) an audited financial statement of the transferee for a period ending not more than one year prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, all of which statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (iii) the nature of the proposed transferee's business to be carried on in the Premises; (iv) all consideration to be given on account of the Transfer; (v) a current financial statement of Tenant; and (vi) an accurately filled out response to Landlord's standard hazardous materials questionnaire. Tenant shall provide to Landlord such other information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord within seven days after Landlord's receipt of such notice from Tenant. Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenant's request for Landlord's consent to a Transfer within the later of (i) 20 days of receipt of such request together with the required accompanying documentation, or (ii) 10 days after Landlord's receipt of all information which Landlord reasonably requests within seven days after it receives Tenant's first notice regarding the Transfer in question. If Landlord fails to respond in writing within said period, then Tenant shall provide a second written notice to Landlord requesting such consent and if Landlord fails to respond within 7 days after receipt of such second notice, then Landlord will be deemed to have consented to such Transfer. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any modification to the proposed terms of such Transfer, which shall also be subject Landlord's consent in accordance with the same process for obtaining Landlord's initial consent to such Transfer.

C. In the event that Tenant seeks to make any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease or, in the case of a sublease of less than all of the Premises, terminate this Lease as to that part of the Premises proposed to be so sublet, either (i) on the condition that the proposed transferee immediately enter into a direct lease of the Premises with Landlord (or, in the case of a partial sublease, a lease for the portion proposed to be so sublet) on the same terms and conditions contained in Tenant's notice, or (ii) so that Landlord is thereafter free to lease the Premises (or, in the case of a partial sublease, the portion proposed to be so sublet) to whomever it pleases on whatever terms are acceptable to Landlord. If Landlord elects to so terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to rescind its request for consent to the Transfer and not enter into or consummate the Transfer upon written notice to Landlord within five (5) days after receipt of notice from Landlord to recapture and terminate, in which case Landlord recapture and termination notice shall not be effective as to such initially proposed Transfer. In the event Landlord elects to so terminate this Lease, then (i) if such termination is conditioned upon the execution of a lease between Landlord and the proposed transferee, Tenant's obligations under this Lease shall not be terminated until such transferee executes a new lease with Landlord, enters into possession and commences the payment of rent, and (ii) if Landlord elects simply to terminate this Lease (or, in the case of a partial sublease, terminate this Lease as to the portion to be so sublet), the Lease shall so terminate in its entirety (or as to the space to be so sublet) fifteen (15) days after Landlord has notified Tenant in writing of such election. Upon such termination, Tenant shall be released from any further obligation under this Lease if it is terminated in its entirety, or shall be released from any further obligation under the Lease with respect to the space proposed to be sublet in the case of a proposed partial sublease. In the case of a partial termination of the Lease, the Base Monthly Rent and Tenant's Share shall be reduced to an amount which bears the same relationship to the original amount thereof as the area of that part of the Premises which remains subject to the Lease bears to the original area of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall execute a cancellation and release with respect to the Lease to effect such termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not have the right to recapture the portion of the Premises covered by any sublease that individually or in the aggregate of all subleases is for less than 20% of the square footage of the Premises if (i) such subleases are executed prior to the second annual anniversary of the

22

Commencement Date of this Lease, and (ii) Tenant is occupying and actively conducting its business in the balance of the Premises. While such subleases shall not be subject to Landlord's right to recapture, they shall be subject to all of the other provisions of Article 14 of this Lease (any such sublease under this paragraph shall be referred to herein as a "Special Sublease").

D. If Landlord consents to a Transfer proposed by Tenant, Tenant may enter into such Transfer, and if Tenant does so, the following shall apply:

(1) Tenant shall not be released of its liability for the performance of all of its obligations under the Lease.

(2) If Tenant assigns its interest in this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord 80% of all Subrent (as defined in PARA 14.1 D(5)) received by Tenant over and above (i) the assignee's agreement to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and (ii) all Permitted Transfer Costs related to such assignment. In the case of assignment, the amount of Sublet owed to Landlord shall be paid to Landlord on the same basis, whether periodic or in lump sum, that such Subrent is paid to Tenant by the assignee. All Permitted Transfer Costs shall be amortized on a straight line basis over the term of such sublease (including any extension options) for purposes of calculating the amount due Landlord hereunder.

(3) If Tenant sublets any part of the Premises, then with respect to the space so subleased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord 80% of the positive difference, if any, between (i) all Subrent paid by the subtenant to Tenant, less (ii) the sum of all Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent allocable to the space sublet and all Permitted Transfer Costs related to such sublease Such amount shall be paid to Landlord on the same basis, whether periodic or in lump sum, that such Subrent is paid to Tenant by its subtenant. All Permitted Transfer Costs shall be amortized on a straight line basis over the term of such sublease (including any extension options) for purposes of calculating the amount due Landlord hereunder.

(4) Tenant's obligations under this PARA 14.1D shall survive any Transfer, and Tenant's failure to perform its obligations hereunder shall be an Event of Tenant's Default. At the time Tenant makes any payment to Landlord required by this PARA 14.1D, Tenant shall deliver an itemized statement of the method by which the amount to which Landlord is entitled was calculated, certified by Tenant as true and correct. Landlord shall have the right at reasonable intervals to inspect Tenant's books and records relating to the payments due hereunder. Upon request therefor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices or other documents upon which its calculations are based. Landlord may condition its approval of any Transfer upon obtaining a certification from both Tenant and the proposed transferee of all Subrent and other amounts that are to be paid to Tenant in connection with such Transfer.

(5) As used in this PARA 14.1D, the term "Subrent" shall mean any consideration of any kind received, or to be received, by Tenant as a result of the Transfer, if such sums are related to Tenant's interest in this Lease or in the Premises, including payments from or on behalf of the transferee (in excess of the then fair market value thereof) for Tenant's assets, fixtures, leasehold improvements, inventory, accounts, goodwill, equipment, furniture, and general intangibles. As used in this PARA 14.1D, the term "Permitted Transfer Costs" shall mean (i) all reasonable leasing commissions paid to third parties not affiliated with Tenant in order to obtain the Transfer in question, and (ii) all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Tenant with respect to the Transfer in question.

E. If Tenant is a corporation, the following shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease: (i) any dissolution, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of or affecting Tenant, whether or not Tenant is the surviving corporation; and (ii) if the capital stock of Tenant is not publicly traded, the sale or transfer to one person or entity (or to any group of related persons or entities) stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Tenant's capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors. If Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company or other entity any withdrawal or substitution (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, and whether occurring at one time or over a period of time) of any partner, member or other party owning 25% or more (cumulatively) of any interest in

23

the capital or profits of the partnership, limited liability company or other entity or the dissolution of the partnership, limited liability company or other entity, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease.

F. Notwithstanding anything contained in PARA 14.1, so long as Tenant otherwise complies with the provisions of PARA 14.1 Tenant may sublease all or part of the Premises or assign its interest in this Lease to any corporation which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant to this Lease by means of an ownership interest of more than 50% (a "Permitted Transfer") without Landlord's prior written consent, and Landlord shall not be entitled to terminate the Lease pursuant to PARA 14.1C or to receive any part of any Subrent resulting therefrom that would otherwise be due it pursuant to PARA 14.1D.

G. The consent of Landlord to a Transfer may not be unreasonably withheld, provided that it is agreed to be reasonable for Landlord to consider any of the following reasons, which list is not exclusive, in electing to deny consent:

(1) The financial strength, credit, character and business or professional standing of the proposed transferee at the time of the proposed Transfer is not at least equal to that of Tenant at the time of execution of this Lease, provided, however that this requirement shall not be applicable for any subtenant in a Special Sublease (as defined in PARA 14.1C);

(2) A proposed transferee who would significantly and adversely impact or affect the common facilities or the utility, efficiency or effectiveness of any utility or telecommunication system serving the Building or the Project;

(3) A proposed transferee whose occupancy will require a variation in the terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, a variation in the use clause);

(4) The existence of any default by Tenant under any provision of this Lease;

(5) A proposed transferee who is or is likely to be, or whose business is or is likely to be, subject to compliance with additional laws or other governmental requirements beyond those to which Tenant or Tenant's business is subject and which would require Landlord to construct or make improvements or changes to the Building or areas outside of the Premises;

(6) Either the proposed transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed transferee or an affiliate of the proposed transferee, (i) occupies space in the Building at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building or in the Project at such time;

(7) the proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Project;

(8) The proposed transferee's use would materially increase the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Building or the Project;

(9) The rent proposed to be charged by Tenant to the proposed transferee during the term of such Transfer, calculated using a present value analysis, is less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the rent then being quoted by Landlord, at the proposed time of such Transfer, for comparable space in the Building or any other building in the Project for a comparable term, calculated using a present value system, or

(10) the proposed Transferee will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials (defined below) in or about the Premises of a type, nature or quantity not then acceptable to Landlord.

24

H. REASONABLE RESTRICTION. The restrictions on Transfer described in this Lease are acknowledged by Tenant to be reasonable for all purposes, including, without limitation, the provisions of California Civil Code (the "Code") Section 1951.4(b)(2).

14.2 TRANSFER BY LANDLORD. Landlord and its successors in interest shall have the right to transfer their interest in this Lease and the Project at any time and to any person or entity. In the event of any such transfer, the Landlord originally named herein (and, in the case of any subsequent transfer, the transferor) from the date of such transfer, shall be automatically relieved, without any further act by any person or entity, of all liability for the performance of the obligations of the Landlord hereunder which may accrue after the date of such transfer. After the date of any such transfer, the term "Landlord" as used herein shall mean the transferee of such interest in the Premises.

ARTICLE 15

GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1 LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO ENTER. Landlord and its agents may enter the Premises at any reasonable time after giving at least 24 hours' prior notice to Tenant (and immediately in the case of emergency) for the purpose of: (i) inspecting the same; (ii)"posting notices of non-responsibility, (iii) supplying any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant; (iv) showing the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants; (v) making necessary alterations, additions or repairs; (vi) performing Tenant's obligations when Tenant has failed to do so after written notice from Landlord; (vii) placing upon the Premises ordinary "for lease" signs or "for sale" signs; and (viii) responding to an emergency. Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means Landlord may deem necessary and proper to enter the Premises in an emergency. Any entry into the Premises obtained by Landlord in accordance with this PARA 15.1 shall not be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises, provided that Landlord exercises its rights of entry in a commercially reasonable manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises; however, Landlord shall not be obligated to perform work outside of normal business hours or incur any additional costs in connection therewith.

15.2 SURRENDER OF THE PREMISES. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed at the Commencement Date, except for (i) reasonable wear and tear, (ii) damage caused by any peril or condemnation, and (iii) contamination by Hazardous Materials for which Tenant is not responsible pursuant to PARA 7.2A or PARA 7.2B. In this regard, normal wear and tear shall be construed to mean wear and tear caused to the Premises by the natural aging process which occurs in spite of prudent application of the reasonable standards for maintenance, repair and janitorial practices, and does not include items of neglected or deferred maintenance. In any event, Tenant shall cause the following to be done prior to the expiration or the sooner termination of this Lease: (i) all interior walls shall be painted or cleaned so that they appear freshly painted; (ii) all tiled floors shall be cleaned and waxed; (iii) all carpets shall be cleaned and shampooed; (iv) all broken, marred, stained or nonconforming acoustical ceiling tiles shall be replaced; (v) all interior and exterior windows shall be washed; (vi) the HVAC system shall be serviced by a reputable and licensed service firm and left in good operating condition and repair as so certified by such firm; and
(vii) the plumbing and electrical systems and lighting shall be placed in good order and repair (including replacement of any burned out, discolored or broken light bulbs, ballasts, or lenses). Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, (i) remove any Tenant's Alterations which Tenant is required to remove pursuant to PARA 5.2C and repair all damage caused by such removal, and (ii) return the Premises or any part thereof to its original configuration existing as of the time the Premises were delivered to Tenant. If the Premises are not so surrendered at the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Premises to the required condition, plus interest on all costs incurred at the Agreed Interest Rate. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant or losses to Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease to succeeding tenants.

15.3 HOLDING OVER. This Lease shall terminate without further notice at the expiration of the Lease Term. Any holding over by Tenant after expiration of the Lease Term shall not constitute a renewal or extension of the Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. Any holding over after such expiration with the written consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to

25

month on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that Base Monthly Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to 150% of the greater of (a) the Base Monthly Rent payable during the last full calendar month of the Lease Term, or (b) the then prevailing fair market rent.

15.4 SUBORDINATION. The following provisions shall govern the relationship of this Lease to any Security Instrument:

A. The Lease is subject and subordinate to all. Security Instruments existing as of the Effective Date, However, if any Lender so requires, this Lease shall become prior and superior to any such Security Instrument;

B. At Landlord's election, this Lease shall become subject and subordinate to any Security Instrument created after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant's right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default and performs all of its obligations under this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms.

C. Tenant shall upon request execute any document or instrument required by any Lender to make this Lease either prior or subordinate to a Security Instrument, which may include such other matters as the Lender customarily and reasonably requires in connection with such agreements, including provisions that the Lender not be liable for (i) the return of any security deposit unless the Lender receives it from Landlord, and (ii) any defaults on the part of Landlord occurring prior to the time the Lender takes possession of the Project in connection with the enforcement of its Security Instrument, except for defaults in the performance of repair and maintenance obligations by Landlord under this Lease which continue to exist after the date the Lender so takes possession of the Project and has received notice of such defaults (which shall be subject to the applicable cure periods for such Under). Tenant's failure to execute any such document or instrument within 10 days after written demand therefor shall constitute an Event of Tenant's Default.

D. SNDA. Landlord has informed Tenant that the Project is currently encumbered by a Security Instrument. At Tenant's sole cost and expense, Landlord shall request the beneficiary (or its servicer) of the existing Security Instrument that encumbers the Premises as of the date hereof issue its subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement ("SNDA"), pursuant to which such beneficiary agrees to recognize this Lease in the event of default under such Security Instrument or sale under such Security Instrument, so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder. Landlord's sole obligation under this section is to request such SNDA. Tenant is responsible for paying all costs and expenses for such SNDA, including, without limitation, the lender attorneys' fees and disbursements. Obtaining the SNDA is not a condition precedent or subsequent to the Lease, nor a breach of Landlord's obligation. The failure of such lender to issue its SNDA shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under the Lease.

15.5 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION AND ATTORNMENT. In the event of any default on the part of the Landlord, Tenant will use reasonable efforts to give notice by certified mail to any Lender whose name has been provided to Tenant and, so long as Tenant's use and occupancy is no being materially affected by such default, shall offer such Lender a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or judicial foreclosure or other appropriate legal proceedings, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. Tenant shall attorn to any purchaser of the Premises at any foreclosure sale or private sale conducted pursuant to any Security Instrument encumbering the Premises, or to any grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of foreclosure, who agrees with Tenant to be bound as Landlord under this Lease.

15.6 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. At all times during the Lease Term, each party agrees, following any request by the other party, promptly to execute and deliver to the requesting party within 15 days following delivery of such request an estoppel certificate: (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect, (ii) stating the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (iii) acknowledging that there are not, to the certifying party's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of any party hereunder or, if there are uncured defaults, specifying the nature of such defaults, and (iv) certifying such other information about the Lease as may be reasonably required by the requesting party. A failure to deliver an estoppel

26

certificate within 15 days after delivery of a request therefor shall be a conclusive admission that, as of the date of the request for such statement: (i) this Lease is unmodified except as may be represented by the requesting party in said request and is in full force and effect, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the requesting party's performance, and (iii) no rent has been paid more than 30 days in advance. At any time during the Lease Term Tenant shall, upon 15 days' prior written notice from Landlord, provide Tenant's most recent financial statement and financial statements covering the 24 month period prior to the date of such most recent financial statement to any existing Lender or to any potential Lender or buyer of the Premises. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

15.7 INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

15.8 NOTICES. Any notice required or desired to be given regarding this Lease shall be in writing and may be given by personal delivery, by courier service, or by mail. A notice shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the third business day after mailing if such notice was deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served at its Address for Notices specified in SECTION Q or SECTION R of the Summary (as applicable), (ii) when delivered if given by personal delivery, and
(iii) in all other cases when actually received at the party's Address for Notices. Either party may change its address by giving notice of the same in accordance with this PARA 15.8, provided, however, that any address to which notices may be sent must be a California address.

15.9 ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event either Landlord or Tenant shall bring any action or legal proceeding for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover rent, to terminate this Lease or otherwise to enforce, protect or establish any term or covenant of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of such action or proceeding, or in a separate action brought for that purpose, reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs, and experts' fees as may be fixed by the court.

15.10 CORPORATE AUTHORITY. Each entity executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants to the other that the person signing on behalf of such entity is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such entity in accordance with organizational documents for such entity and that this Lease is binding upon such entity in accordance with its terms, and that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease.

15.11 MISCELLANEOUS. Should any provision of this Lease prove to be invalid or illegal, such invalidity or illegality shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. The captions used in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof. Any executed copy of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes. This Lease shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of Landlord and Tenant. "Party" shall mean Landlord or Tenant, as the context implies. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant. When the context of this Lease requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural. The terms "shall", "will" and "agree" are mandatory. The term "may" is permissive. When a party is required to do something by this Lease, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other party unless a provision of this Lease expressly requires reimbursement. Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) the gross leasable area of the Premises includes any enclosed atriums, depressed loading docks, covered entrances or egresses, and covered loading areas, (ii) each has had an opportunity to determine to its satisfaction the actual area of the Project and the Premises, (iii) all measurements of area contained in this Lease are conclusively agreed to be correct and binding upon the parties, even if a subsequent measurement of any one of these areas determines that it is more or less than the amount of area reflected in this Lease, and (iv) any such subsequent determination that the area is more or less than shown in this Lease shall not result in a change in any of the computations of rent, improvement allowances, or other matters described in this Lease where area is a factor. Where a party hereto is obligated not to perform any act, such party is also obligated to

27

restrain any others within its control from performing said act, including the Agents of such party. Landlord shall not become or be deemed a partner or a joint venturer with Tenant by reason of the provisions of this Lease.

15.12 TERMINATION BY EXERCISE OF RIGHT. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to its terms by the proper exercise of a right to terminate specifically granted to Landlord or Tenant by this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate 30 days after the date the right to terminate is properly exercised (unless another date is specified in that part of the Lease creating the right, in which event the date so specified for termination shall prevail), the rent and all other charges due hereunder shall be prorated as of the date of termination, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights or obligations under this Lease except for those that have accrued prior to the date of termination or those obligations which this Lease specifically provides are to survive termination. This PARA 15.12 does not apply to a termination of this Lease by either party as a result of a default by the other patty.

15.13 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. Each party hereto (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not had any dealings with any real estate brokers, leasing agents or salesmen, or incurred any obligations for the payment of real estate brokerage commissions or finder's fees which would be earned or due and payable by reason of the execution of this Lease, other than to the Retained Real Estate Brokers described in Section S of the Summary, and (ii) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other party from any claim for any such commission or fees which result from the actions of the indemnifying patty. Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of any commission owed to the Retained Real Estate Brokers if there is a separate written commission agreement between Landlord and the Retained Real Estate Brokers for the payment of a commission as a result of the execution of this Lease.

15.14 FORCE MAJEURE. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lock-outs, inclement weather, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, fuels or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, action or inaction, civil commotion, fire or other acts of God, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of either party (except financial inability) shall excuse the performance by such party, for a period equal to the period of any said prevention, delay or stoppage, of any obligation hereunder.

15.15 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and there are no binding agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor Landlord's Agents has made any legally binding representation or warranty as to any matter except those expressly set forth herein, including any warranty as to (i) whether the Premises may be used for Tenant's intended use under existing Law, (ii) the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant's business, or (iii) the condition of any improvements. There are no oral agreements between Landlord and Tenant affecting this Lease, and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between Landlord and Tenant or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter of this Lease. This instrument shall not be legally binding until it is executed by both Landlord and Tenant. No subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant.

28

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease with the intent to be legally bound thereby, to be effective as of the Effective Date,

LANDLORD: TENANT:

By:   SILICON VALLEY PROPERTIES, LLC,           By:    NEW FOCUS, INC.
      a Delaware limited liability company             a California corporation

By:   Divco West Group, LLC,                           By:/s/ George Yule
      a Delaware limited liability company                ----------------------
      Its Agent                                        Name: George Yule
                                                             -------------------
                                                       Title: V.P. Operations
                                                              ------------------

      By:/s/ Scott Smithers                     Dated: December 23, 1999
         --------------------------
      Name: Scott Smithers
      Its: President

Date: December __ , 1999

29

EXHIBIT "A"

Site Plan

[GRAPHIC]


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER FOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

1. DEFINED TERMS. All defined terms referred to in this Exhibit shall have the same meaning as defined in that certain Lease by and between Silicon Valley Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and New Focus, Inc., a California corporation, as Tenant (the "Lease") to which this Exhibit is a part, except where expressly defined to the contrary.

2. CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with this exhibit and the construction contract to be executed by Landlord and its contractor(s). The construction contract for constructing the Tenant Improvements and the contractor(s) to perform the work shall be approved and/or selected, as the case may be, by Landlord at its sole and absolute discretion without the consent of Tenant.

3. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS. Each of the following terms shall have the following meaning:

"CONSTRUCTION BUDGET"- A estimate of the Construction Costs for the Tenant Improvements prepared by Landlord after or in connection with the preparation of the Construction Plans.

"CONSTRUCTION COSTS"- All costs and expenses approved by Landlord to construct the Tenant Improvements, including all fees and expenses for:

(a) architectural/space planning services utilized by Landlord in the preparation of any space plan;

(b) architects, engineers and consultants in the preparation of the Preliminary Plans, Construction Plans, including mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural drawings and of all other aspects of the Construction Plans, and for processing governmental applications and applications for payment, observing construction of the work, and other customary engineering, architectural, interior design and space planning services;

(c) surveys, reports, environmental and other tests and investigations of the site and any improvements thereon;

(d) labor, materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by the general contractor, its subcontractors and/or materialmen;

(e) the furnishing and installation of all heating, ventilation and air conditioning duct work, terminal boxes, distributing defusers and accessories required for completing the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system in the Premises, including costs of meter and key control for after-hour usage, if required by Landlord;

(f) all electrical circuits, wiring, lighting fixtures, and tube outlets furnished and installed throughout the Premises, including costs of meter and key control for after-hour electrical power usage;

(g) all window and floor coverings in the Premises;

1

(h) all fire and life safety control systems , such as fire walls, sprinklers and fire alarms, including piping, wiring and accessories installed within the Premises;

(i) all plumbing, fixtures, pipes and accessories installed within the Premises;

(j) fees charged by the city and/or county where the Building is located (including, without limitation, fees for building permits and plan checks) required for the Tenant improvement work in the Premises;

(k) supervision and administration expense, including the construction supervision fee payable to Landlord's agent and property manager and/or representative equal to seven (7%) of the Construction Costs;

(l) all taxes, fees, charges and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for authorization, approvals, licenses and permits; and all sales, use and excise taxes for the materials supplied and services rendered in connection with the installation and construction of the Tenant Improvements; and

(m) all costs and expenses incurred to comply with all laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any governmental authority for any work at the Building or Project in order to construct the Tenant Improvements.

The term Construction Costs shall not include any fees, costs, expenses, compensation or other consideration payable to Tenant, or any of its officers, directors, employees or affiliates, or the cost of any of Tenant's furniture, artifacts, trade fixtures, telephone and computer systems and related facilities, or equipment.

"CONSTRUCTION PLANS" - The complete plans and specifications for the construction of the Tenant Improvements consisting of all architectural, engineering, mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications which are required to obtain all building permits, licenses and certificates from the applicable governmental authority(ies) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. The Construction Plans shall be prepared by duly licensed and/or registered architectural and/or engineering professionals selected by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, and in all respects shall be in substantial compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, building codes for the city and county where the Building is located.

"FORCE MAJEURE DELAYS" - Any delay, other than a Tenant Delay, by Landlord in completing the Tenant Improvements by reason of (i) any strike, lockout or other labor trouble or industrial disturbance (whether or not on the part of the employees of either party hereto), (ii) governmental preemption of priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency, civil disturbance, riot, war, sabotage, blockade, embargo, inability to secure customary materials, supplies or labor through ordinary sources by reason of regulation or order of any government or regulatory body, or (iii) shortages of fuel, materials, supplies or labor,
(iv) lightning, earthquake, fire, storm, tornado, flood, washout explosion, inclement weather or any other similar industry-wide or Building-wide cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or (v) any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the above, beyond Landlord's reasonable control. The time for performance of any obligation of Landlord to construct Landlord's work under this Work Letter or the Lease shall be extended at Landlord's election by the period of any delay caused by any of the foregoing events.

2

"LANDLORD'S ALLOWANCE" - The amount of $519,850.00 to be paid by Landlord for the Construction Costs for the Tenant Improvements, which sum shall be paid directly to the contracting parties entitled to payment. Any unused portion of Landlord's Allowance for the Tenant Improvements shall remain the property of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no interest in said funds.

"SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION," "SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE," "SUBSTANTIALLY
COMPLETED" - The terms Substantial Completion, Substantially Completed and Substantially Complete shall mean when the following have occurred or would have occurred but for Tenant Delays:

(a) Landlord has delivered to Tenant a written notice stating that the Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed substantially in accordance with the Construction Plans, except "punch list" items which may be completed without materially impairing Tenant's use of the Premises or a material portion thereof; and

(b) Landlord has obtained from the appropriate governmental authority a temporary, conditional or final certificate of occupancy or signed building permit (or equivalent), if one is required, for the Tenant improvements permitting occupancy of the Premises by Tenant,

"TENANT DELAY" - Any delay incurred by Landlord in the completion of the Tenant Improvements due to (i) a delay by Tenant, or by any person employed or engaged by Tenant, in approving or delivering to Landlord any plans, schedules or information, including, without limitation, the Preliminary Plans and the Construction Plans beyond the applicable time period set forth in this Exhibit, if any; (ii) a delay in the performance of work in the Premises by Tenant or any person employed by Tenant; (iii) any changes requested by Tenant in or to previously approved work or in the Construction Plans; (iv) requests for materials and finishes which are not readily available, and/or delays in delivery of any materials specified by Tenant through change orders; (v) the failure of Tenant to pay as and when due under this Work Letter all Construction Costs and other costs and expenses to construct the Tenant Improvements in excess of Landlord's Allowance; (vi) interference with the construction of the Tenant Improvements; (vii) any delay attributable to the failure of Tenant to pay, when due, any amounts required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit or otherwise provided in the Lease.

"TENANT IMPROVEMENTS" - The improvements to be installed by Landlord in the Premises substantially in accordance with the Construction Plans.

4. PREPARATION OF PRELIMINARY PLANS AND CONSTRUCTION PLANS.

4.1 PRELIMINARY PLANS. Concurrent with its execution of the Lease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord or its architect or designer all additional information, including occupancy requirements for the Tenant Improvements in the Premises ("Information"), necessary to enable the architect, designer or contractor to prepare a preliminary plans for the Tenant Improvements containing all demising walls, corridors, entrances, exits, doors, interior partitions, and the locations of all offices, conference rooms, computer rooms, and other rooms and layout Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon all plans, drawings and information supplied by or for Tenant in preparing the preliminary plans. Landlord shall cause the architect to prepare the preliminary plans as soon as is commercially reasonable after the architect's receipt of the Information. Within five (5) days after receipt of the preliminary plans, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that (i) Tenant approved such preliminary plans; or (ii) Tenant disapproves such preliminary plans in the particular instances specified by Tenant in such notice (including, without limitation, the specific changes requested by Tenant), but such disapproval shall constitute a Tenant Delay. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval to the preliminary plans. The failure of Tenant to provide such written notice within said five (5) day period shall be deemed as

3

approval by Tenant of such preliminary plans. The preliminary plans approved by the parties as provided above shall be referred to as the "Preliminary Plans."

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PLANS. After approval of the Preliminary Plans, Landlord shall cause the architect to prepare as soon as is commercially reasonable the Construction Plans for the construction of the Tenant Improvements and deliver the same to Tenant as soon as reasonably possible. Within five (5) days after receipt of the Construction Plans, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that (i) Tenant approved the Construction Plans; or
(ii) Tenant disapproves the Construction Plans because they vary in design from the Preliminary Plans approved by Landlord and Tenant in the particular instances specified by Tenant in such notice (including, without limitation, the specific changes requested by Tenant), but such disapproval shall constitute a Tenant Delay. The failure of Tenant to provide such written notice within said five (5) day period shall be deemed as approval by Tenant of such plans.

5. APPROVAL OF THE CONSTRUCTION BUDGET. After approval of the Construction Plans by Landlord and Tenant as provided above, Landlord shall prepare the Construction Budget for the Construction Costs as soon as is commercially reasonable. The Construction Budget shall not be subject to the prior written approval of Tenant, unless the estimated Construction Costs exceed the amount of Landlord's Allowance. If the Construction Budget reflects Construction Costs in excess of Landlord's Allowance, Landlord shall deliver a copy of such Construction Budget to Tenant for its review and approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within five (5) days after receipt of the Construction Budget that (a) Tenant approves the Construction Budget, or (b) that Tenant disapproves of the Construction Budget because it varies from the Construction Plans or contains specific costs not contained within the meaning of Construction Costs. Such disapproval shall constitute a Tenant Delay. The failure of Tenant to provide such written notice within said five (5) day period shall be deemed an approval by Tenant.

6. BUILDING PERMITS. After approval by Landlord and Tenant of the Construction Plans and Construction Budget as provided above, Landlord or its contractor shall submit as soon as is commercially reasonable the Construction Plans to the appropriate governmental body for plan checking and a building permit. Landlord, with Tenant's cooperation, shall cause to be made any change in the Construction Plans necessary to obtain the building permit and to the extent the aggregate amount of the Construction Costs exceeds the amount of Landlord's Allowance, Tenant shall be responsible for such additional costs, notwithstanding the amount previously specified in the Construction Budget approved by Landlord and Tenant.

7. PAYMENT. Landlord shall pay for the Construction Costs for the Tenant Improvements, not to exceed the amount of Landlord's Allowance, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be responsible for payment of all Construction Costs in excess of Landlord's Allowance and shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after request from Landlord the amount of such excess Construction Costs.

8. CHANGES. Any changes in the Construction Plans or Construction Budget, including, without limitation, any changes required by any applicable law, rule, regulation or ordinance, shall require the prior written consent of Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Any changes requested by Tenant and approved by Landlord shall be prepared by Landlord's architect, engineer or contractor. The cost of such changes, including the cost to revise the Construction Plans, obtain any additional permits and construct any additional improvements required as a result thereof, and the cost for materials and labor, and all other additional costs incurred by Landlord from resulting delays in completing the Tenant Improvements, shall be paid out of Landlord's Allowance (only to the extent funds are available and not committed for payment of other Construction Costs). If such costs for changes exceed the

4

Landlord's Allowance, such excess costs shall be paid by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of notice from Landlord. If Landlord does not receive such payment within said ten (10) day period, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to any other rights or remedies available under the Lease, at law or in equity, to (i) discontinue all or any portion of the work until it receives said payment;
(ii) proceed with the other work not affected by such change until such payment is received; (iii) proceed with the work contemplated with such change; or (iv) proceed with the work without making such change; in which case the commencement or completion of such work shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant's obligation to pay for same or any additional costs or expenses incurred as a result thereof. Any delay caused as a result of such a change or request for a change shall constitute a Tenant Delay. The cost of a change order and any resulting delay in connection and additional cost incurred as a result thereof shall be determined by Landlord's architect, which determination shall be binding upon the parties.

5

EXHIBIT "C"

ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

This Acceptance Agreement is made as of _________, 2000, by and between the parties hereto with regard to that Lease dated __________, 19___ (the "Lease") by and between Silicon Valley Properties, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord ("Landlord"), and New Focus, Inc., a California corporation, as Tenant ("Tenant"), affecting those premises commonly known as 2580 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California. The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. All of the Tenant improvements (as defined in Exhibit B to the Lease) required to be constructed by landlord by the Lease have been completed in accordance with the terms of the Lease and are hereby accepted by Tenant

2. The Commencement Date of the Lease Term is ___________, 19__, and the Lease Term for the Premises shall expire on _____________, _____, unless sooner

terminated according to the terms of the Lease.

LANDLORD: TENANT:

By:   SILICON VALLEY PROPERTIES, LLC,           By:    NEW FOCUS, INC.
      a Delaware limited liability company             a California corporation

By:   Divco West Group, LLC,                           By:
      a Delaware limited liability company                ----------------------
      Its Agent                                        Name:
                                                             -------------------
                                                       Title:
                                                              ------------------

      By:                                              By:
         --------------------------                       ----------------------
      Name: Scott Smithers                             Name:
      Its: President                                        -------------------
                                                       Title:
                                                              ------------------

Dated:                                          Dated:

      -----------------------------                   --------------------------

1

ADDENDUM NO. 1

This ADDENDUM NO. 1 (this "Addendum") is made in connection with and is a part of that certain Lease, dated as of December 23, 1999, by and between SILICON VALLEY PROPERTIES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and NEW FOCUS, INC., a California corporation, as Tenant, (the "Lease").

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONFLICT. All capitalized terms referred to in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as provided in the Lease, except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Addendum. In case of any conflict between any term or provision of the Lease and any exhibits attached thereto and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.

2. LETTER OF CREDIT SECURITY DEPOSIT. Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, a Security Deposit of $1,184,794.40 is required from Tenant. In lieu of depositing cash for the full amount of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall have the right to deposit a letter of credit for up to the required amount of the Security Deposit so long as at all times the amount of the Letter of Credit and the cash portion of the Security Deposit equals the required amount of the Security Deposit. Said letter of credit shall be in the form of an irrevocable, unconditional and clean standby letter of credit and otherwise in the form set forth below (the "Letter of Credit"). The term Security Deposit shall mean the cash portion of the Security Deposit and the Letter of Credit.

2.1 FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by a national bank acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion, with offices in the San Francisco Bay Area that will accept and pay on any draw on the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be issued for a term of at least twelve (12) months (with a term during the last year of the Lease Term of at least one full month following the expiration of the Lease Term) and shall be in a form and with such content acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Any Letter of Credit that Tenant delivers to Landlord in replacement of an existing Letter of Credit shall be in an amount equal to the replaced Letter of Credit (prior to any draws) so that the cash and Letter of Credit together equal the amount of the Security Deposit specified in the Lease. Any such replacement Letter of Credit shall be delivered to and received by Landlord no later than thirty
(30) days prior to the expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit then in effect. If Tenant fails to deposit a replacement Letter of Credit or renew the expiring Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the expiring Letter of Credit for the full amount thereof and hold the same as Security Deposit; provided, however, that if Tenant provides a replacement Letter of Credit that meets the requirements of this section, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant in cash that amount of the Letter of Credit that had been drawn upon by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall expressly permit full and partial draws. If for any reason the Letter of Credit does not permit partial draws, then Landlord shall have the right to make a full draw on the Letter of Credit, notwithstanding that the full amount may not be required to cure any default by Tenant. The Letter of Credit shall designate Landlord as beneficiary and shall be transferable by beneficiary to any transferee, successor, and assign (including any lender of Landlord) at no cost or expense to beneficiary. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it may be drawn by Landlord (or its assignee) upon presentation by Landlord to the issuing bank (at its offices in the San Francisco Bay Area) of a sight draft(s), together with a written statement executed by Landlord stating that the amount requested is due Landlord under the Lease. The amount of the draw requested by Landlord shall be payable by the bank without further inquiry or any other documentation or further action required of the bank, Landlord, or Tenant. All costs and expenses to obtain the Letter of Credit and all renewals shall be borne by Tenant.

1

If the Letter of Credit is drawn upon by Landlord, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to amount required under the Lease and this Addendum. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to use all or any part of the Letter of Credit or cash portion of the Security Deposit, and such use shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the cash portion of the Security Deposit. The exercise of any rights of Landlord to the Security Deposit shall not constitute a waiver of nor relieve Tenant from any liability or obligation for any default by Tenant. If Landlord draws upon the entire amount of the Letter of Credit, Tenant may deliver a replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord, instead of depositing cash with Landlord, equal to the original amount of the Letter of Credit.

2.2 REDUCTION AFTER TIME. The amount of the Security Deposit may be reduced to (a) $710,876.64 after the first annual anniversary of the Commencement, (b) $473,917.76 after the second annual anniversary of the Commencement Date, (c) $236,958.88 after the third anniversary of the Commencement Date, and (b) $118,479.44 after the fourth annual anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided that a default or breach by Tenant of any provision of the Lease does not exist and no such default or breach occurred during the year immediately prior to the effective date of the reduction under this section. If Tenant is entitled to reduce the amount of the Security Deposit pursuant to this paragraph and Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice of its request to so reduce the amount of the Security Deposit, then Tenant may, not less than (10) days after Landlord's receipt of such notice, either obtain and deliver a new or amended Letter of Credit to replaced or amend, as the case may be, the then existing Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to requirement amount of the Security Deposit.

3. EXPANSION SPACE. San Jose Technology Properties, LLC, a Delaware corporation ("SJT") owns the building located at 2590 Walsh Avenue, Santa Clara, California that contains approximately 110,778 square feet of space (the "Expansion Space"). The Expansion Space is currently leased to Stryker Corporation pursuant to a separate lease between Stryker Corporation, as tenant, and SJT, a landlord (the "Stryker Lease"), SJT is currently indirectly affiliated or related to Landlord.

3.1 FIRST OFFER RIGHT. If Tenant is not in default of any term or provision of the Lease, Tenant shall have the right only during the initial Lease Term (not any extended term) of the Lease to lease the Expansion Space solely in accordance with the terms of this section 3 and all subsections hereof; provided, however, that such expansion right shall not be applicable to (i) a renewal or extension, whether by exercise of any option or right by the existing tenant under the Stryker Lease, or any assignee of such existing tenant, or by agreement by the parties to the Stryker Lease in each such party's sole and absolute discretion, even if no option or right to extend or renew was otherwise available, or (ii) any lease of all or any portion of the Expansion Space pursuant to any expansion options or similar rights granted to any other existing tenant pursuant to its lease. The foregoing right of first offer to expand automatically shall terminate and be of no further force or effect if for any reason (a) the building containing the Expansion Space currently owned by SJT or any portion of the Project owned by Landlord is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by said owner, whether voluntarily or by condemnation or threat thereof or foreclosure, trustee sale or deed in lieu thereof, or (b) if the manager or managing member of SJT and Landlord is not affiliated with Divco West Group, LLC, the agent for Landlord. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute any agreement, in recordable form, further evidence such termination when requested by Landlord or SJT, or their respective successors and assigns.

2

3.2 EXPANSION RIGHT PROCEDURE. If the Expansion Space will be available for lease, as determined by SJT in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time during the six month period following delivery of the Expansion Notice (hereinafter defined), Landlord shall notify Tenant that the Expansion Space will be available for lease by Tenant on the rental rates and all other terms and provisions contained in the notice by Landlord or SJT, which terms and provisions may differ from those contained in the Lease (the "Expansion Notice"). Tenant shall have seven (7) calendar days within which to provide written notice to Landlord that Tenant elects to lease such Expansion Space on the terms contained in the Expansion Notice. If Landlord does not receive such written notice within said time period, then it shall be conclusively deemed an election by Tenant not to lease such Expansion Space. If Tenant provides written notice of acceptance of the Expansion Notice but makes any change in the terms for the lease of the Expansion Space contained in the Expansion Notice, then it shall be deemed a rejection of the Expansion Notice. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the rental rates and other terms for the lease of the Expansion Space will be controlled by SJT in its sole and absolute discretion.

3.3 EFFECT OF NON-ACCEPTANCE. If Tenant does not accept the offer to lease the Expansion Space contained in the Expansion Notice, SJT shall be free to lease all or any portion of the Expansion Space to any other party on such terms proposed in the Expansion Notice, or on any other terms which may be different than the terms in the Expansion Space, and this right of first offer to lease the Expansion Space shall be null and void and of no further force and effect, notwithstanding that SJT may or may not actually lease all or any portion of the Expansion Space to other parties. Tenant acknowledge that SJT shall have the right to lease portions of the Expansion Space to different parties.

3.4 ELECTION TO EXPAND. If Tenant elects to expand as provided under section 3 and its subsections of this Amendment, Tenant shall enter into a new lease with SJT separate and apart from the Lease, but on the terms contained in the Expansion Notice. Tenant shall execute and deliver such new lease, substantially in the form of the Lease or the lease form then being used by SJT, within ten (10) days after receipt of the proposed lease form from SJT.

3.5 RIGHT PERSONAL. The foregoing right of first offer set forth in section 3 and all subsections thereof is personal to the original party signing the Lease as Tenant, but may not be transferred or assigned to or exercised by any assignee, sublessor other transferee under a Transfer.

3

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8/A Nos. 333-113341 and 333-13388 and Form S-8 No. 333-119011) of Bookham, Inc. of our report dated September 15, 2004, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Bookham, Inc. included in the Amendment No. 1 to the Transition Report (Form 10-K/A) for the six-month period ended July 3, 2004.

                                         /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Reading, England

October 4, 2004


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Giorgio Anania, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Transition Report on Form 10-K/A of Bookham, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with SEC transition instructions contained in SEC Release 34-47986]

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 4, 2004                    By:             /s/ Giorgio Anania
                                                         ------------------
                                                           GIORGIO ANANIA
                                                      CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                                                   (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Stephen Abely, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Transition Report on Form 10-K/A of Bookham, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with SEC transition instructions contained in SEC Release 34-47986]

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  October 4, 2004   By:                       /s/ Stephen Abely
                                                   -----------------
                                                     STEPHEN ABELY
                                        CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER

                                    (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER)


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the transition report on Form 10-K/A of Bookham, Inc. (the "Company") for the period ended July 3, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned, Giorgio Anania, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 4, 2004                          By: /s/ Giorgio Anania
                                                   ------------------
                                                   GIORGIO ANANIA
                                                   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                                                   (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)


EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the transition report on Form 10-K/A of Bookham, Inc. (the "Company") for the period ended July 3, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned, Stephen Abely, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 4, 2004           By: /s/ Stephen Abely
                                    -----------------
                                    STEPHEN ABELY
                                    CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER

                                    (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER)